10-K
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 2015

Commission File Number 1-11758

 

LOGO

 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

  1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices,
including zip code)

  36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

(212) 761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     

Title of each class

   Name of exchange on

which registered

    
Common Stock, $0.01 par value    New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value

   New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, $0.01 par value

   New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, $0.01 par value

   New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G, $0.01 par value

   New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, $0.01 par value

   New York Stock Exchange

6 1/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)

   New York Stock Exchange
6 1/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)    New York Stock Exchange
5 3/4% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)    New York Stock Exchange
6.45% Capital Securities of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)    New York Stock Exchange
Global Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Fixed Rate Step-Up Senior Notes Due 2026 of Morgan Stanley Finance LLC (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)    New York Stock Exchange
Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (2 issuances); Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (2 issuances)    NYSE Arca, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Cushing® MLP High Income Index ETNs due March 21, 2031    NYSE Arca, Inc.

 

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES x NO ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ¨ NO x

 

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES x NO ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES x NO ¨

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer x

Non-Accelerated Filer ¨

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Accelerated Filer ¨

Smaller reporting company ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES ¨ NO x

 

As of June 30, 2015, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held by non-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $72,777,054,630. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

 

As of January 31, 2016, there were 1,958,568,849 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

 

Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2016 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

for the year ended December 31, 2015

 

Table of Contents         Page  
Part I     

Item 1.

  Business      1   
 

Overview

     1   
 

Business Segments

     1   
 

Competition

     1   
 

Supervision and Regulation

     2   
 

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

     11   

Item 1A.

  Risk Factors      13   

Item 1B.

  Unresolved Staff Comments      23   

Item 2.

  Properties      23   

Item 3.

  Legal Proceedings      24   

Item 4.

  Mine Safety Disclosures      32   
Part II     

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     33   

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

     36   

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     38   
 

Introduction

     38   
 

Executive Summary

     39   
 

Business Segments

     46   
 

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

     67   
 

Accounting Developments Updates

     70   
 

Critical Accounting Policies

     71   
 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

     75   

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     98   

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     121   
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     121   
 

Consolidated Statements of Income

     122   
 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     123   
 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

     124   
 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

     125   
 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     126   
 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     127   
 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

     127   
 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

     129   
 

3. Fair Values

     141   
 

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     167   
 

5. Investment Securities

     176   
 

6. Collateralized Transactions

     181   
 

7. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

     185   
 

8. Equity Method Investments

     191   
 

9. Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets

     191   
 

10. Deposits

     193   
 

11. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

     194   

 

  i   LOGO


Table of Contents
Table of Contents         Page  
 

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

     197   
 

13. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

     205   
 

14. Regulatory Requirements

     214   
 

15. Total Equity

     218   
 

16. Earnings per Common Share

     222   
 

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense

     223   
 

18. Deferred Compensation Plans

     223   
 

19. Employee Benefit Plans

     228   
 

20. Income Taxes

     237   
 

21. Segment and Geographic Information

     241   
 

22. Parent Company

     245   
 

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

     249   
 

24. Subsequent Events

     250   
 

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

     251   

Item 9.

  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      259   

Item 9A.

  Controls and Procedures      259   

Item 9B.

  Other Information      261   
Part III     

Item 10.

  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      262   

Item 11.

  Executive Compensation      262   

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     262   

Item 13.

  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      262   

Item 14.

  Principal Accounting Fees and Services      262   
Part IV     

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

     263   

Signatures

     S-1   

Exhibit Index

     E-1   

 

LOGO   ii  


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

 

We have included in or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Legal Proceedings” in Part I, Item 3, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A, that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.

 

The nature of our business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements, and it is possible that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

 

   

the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events;

   

sovereign risk;

   

the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, currency, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets and energy markets;

   

the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)), regulation (including capital, leverage, funding and liquidity requirements), policies (including fiscal and monetary), and legal and regulatory actions in the United States of America (“U.S.”) and worldwide;

   

the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices (including oil prices), interest rates, currency values and other market indices;

   

the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt;

   

investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;

   

the performance and results of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements;

   

our reputation and the general perception of the financial services industry;

   

inflation, natural disasters, pandemics and acts of war or terrorism;

   

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, regulators and self-regulatory organizations;

   

the effectiveness of our risk management policies;

   

technological changes instituted by us, our competitors or counterparties and technological risks, including cybersecurity, business continuity and related operational risks;

   

our ability to provide innovative products and services and execute our strategic objectives; and

   

other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and elsewhere throughout this report.

 

Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures we may make in future filings of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

 

  iii   LOGO


Table of Contents

Available Information.

 

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may read and copy any document the Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers (including the Company) file electronically with the SEC. The Company’s electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site, www.sec.gov.

 

The Company’s internet site is www.morganstanley.com. You can access the Company’s Investor Relations webpage at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. The Company makes available free of charge, on or through its Investor Relations webpage, its proxy statements, Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The Company also makes available, through its Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of the Company’s equity securities filed by its directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

You can access information about the Company’s corporate governance at www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. The Company’s Corporate Governance webpage includes:

   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

   

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

   

Charters for its Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

   

Corporate Governance Policies;

   

Policy Regarding Communication with the Board of Directors;

   

Policy Regarding Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders;

   

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

   

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

   

Equity Ownership Commitment;

   

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

   

Code of Conduct; and

   

Integrity Hotline information.

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. The Company will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on its internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036 (212-761-4000). The information on the Company’s internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

LOGO   iv  


Table of Contents

Part I

 

Item 1.

Business.

 

Overview.

 

Morgan Stanley is a global financial services firm that, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, advises, and originates, trades, manages and distributes capital for, governments, institutions and individuals. Morgan Stanley was originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and its predecessor companies date back to 1924. The Company is a financial holding company regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company conducts its business from its headquarters in and around New York City, its regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and its principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had 56,218 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Financial information concerning the Company, its business segments and geographic regions for each of the 12 months ended December 31, 2015 (“2015”), December 31, 2014 (“2014”) and December 31, 2013 (“2013”) is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” in Part II, Item 8.

 

Business Segments.

 

The Company is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Through its subsidiaries and affiliates, the Company provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Additional information related to the Company’s business segments, respective clients, and products and services provided is included under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7.

 

Competition.

 

All aspects of the Company’s businesses are highly competitive, and the Company expects them to remain so. The Company competes in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent. Operating within the financial services industry on a global basis presents, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for the Company to remain competitive. The Company’s competitive position depends on its reputation and the quality and consistency of its long-term investment performance. The Company’s ability to sustain or improve its competitive position also depends substantially on its ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. The Company competes with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. In addition, restrictive laws and regulations applicable to certain U.S. financial services institutions, such as Morgan Stanley, which may prohibit the Company from engaging in certain transactions and impose more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, can put the Company at a competitive disadvantage to competitors in certain businesses not subject to these same requirements. See also “—Supervision and Regulation” below and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

Institutional Securities and Wealth Management.

 

The Company’s competitive position for its Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments depends on innovation, execution capability and relative pricing. The Company competes directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis. Additionally, there is increased competition driven by established firms as well as the emergence of new firms and business models competing for the same clients and assets or offering similar products and services.

 

    1   LOGO


Table of Contents

The Company’s ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally impacted by the Company’s credit ratings) and to commit capital efficiently, particularly in its capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects its competitive position. Corporate clients may request that the Company provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities and such requests are expected to increase in the future.

 

It is possible that competition may become even more intense as the Company continues to compete with financial institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain areas. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services that may enhance their competitive position and could result in pricing pressure on the Company’s businesses. In addition, the Company’s business is subject to increased regulation in the U.S. and abroad, while certain of its competitors may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than the Company, thereby putting the Company at a competitive disadvantage.

 

The Company continues to experience intense price competition in some of its businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions and comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely increase as additional trading moves to more automated platforms. It is also possible that the Company will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of its competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices (in the form of commissions or pricing).

 

Investment Management.

 

Competition in the asset management industry is affected by several factors, including the Company’s reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and an appropriate benchmark index, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. The Company’s investment products, including alternative investment products, may compete with investments offered by other investment managers who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than the Company.

 

Supervision and Regulation.

 

As a major financial services firm, the Company is subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where it conducts its business. Moreover, in response to the 2007–2008 financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted, continue to propose or are in the process of implementing a wide range of reforms that have resulted or that will result in major changes to the way the Company is regulated and conducts its business. These reforms include the Dodd-Frank Act; risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards adopted by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”), including Basel III, and the national implementation of those standards; capital planning and stress testing requirements; proposed requirements for total loss-absorbing capacity, including long-term debt; and new resolution regimes that are being developed in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. While certain portions of these reforms are effective, others are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods.

 

It is likely that there will be further material changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which the Company operates, although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period.

 

Financial Holding Company.

 

Consolidated Supervision.    The Company has operated as a bank holding company and financial holding company under the BHC Act since September 2008. As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has heightened authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all of the Company’s subsidiaries. In particular, as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is, or will become, subject to (among other things): significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision; more intensive scrutiny of its businesses and plans for expansion of those

 

LOGO   2    


Table of Contents

businesses; new activities limitations; a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements; new restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Act referred to as the “Volcker Rule;” and comprehensive derivatives regulation. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has primary rulemaking, enforcement and examination authority over the Company and its subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer protection laws, to the extent applicable.

 

Scope of Permitted Activities.    The BHC Act limits the activities of bank holding companies and financial holding companies and grants the Federal Reserve authority to limit the Company’s ability to conduct activities. The Company must obtain the Federal Reserve’s approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally. Since becoming a bank holding company, the Company has disposed of certain nonconforming assets and conformed certain activities to the requirements of the BHC Act.

 

The BHC Act grandfathers “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that the Company was engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within the Company’s reasonable control are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of the Company’s commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption, then the Company would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act. At this time, the Company believes, based on its interpretation of applicable law, that (i) such commodities activities qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption or otherwise conform to the BHC Act and (ii) if the Federal Reserve were to determine otherwise, any required divestment would not have a material adverse impact on its financial condition. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has stated that it is considering the issuance of a formal notice of proposed rulemaking to address the risks associated with financial holding companies’ physical commodities activities and merchant banking investments in nonfinancial companies, including rules that may impose additional capital, risk management and reporting requirements.

 

Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including the Company and its affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to certain exemptions and exclusions. Banking entities were required to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2015, subject to certain extensions. In addition, the Volcker Rule requires banking entities to have comprehensive compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with the Volcker Rule.

 

The Volcker Rule also requires that deductions be made from a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital for certain permissible investments in covered funds. Beginning with the three months ended September 30, 2015, the required deductions are reflected in the Company’s relevant regulatory capital tiers and ratios. Given its complexity, the full impact of the Volcker Rule is still uncertain and will ultimately depend on the interpretation and implementation by the five regulatory agencies responsible for its oversight.

 

Capital Standards.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company and evaluates its compliance with such requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”).

 

Basel III.    The current risk-based and leverage capital framework governing the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries is based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee, as modified in certain respects by the U.S. banking agencies, and is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” Under U.S. Basel III, on a fully phased-in basis, the Company will be subject to the following requirements:

 

   

A minimum Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%; Total capital ratio of 8.0%; and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%;

 

   

A supplementary leverage ratio of at least 5.0%, which includes a Tier 1 supplementary leverage capital buffer of at least 2.0% in addition to the 3.0% minimum supplementary leverage ratio;

 

    3   LOGO


Table of Contents
   

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

 

   

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer, if deployed by banking regulators; and

 

   

A global systemically important bank capital surcharge, which the Federal Reserve calculated at 3% for the Company in July 2015.

 

The Federal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk- and leverage-based capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

 

In order for the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to qualify as “well-capitalized” under the higher capital requirements in U.S. Basel III, they must maintain a Total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the “well-capitalized” standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards in U.S. Basel III.

 

The Basel Committee is in the process of considering revisions to various provisions of the Basel III framework that, if adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, could result in substantial changes to U.S. Basel III.

 

For more information about the capital requirements applicable to the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7.

 

Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Capital Distributions.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including the Company. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. For more information about the capital planning and stress test requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” in Part II, Item 7.

 

In addition to capital planning requirements, the OCC, the Federal Reserve and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) have the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. All of these policies and other requirements could affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends and/or repurchase stock, or require it to provide capital assistance to its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under circumstances which the Company would not otherwise decide to do so.

 

Liquidity Standards.    In addition to capital regulations, the U.S. banking agencies and the Basel Committee have adopted, or are in the process of considering, liquidity standards. The Basel Committee has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision, the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”). The LCR requirements issued by the U.S. banking regulators (“U.S. LCR”) apply to the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Liquidity Framework” in Part II, Item 7.

 

Systemic Risk Regime.    The Dodd-Frank Act established a systemic risk regime to which bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, such as the Company, are subject. Under rules issued by the Federal Reserve to implement certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards, such bank holding companies must conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. Institutions also must comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements.

 

The Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would establish single counterparty credit limits and create a new early remediation framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses. The Federal Reserve also has the

 

LOGO   4    


Table of Contents

ability to establish additional prudential standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures. For example, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirement” in Part II, Item 7.

 

Under the systemic risk regime, if the Federal Reserve or the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines that a bank holding company with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets poses a “grave threat” to U.S. financial stability, the institution may be, among other things, restricted in its ability to merge or offer financial products and required to terminate activities and dispose of assets.

 

See also “—Capital Standards” and “—Liquidity Standards” herein and “—Resolution and Recovery Planning” below.

 

Resolution and Recovery Planning.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure of the Company. The Company’s preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in its 2015 resolution plan, submitted on July 1, 2015, is a single-point-of-entry (“SPOE”) strategy. On August 5, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC notified the Company and 10 other large banking organizations that certain shortcomings in their 2013 resolution plans needed to be addressed in their 2015 resolution plans. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC both were to determine that the Company’s 2015 resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution and the Company does not cure the plan’s deficiencies, the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be subjected to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on its growth, activities, or operations, or, after a two-year period, the Company may be required to divest assets or operations.

 

Further, the Company is required to submit an annual recovery plan to the Federal Reserve that outlines the steps that management could take over time to generate or conserve financial resources in times of prolonged financial stress.

 

Certain of the Company’s domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subject to resolution and recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example, MSBNA must submit to the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes MSBNA’s strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of MSBNA. The OCC has also proposed guidelines that would require insured national banks with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, which include MSBNA, to submit an annual recovery plan to the OCC.

 

In addition, under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, including bank holding companies such as the Company and certain covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority in Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver, provided that certain procedures are met, including certain extraordinary financial distress and systematic risk determinations by the U.S. Treasury Secretary in consultation with the U.S. President. The orderly liquidation authority rulemaking is proceeding in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others planned but not yet proposed. If the Company were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would have considerable powers, including: the power to remove officers and directors responsible for the Company’s failure and to appoint new directors and officers; the power to assign the Company’s assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; the ability to differentiate among the Company’s creditors, including by treating certain creditors within the same class better than others, subject to a minimum recovery right on the part of disfavored creditors to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership. The FDIC has been developing an SPOE strategy that could be used to implement the orderly liquidation authority and in December 2013 issued a public notice inviting comments on the proposed strategy.

 

Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve has issued a proposed rule that would require top-tier bank holding companies of U.S. global systemically important banks (“G-SIBs”), including the Company, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources to be recapitalized under an SPOE resolution strategy. (The proposed rule also imposes additional requirements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—

 

    5   LOGO


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirements” in Part II, Item 7.) In addition, on November 12, 2015, in order to facilitate an SPOE resolution strategy, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries, together with certain other G-SIBs, agreed to adhere to the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol (the “Protocol”), which applies to over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivative transactions entered into among the adhering parties under ISDA Master Agreements and securities financing transactions governed by specified securities financing transaction agreements. The Protocol overrides certain cross-default rights and certain other default rights related to the entry of an adhering party or certain of its affiliates into certain resolution proceedings. The Federal Reserve is expected to promulgate regulations implementing and possibly expanding portions of, and the parties subject to, the Protocol.

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

 

U.S. Banking Institutions.    MSBNA, primarily a wholesale commercial bank, offers commercial lending and certain retail securities-based lending services in addition to deposit products. It also conducts certain foreign exchange activities.

 

MSPBNA offers certain mortgage and other secured lending products, including retail securities-based lending products, primarily for customers of its affiliate retail broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”). MSPBNA also offers certain deposit products, as well as prime brokerage custody services.

 

Both MSBNA and MSPBNA are FDIC-insured national banks subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. They are both subject to the OCC’s risk governance guidelines, which establish heightened standards for a large national bank’s risk governance framework and the oversight of that framework by the bank’s board of directors.

 

Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” (“PCA”) with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. Current PCA regulations generally apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as MSBNA or MSPBNA and not to their parent holding companies. The Federal Reserve is, however, authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, subject to certain limitations. Under the systemic risk regime, as described above, the Company also would become subject to an early remediation protocol in the event of financial distress. In addition, bank holding companies, such as the Company, are required to serve as a source of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and commit resources to support these subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries are in financial distress.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.    The Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on “covered transactions” with any affiliates. Covered transactions include any extension of credit to, purchase of assets from, and certain other transactions by insured banks with an affiliate. These restrictions limit the total amount of credit exposure that the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates. Other provisions set collateral requirements and require all such transactions to be made on market terms. Derivatives, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates are subject to these restrictions. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it will propose a rulemaking to implement these more recent restrictions.

 

In addition, the Volcker Rule generally prohibits covered transactions between (i) the Company or any of its affiliates and (ii) covered funds for which the Company or any of its affiliates serves as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor or other covered funds organized and offered by the Company or any of its affiliates pursuant to specific exemptions in the Volcker Rule.

 

FDIC Regulation.    An FDIC-insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of an insured depository institution under common control by the same bank holding company. As commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institutions, each of MSBNA and MSPBNA could be responsible for any loss to the FDIC from the failure of the other. In addition, both institutions are exposed to changes in the cost of FDIC insurance. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, some of the restoration of the FDIC’s reserve fund must be paid for

 

LOGO   6    


Table of Contents

exclusively by large depository institutions, including MSBNA, and FDIC deposit insurance assessments are calculated using a methodology that generally results in a lower charge for banks that are mostly funded by deposits.

 

Institutional Securities and Wealth Management.

 

Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    The Company’s primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) and MSSB LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and are members of various self-regulatory organizations, including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”), and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, risk management controls in connection with market access, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators. Morgan Stanley’s broker-dealer subsidiaries are also members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, which provides certain protections for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the insolvency of a broker-dealer.

 

MSSB LLC is also a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB LLC’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisors under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as well as various state securities laws. These laws and regulations generally grant the SEC and other supervisory bodies broad administrative powers to address non-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB LLC from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities. Other sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain activities for specified periods of time or for specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines.

 

The Company is subject to various regulations that affect broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC is authorized to adopt a fiduciary duty applicable to broker-dealers when providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers, although the SEC has not yet acted on this authority. As a separate matter, in April 2015, the U.S. Department of Labor issued a proposed rule under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 that, when finalized, would subject broker-dealers to a fiduciary duty and may limit certain transactions and activities involving retirement accounts. These developments may impact the manner in which affected businesses are conducted, decrease profitability and increase potential liabilities.

 

Margin lending by broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules. In many cases, the Company’s broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

 

As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain subsidiaries of the Company are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. These rules are generally designed to measure general financial integrity and/or liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net and/or liquid assets be maintained by the subsidiary. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Consolidated Supervision” and “—Financial Holding Company—Liquidity Standards” above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.

 

Compliance with regulatory capital requirements may limit the Company’s operations requiring the intensive use of capital. Such requirements restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its broker-dealer subsidiaries, which in turn may limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt, or redeem or purchase shares of its own outstanding stock. Any change in such rules or the imposition of new rules affecting the scope, coverage, calculation or amount of capital requirements, or a

 

    7   LOGO


Table of Contents

significant operating loss or any unusually large charge against capital, could adversely affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends or to expand or maintain present business levels. In addition, such rules may require the Company to make substantial capital infusions into one or more of its broker-dealer subsidiaries in order for such subsidiaries to comply with such rules.

 

Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    MS&Co., as a futures commission merchant, and MSSB LLC, as an introducing broker, are subject to net capital requirements of, and their activities are regulated by, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”), the National Futures Association (the “NFA”), a registered futures association, CME Group, and various commodity futures exchanges. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC and certain of their affiliates are registered members of the NFA in various capacities. Rules and regulations of the CFTC, NFA and commodity futures exchanges address obligations related to, among other things, customer protections, the segregation of customer funds and the holding of secured amounts, the use by futures commission merchants of customer funds, recordkeeping and reporting obligations of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, risk disclosure, risk management and discretionary trading.

 

The Company’s commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving companies conducting the activities in which we are engaged. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Scope of Permitted Activities” above.

 

Derivatives Regulation.    Under the U.S. regulatory regime for “swaps” and “security-based swaps” (collectively, “Swaps”) implemented pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is subject to regulations including, among others, public and regulatory reporting, central clearing and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities for certain types of Swaps. While the CFTC has completed the majority of its regulations in this area, most of which are in effect, the SEC has not yet adopted a number of its Swaps regulations. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the registration of “swap dealers” with the CFTC and “security-based swap dealers” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps Entities”). Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have registered with the CFTC as swap dealers and will in the future be required to register with the SEC as security-based swap dealers. Swaps Entities are or will be subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime with new obligations for the Swaps activities for which they are registered, including capital requirements, margin requirements for uncleared Swaps and comprehensive business conduct rules.

 

The specific parameters of some of these requirements for Swaps have been and continue to be developed through the CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. In October 2015, the federal banking regulators issued a final rule establishing minimum uncleared Swap margin requirements for Swaps Entities that they prudentially regulate, which includes MSBNA. The rule requires the exchange of initial and variation margin for uncleared Swaps with certain types of counterparties. Similarly, in December 2015, the CFTC issued a final rule establishing uncleared Swap margin requirements for swap dealers that are not subject to regulation by the federal banking regulators, which includes Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”).

 

Although the full impact of U.S. derivatives regulation on the Company remains unclear, the Company has already faced, and will continue to face, increased costs and regulatory oversight due to the registration and regulatory requirements indicated above. Complying with the Swaps rules also has required, and will in the future require, the Company to change its Swaps businesses and has required, and will in the future require, extensive systems and personnel changes. Compliance with Swaps-related regulatory capital requirements may require the Company to devote more capital to its Swaps business.

 

Research.    Both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest. Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions. FINRA adopted amendments to its equity research rules (effective December 2015) and adopted new rules for debt research (to be effective April 2016). New and revised requirements resulting from these regulations and the global research settlement with U.S. federal and state regulators (to which the Company is a party) have necessitated the development or enhancement of corresponding policies and procedures.

 

Non-U.S. Regulation.    The Company’s Institutional Securities businesses also are regulated extensively by non-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks

 

LOGO   8    


Table of Contents

and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which the Company maintains an office. Non-U.S. policy makers and regulators, including the European Commission and European Supervisory Authorities (among others the European Banking Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority), continue to propose and adopt numerous market reforms, including those that may further impact the structure of banks, and formulate regulatory standards and measures that will be of relevance and importance to the Company’s European operations. Certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the Prudential Regulation Authority (“PRA”), the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and several securities and futures exchanges in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), including the London Stock Exchange and ICE Futures Europe, regulate the Company’s activities in the U.K.; the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) and the Deutsche Bôrse AG regulate its activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the Japanese Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges, regulate its activities in Japan; the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate its operations in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate its business in Singapore.

 

Regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions have also finalized or are in the process of proposing or finalizing risk-based capital, leverage capital, liquidity, banking structural reforms and other regulatory standards applicable to certain Morgan Stanley subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For example, MSIP is subject to regulation and supervision by the PRA with respect to prudential matters. As a prudential regulator, the PRA seeks to promote the safety and soundness of the firms that it regulates and to minimize the adverse effects that such firms may have on the stability of the U.K. financial system. The PRA has broad legal authority to establish prudential and other standards to pursue these objectives, including approvals of relevant regulatory models, as well as to bring public and non-public disciplinary actions against regulated firms to address noncompliance with such standards. MSIP is also regulated and supervised by the FCA with respect to business conduct matters. European Market Infrastructure Regulation introduces new requirements regarding the central clearing and reporting of derivatives. In addition, the E.U. Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (“BRRD”) has established a recovery and resolution framework for E.U. credit institutions and investment firms, including MSIP. E.U. Member States were required to apply provisions implementing the BRRD as of January 1, 2015, subject to certain exemptions. New directives and regulations originally expected to apply from January 3, 2017 (currently with potential delay of one year) will introduce various trading and market infrastructure reforms in the E.U., subject to restrictions

 

Investment Management.

 

Many of the subsidiaries engaged in the Company’s asset management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Many aspects of the Company’s asset management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict the Company from carrying on its asset management activities in the event that it fails to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on the Company engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time or specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines. In order to facilitate its asset management business, the Company owns a registered U.S. broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc., which acts as distributor to the Morgan Stanley mutual funds and as placement agent to certain private investment funds managed by the Company’s Investment Management business segment. In addition, certain affiliates of the Company are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance, and have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships. See also “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation” and “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities” above.

 

    9   LOGO


Table of Contents

As a result of the passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company’s asset management activities are subject to certain additional laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements (including with respect to clients that are private funds) and restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, “covered funds,” as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to certain limited exemptions. Many of these new requirements may increase the expenses associated with the Company’s asset management activities and/or reduce the investment returns the Company is able to generate for its asset management clients. See also “—Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.”

 

The Company’s Investment Management business is also regulated outside the U.S. For example, the FCA is the primary regulator of the Company’s business in the U.K.; the Financial Services Agency regulates the Company’s business in Japan; the Hong Kong Securities and Futures Commission regulates the Company’s business in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore regulates the Company’s business in Singapore. See also “—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Non-U.S. Regulation” herein.

 

Financial Crimes Program.

 

The Company’s Financial Crimes program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis and supports the Company’s financial crime prevention efforts across all regions and business units with responsibility for governance, oversight and execution of the Company’s Anti-Money Laundering (“AML”), economic sanctions (“Sanctions”) and anti-corruption programs.

 

In the U.S. the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts, and monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs. The Company has implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. Regarding Sanctions, the Company has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which target foreign countries, entities and individuals based on external threats to U.S. foreign policy, national security or economic interests, and as applicable similar sanctions programs imposed by foreign governments or global or regional multilateral organizations such as the United Nations Security Council and the E.U. Council.

 

The Company is also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which it operates. Anti-corruption laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving, or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business. The Company has implemented policies, procedures, and internal controls that are designed to comply with such laws, rules and regulations.

 

Protection of Client Information.

 

Many aspects of the Company’s businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the E.U. Data Protection Directive and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. The Company has adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

 

Compensation Practices and Other Regulation.

 

The Company’s compensation practices are subject to oversight by the Federal Reserve. In particular, the Company is subject to the Federal Reserve’s guidance that is designed to help ensure that incentive compensation paid by banking organizations does not encourage imprudent risk-taking that threatens the organizations’ safety and soundness. The scope and content of

 

LOGO   10    


Table of Contents

the Federal Reserve’s policies on executive compensation are continuing to develop and may change based on findings from its peer review process, and the Company expects that these policies will evolve over a number of years.

 

The Company is subject to the compensation-related provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which may impact its compensation practices. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, federal regulators, including the Federal Reserve, must prescribe regulations to require covered financial institutions, including the Company, to report the structures of all of their incentive-based compensation arrangements and prohibit incentive-based payment arrangements that encourage inappropriate risk taking by providing employees, directors or principal shareholders with compensation that is excessive or that could lead to material financial loss to the covered financial institution. In April 2011, seven federal agencies, including the Federal Reserve, jointly proposed an interagency rule implementing this requirement. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, in July 2015, the SEC proposed rules that would direct stock exchanges to require listed companies to implement clawback policies to recover incentive-based compensation from current or former executive officers in the event of certain financial restatements and would also require companies to disclose their clawback policies and their actions under those policies.

 

The Company’s compensation practices may also be impacted by regulations in other jurisdictions. The Company’s compensation practices with respect to certain employees whose activities have a material impact on the risk profile of the Company’s E.U. operations are subject to the CRD IV and related E.U. and Member State regulations, including, amongst others, a cap on the ratio of variable remuneration to fixed remuneration and clawback arrangements in relation to variable remuneration paid in the past. In the U.K., the remuneration of certain employees of banks and other firms is governed by the Remuneration Codes in the PRA and FCA Handbooks, including since January 1, 2014, provisions that implement the CRD IV as well as additional U.K. requirements.

 

For a discussion of certain risks relating to the Company’s regulatory environment, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.

 

The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their ages and titles as of February 23, 2016 are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

 

Jeffrey S. Brodsky (51).    Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Vice President and Global Head of Human Resources (January 2011 to December 2015). Co-Head of Human Resources (January 2010 to December 2011). Head of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Human Resources (June 2009 to January 2010).

 

James P. Gorman (57).    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 through December 2011) and member of the Board of Directors (since January 2010). Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) and Co-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (February 2006 to April 2008).

 

Eric F. Grossman (49).    Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Legal (September 2010 to January 2012). Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and General Counsel of the Americas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to December 2005).

 

Keishi Hotsuki (53).    Executive Vice President (since May 2014) and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of Market Risk Department (March 2008 to April 2014). Director of Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (since May 2010). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007).

 

Colm Kelleher (58).    President of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Executive Vice President (October 2007 to January 2016). President of Institutional Securities (January 2013 to January 2016). Head of International (January 2011 to January 2016). Co-President of Institutional Securities (January 2010 to December 2012). Chief Financial Officer and Co-

 

    11   LOGO


Table of Contents

Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). Head of Global Capital Markets (February 2006 to October 2007). Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006).

 

Jonathan M. Pruzan (47).    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2015). Co-Head of Global Financial Institutions Group (January 2010 to April 2015). Co-Head of North American Financial Institutions Group M&A (September 2007 to December 2009). Head of the U.S. Bank Group (April 2005 to August 2007).

 

James A. Rosenthal (62).    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2011). Head of Corporate Strategy (January 2010 to May 2011). Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (January 2010 to August 2011). Head of Firmwide Technology and Operations of Morgan Stanley (March 2008 to January 2010). Chief Financial Officer of Tishman Speyer (May 2006 to March 2008).

 

LOGO   12    


Table of Contents
Item 1A.

Risk Factors.

 

For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s future results and strategic goals, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1 and “Return on Equity Target” and “Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7.

 

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors.

 

Our results of operations have been in the past and may be materially affected by market fluctuations due to global and economic conditions and other factors, including the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices (including oil prices), interest rates, currency values and other market indices. The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in new business flows and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments. During periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets, may also decrease, which would negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment. In addition, fluctuations in global market activity could impact the flow of investment capital into or from assets under management or supervision and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed income or other investment alternatives, which could negatively impact our Investment Management business segment.

 

The value of our financial instruments may be materially affected by market fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets make it extremely difficult to value certain of our financial instruments, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these instruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective performance-based fees (also known as incentive fees or carried interest) in respect of certain business. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our financial instruments, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

 

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale. Our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. However, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.

 

    13   LOGO


Table of Contents

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

 

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, block trading, underwriting and lending businesses in the event of unfavorable market movements. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region.

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

 

We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including but not limited to extending credit to clients through various loans and lending commitments; providing short or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

 

We also incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit.

 

While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, adverse economic conditions may negatively impact our clients and our current credit exposures. In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we finance our customer positions and we could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

 

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets.

 

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships between the institutions. For example, increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions. This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, securities firms and exchanges, with which we interact with on a daily basis, and therefore could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company” in Part I, Item 1.

 

Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and

 

LOGO   14    


Table of Contents

Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

We are subject to operational risks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operational or security systems, that could adversely affect our businesses or reputation.

 

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. In some of our businesses, the transactions we process are complex. In addition, we may introduce new products or services or change processes, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets and the move to more automated trading platforms has resulted in using increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process the trades. We perform the functions required to operate our different businesses either by ourselves or through agreements with third parties. We rely on the ability of our employees, our internal systems and systems at technology centers operated by unaffiliated third parties to process a high volume of transactions.

 

As a major participant in the global capital markets, we maintain extensive controls to reduce the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes or due to fraud. Nevertheless, such risk cannot be completely eliminated.

 

We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our securities transactions. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our or a third party’s systems or improper or unauthorized action by third parties or our employees, we could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation. In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business.

 

Despite the business contingency plans we have in place, there can be no assurance that such plans will fully mitigate all potential business continuity risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities where we are located, which are concentrated in the New York metropolitan area, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo as well as Mumbai, Budapest, Glasgow and Baltimore. This may include a disruption involving physical site access, cyber incidents, terrorist activities, disease pandemics, catastrophic events, natural disasters, extreme weather events, electrical, environmental, computer servers, communications or other services we use, our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.

 

Although we devote significant resources to maintaining and upgrading our systems and networks with measures such as intrusion and detection prevention systems, monitoring firewalls to safeguard critical business applications, and supervising third party providers that have access to our systems, there is no guarantee that these measures or any other measures can provide absolute security. Like other financial services firms, we and our third party providers continue to be the subject of attempted unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, denial of service attacks and other events. These threats may derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, including third party providers, or may result from accidental technological failure. Additional challenges are posed by external extremist parties, including foreign state actors, in some circumstances as a means to promote political ends. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, third parties or other users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our customers or clients. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access or cyber incidents will not occur in the future, and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.

 

If one or more of these events occur, it could result in a security impact on our systems and jeopardize our or our clients’, partners’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third party providers’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, partners’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, which could result in reputational

 

    15   LOGO


Table of Contents

damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us (such as repairing systems or adding new personnel or protection technologies), regulatory investigations, litigation or enforcement, or regulatory fines or penalties, all or any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process, the large number of clients, partners and counterparties with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. We expect that any investigation of a cyber attack would be inherently unpredictable and that it would take time before the completion of any investigation and before there is availability of full and reliable information. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack.

 

While many of our agreements with partners and third party vendors include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses.

 

Liquidity and Funding Risk.

 

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses our ability to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. For more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity and funding risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7 and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity and Funding Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or our inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding. In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, or if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity. If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment and trading portfolios, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets, or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

 

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend significantly on our credit ratings.

 

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our short-term and long-term credit ratings. The rating agencies are continuing to monitor certain issuer specific factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings, including governance, the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, funding and liquidity, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, and business mix. Additionally, the rating agencies will look at other industry-wide factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, including, for example, regulatory changes relating to total loss absorbing capacity requirements, macro-economic environment, and perceived levels of third party support, and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.

 

Our credit ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements

 

LOGO   16    


Table of Contents

associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade. Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. The additional collateral or termination payments which may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investor Services and Standard & Poor’s Rating Services. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade” in Part II, Item 7.

 

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

 

The parent holding company depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce the flow of funds to the parent holding company, or that prohibit such transfers altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside of the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities. These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a bank holding company, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our common stock. The OCC, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

 

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

 

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies. Global market and economic conditions have been particularly disrupted and volatile in the last several years and may be in the future. In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

 

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.

 

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML and terrorist financing rules and regulations. In today’s environment of rapid and possibly transformational regulatory change, we also view regulatory change as a component of legal, regulatory and compliance risk. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal and Compliance Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, which is undergoing major changes that will impact our business.

 

Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

 

    17   LOGO


Table of Contents

In response to the financial crisis, legislators and regulators, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have adopted, continue to propose and are in the process of adopting, finalizing and implementing a wide range of financial market reforms that are resulting in major changes to the way our global operations are regulated and conducted. In particular, as a result of these reforms, we are, or will become, subject to (among other things) significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision, more intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses, new activities limitations, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements and other enhanced prudential standards, new resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, new requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of external total loss-absorbing capacity and external long-term debt, new restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, and comprehensive new derivatives regulation. While certain portions of these reforms are effective, others are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods. Many of the changes required by these reforms could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock, or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors. In addition, regulatory requirements that are being proposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and, if adopted, may adversely affect us. While there continues to be uncertainty about the full impact of these changes, we do know that the Company is and will continue to be subject to a more complex regulatory framework, and will incur costs to comply with new requirements as well as to monitor for compliance in the future.

 

The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the United States to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for the security holders of the Company.

 

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure of the Company. In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, the Company can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of the Company’s unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

 

Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates a single-point-of-entry (“SPOE”) strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC has proposed an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of additional capital and liquidity by the Company to certain subsidiaries in an effort to ensure that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy. Although this strategy, whether applied pursuant to the Company’s resolution plan or in a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy will not result in greater losses for holders of the Company’s securities compared to a different resolution strategy for the firm.

 

Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve has issued a proposed rule that would require top-tier bank holding companies of U.S. G-SIBs, including the Company, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt (“total loss-absorbing capacity” or “TLAC”) in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used.

 

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

 

As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. Interventions by authorities may result in adverse judgments,

 

LOGO   18    


Table of Contents

settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses. The number of these investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, has increased substantially in recent years with regard to many firms in the financial services industry, including us. Significant regulatory action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities law violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.

 

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions, and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us. In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, including non-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information.

 

We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with residential and commercial real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.

 

We originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that we securitized in commercial mortgage-backed securities. For additional information, see also Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8.

 

We currently have several legal proceedings related to claims for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. If there are decisions adverse to us in those legal proceedings, we may incur losses substantially in excess of our reserves. In addition, our reserves are based, in part, on certain factual and legal assumptions. If those assumptions are incorrect and need to be revised, we may need to adjust our reserves substantially.

 

Our commodities activities subject us to extensive regulation, potential catastrophic events and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

 

In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we engage in the production, storage, transportation, marketing and execution of transactions in several commodities, including metals, natural gas, electric power, emission credits, and other commodity products. In addition, we are an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and own electricity generating facilities in the U.S. and own a minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC, which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services. As a result of these activities, we are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations. In addition, liability may be incurred without regard to fault under certain environmental laws and regulations for the remediation of contaminated areas. Further, through these activities we are exposed to regulatory, physical and certain indirect risks associated with climate change.

 

Although we have attempted to mitigate our environmental risks by, among other measures, selling or ceasing much of our prior petroleum storage and transportation activities and adopting appropriate policies and procedures for power plant operations and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be available, and the proceeds, if any, from

 

    19   LOGO


Table of Contents

insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by these events.

 

The BHC Act provides a grandfather exemption for “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the United States” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. If the Federal Reserve were to determine that any of our commodities activities did not qualify for the BHC Act grandfather exemption, then we would likely be required to divest any such activities that did not otherwise conform to the BHC Act. See also “Scope of Permitted Activities” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

 

We also expect the other laws and regulations affecting our commodities business to increase in both scope and complexity. During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies conducting the activities in which we are engaged. In addition, new regulation of OTC derivatives markets in the U.S. and similar legislation proposed or adopted abroad will impose significant new costs and impose new requirements on our commodities derivatives activities. We may incur substantial costs or loss of revenue in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties.

 

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

 

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, or between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other. We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging, and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

 

Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. Our status as a bank holding company supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates.

 

Risk Management.

 

Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk.

 

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management policies and procedures and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated. As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and therefore cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated or unidentified market or economic movements, which could cause us to incur losses.

 

LOGO   20    


Table of Contents

Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses. While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sale or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and therefore reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

Competitive Environment.

 

We face strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

 

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and through the internet. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price. Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in our remaining competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge. We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different, and in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes, than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

 

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

 

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities, and other automated trading platforms has increased the pressure on bid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue and will likely increase as additional markets move to more automated trading platforms. We have experienced and it is likely that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducing bid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or comparable fees.

 

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

Our people are our most important resource and competition for qualified employees is intense. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at rates or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected. The financial industry has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, including limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, clawback requirements and special taxation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.

 

    21   LOGO


Table of Contents

International Risk.

 

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations which could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

 

We are subject to political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market. Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the enhanced risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

 

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic and financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

 

The emergence of a disease pandemic or other widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency as well as natural disasters, terrorist activities or military actions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the world.

 

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multi-national bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, as well as applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program, or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

 

Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk.

 

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, minority stakes and strategic alliances.

 

In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures or strategic alliances (including with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.), we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. In the case of joint ventures and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to, systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.

 

In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture.

 

There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions or divestitures will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

 

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to

 

LOGO   22    


Table of Contents

new asset classes and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign and operational risks, and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.

 

For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1.

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

The Company, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receives written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that the Company received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that the Company believes are material.

 

Item 2.

Properties.

 

The Company has offices, operations and data centers located around the world. The Company’s properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. The Company believes the facilities it owns or occupies are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well maintained. The Company’s principal offices include the following properties:

 

Location   

Owned/

Leased

   Lease Expiration      Approximate Square Footage
as of December 31, 2015(1)
 
 

U.S. Locations

  

       

1585 Broadway

New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities Headquarters)

   Owned      N/A         1,332,700 square feet   
       

2000 Westchester Avenue

Purchase, New York

(Wealth Management Headquarters)

   Owned      N/A         597,400 square feet   
       

522 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York

(Investment Management Headquarters)

   Owned      N/A         571,800 square feet   
   

International Locations

          
       

20 Bank Street

London

(London Headquarters)

   Leased      2038         546,500 square feet   
       

1 Austin Road West

Kowloon

(Hong Kong Headquarters)

   Leased      2019         499,900 square feet   
       

Otemachi Financial City South Tower

Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku

(Tokyo Headquarters)

   Leased      2028         245,600 square feet   

 

 

(1)

The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space leased by Morgan Stanley branch offices.

 

    23   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 3.

Legal Proceedings.

 

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

 

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Company cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Company believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Company’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Company’s revenues or income for such period.

 

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below certain proceedings that the Company believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

 

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters.

 

Regulatory and Governmental Matters.    The Company has received subpoenas and requests for information from certain federal and state regulatory and governmental entities, including among others various members of the RMBS Working Group of the Financial Fraud Enforcement Task Force, such as the United States Department of Justice, Civil Division and several state Attorney General’s Offices, concerning the origination, financing, purchase, securitization and servicing of subprime and non-subprime residential mortgages and related matters such as residential mortgage backed securities (“RMBS”), collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”), structured investment vehicles (“SIVs”) and credit default swaps backed by or referencing mortgage pass-through certificates. These matters, some of which are in advanced stages, include, but are not limited to, investigations related to the Company’s due diligence on the loans that it purchased for securitization, the Company’s communications with ratings agencies, the Company’s disclosures to investors, and the Company’s handling of servicing and foreclosure related issues.

 

LOGO   24    


Table of Contents

In May 2014, the California Attorney General’s Office (“CAAG”), which is one of the members of the RMBS Working Group, indicated that it has made certain preliminary conclusions that the Company made knowing and material misrepresentations regarding RMBS and that it knowingly caused material misrepresentations to be made regarding the Cheyne SIV, which issued securities marketed to the California Public Employees Retirement System. The CAAG has further indicated that it believes the Company’s conduct violated California law and that it may seek treble damages, penalties and injunctive relief. The Company does not agree with these conclusions and has presented defenses to them to the CAAG.

 

In October 2014, the Illinois Attorney General’s Office (“ILAG”) sent a letter to the Company alleging that the Company knowingly made misrepresentations related to RMBS purchased by certain pension funds affiliated with the State of Illinois and demanding that the Company pay ILAG approximately $88 million. The Company and ILAG reached an agreement to resolve the matter on February 10, 2016.

 

On January 13, 2015, the New York Attorney General’s Office (“NYAG”), which is also a member of the RMBS Working Group, indicated that it intends to file a lawsuit related to approximately 30 subprime securitizations sponsored by the Company. NYAG indicated that the lawsuit would allege that the Company misrepresented or omitted material information related to the due diligence, underwriting and valuation of the loans in the securitizations and the properties securing them and indicated that its lawsuit would be brought under the Martin Act. The Company and NYAG reached an agreement to resolve the matter on February 10, 2016.

 

On February 25, 2015, the Company reached an agreement in principle with the United States Department of Justice, Civil Division and the United States Attorney’s Office for the Northern District of California, Civil Division (collectively, the “Civil Division”) to pay $2.6 billion to resolve certain claims that the Civil Division indicated it intended to bring against the Company. That settlement was finalized on February 10, 2016.

 

Civil Litigation.

 

On December 23, 2009, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle filed a complaint against the Company and another defendant in the Superior Court of the State of Washington, styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. The amended complaint, filed on September 28, 2010, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $233 million. The complaint raises claims under the Washington State Securities Act and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. By orders dated June 23, 2011 and July 18, 2011, the court denied defendants’ omnibus motion to dismiss plaintiff’s amended complaint and on August 15, 2011, the court denied the Company’s individual motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On March 7, 2013, the court granted defendants’ motion to strike plaintiff’s demand for a jury trial. The defendants’ joint motions for partial summary judgment were denied on November 9, 2015.

 

On March 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California styled Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco v. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. et al. An amended complaint, filed on June 10, 2010, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $276 million. The complaint raises claims under both the federal securities laws and California law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On August 11, 2011, plaintiff’s federal securities law claims were dismissed with prejudice. On February 9, 2012, defendants’ demurrers with respect to all other claims were overruled. On December 20, 2013, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice.

 

On July 15, 2010, The Charles Schwab Corp. filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the State of California, styled The Charles Schwab Corp. v. BNP Paribas Securities Corp., et al. The second amended complaint, filed on March 5, 2012, alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to one of plaintiff’s subsidiaries of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts

 

    25   LOGO


Table of Contents

containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff’s subsidiary by the Company was approximately $180 million. The amended complaint raises claims under California law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On April 10, 2012, the Company filed a demurrer to certain causes of action in the second amended complaint, which the court overruled on July 24, 2012. On November 24, 2014, plaintiff’s negligent misrepresentation claims were dismissed with prejudice. An initial trial of certain of plaintiff’s claims is scheduled to begin in July 2016.

 

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On October 15, 2010, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Circuit Court of the State of Illinois, styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago v. Bank of America Funding Corporation et al. A corrected amended complaint was filed on April 8, 2011. The corrected amended complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of a number of mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans and asserts claims under Illinois law. The total amount of certificates allegedly sold to plaintiff by the Company at issue in the action was approximately $203 million. The complaint seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the corrected amended complaint on May 27, 2011, which was denied on September 19, 2012. On December 13, 2013, the court entered an order dismissing all claims related to one of the securitizations at issue. After that dismissal, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $78 million.

 

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts styled Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston v. Ally Financial, Inc. F/K/A GMAC LLC et al. An amended complaint was filed on June 29, 2012 and alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $385 million. The amended complaint raises claims under the Massachusetts Uniform Securities Act, the Massachusetts Consumer Protection Act and common law and seeks, among other things, to rescind the plaintiff’s purchase of such certificates. On May 26, 2011, defendants removed the case to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts. The defendants’ motions to dismiss the amended complaint were granted in part and denied in part on September 30, 2013. On November 25, 2013, July 16, 2014, and May 19, 2015, respectively, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed its claims against the Company with respect to three of the securitizations at issue. After these voluntary dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $332 million.

 

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-4SL against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

LOGO   26    


Table of Contents

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. Plaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. By order entered September 30, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On July 13, 2015, plaintiff perfected its appeal from the court’s September 30, 2014 decision.

 

On December 14, 2012, Royal Park Investments SA/NV filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Royal Park Investments SA/NV v. Merrill Lynch et al. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff filed a new complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Royal Park Investments SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al., alleging that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $597 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on December 1, 2015.

 

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Company. The complaint is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Company to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On January 31, 2013, HSH Nordbank AG and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styled HSH Nordbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $524 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On April 12, 2013, defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on July 21, 2015. On August 19, 2015, the Company filed a Notice of Appeal of the court’s decision, and on August 20, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a Notice of Cross-Appeal. On August 25, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to amend their complaint.

 

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that

 

    27   LOGO


Table of Contents

defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. The Company perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015.

 

On May 17, 2013, plaintiff in IKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff was approximately $132 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company or sold to plaintiff by the Company was approximately $116 million. On August 26, 2015, the Company perfected its appeal from the court’s October 29, 2014 decision.

 

On July 2, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff in Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 (MSAC 2007-NC1) v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the caption Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, as Trustee for the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. On February 3, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.25 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission and interest. On March 12, 2014, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint.

 

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX, by U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor-by-merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Greenpoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Company a filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014.

 

On August 26, 2013, a complaint was filed against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Phoenix Light SF Limited et al v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs, or their assignors, of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold to plaintiffs or their assignors by the Company was approximately $344 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation and rescission based on mutual mistake and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages or alternatively rescission or rescissionary damages associated with the purchase of such certificates. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint on December 13, 2013, which the parties later agreed would be deemed to be directed at an amended complaint filed on June 17, 2014. On April 23, 2015, the court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, and on May 21, 2015, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal of that order.

 

On November 6, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff in Federal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley

 

LOGO   28    


Table of Contents

ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC3 (MSAC 2007-NC3) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the caption Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series 2007-NC3 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.3 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and costs. On December 16, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-12, filed a complaint against the Company. The matter is styled Wilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, interest and costs. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I 2007-1, filed a complaint against the Company. The matter is styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC and is pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIM breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY styled Financial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Company styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On October 20, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

 

    29   LOGO


Table of Contents

Commercial Mortgage Related Matter.

 

On January 25, 2011, the Company was named as a defendant in The Bank of New York Mellon Trust, National Association v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital, Inc., a litigation pending in the SDNY. The suit, brought by the trustee of a series of commercial mortgage pass-through certificates, alleges that the Company breached certain representations and warranties with respect to an $81 million commercial mortgage loan that was originated and transferred to the trust by the Company. The complaint seeks, among other things, to have the Company repurchase the loan and pay additional monetary damages. On June 16, 2014, the court granted the Company’s supplemental motion for summary judgment. On July 16, 2014, the plaintiff filed a notice of appeal.

 

Currency Related Matters.

 

Regulatory and Governmental Matters.

 

The Company is responding to a number of regulatory and governmental inquiries both in the United States and abroad related to its foreign exchange business. In addition, on June 29, 2015, the Company and a number of other financial institutions were named as respondents in a proceeding before Brazil’s Council for Economic Defense related to alleged anticompetitive activity in the foreign exchange market for the Brazilian Real.

 

Class Action Litigation.

 

Beginning in December 2013, several foreign exchange dealers (including the Company and certain affiliates) were named as defendants in multiple purported antitrust class actions most of which have now been consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York styled In Re Foreign Exchange Benchmark Rates Antitrust Litigation. On July 16, 2015, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint generally alleging that defendants engaged in a conspiracy to fix, maintain or make artificial prices for key benchmark rates, to manipulate bid/ask spreads, and, by their behavior in the over-the-counter market, to thereby cause corresponding manipulation in the foreign exchange futures market. Plaintiffs seek declaratory relief as well as treble damages in an unspecified amount. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on November 30, 2015.

 

On September 11, 2015, several foreign exchange dealers (including the Company and an affiliate) were named as defendants in a purported class action filed in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice styled Christopher Staines v. Royal Bank of Canada, et al. The plaintiff has made allegations similar to those in the In Re Foreign Exchange Benchmark Rates Antitrust Litigation and seeks C$1 billion as well as C$50 million in punitive damages. On September 16, 2015, a parallel proceeding was initiated in Quebec Superior Court styled Christine Beland v. Royal Bank of Canada, et al. based on similar allegations and seeking C$100 million as well as C$50 million in punitive damages.

 

Wealth Management Related Matters.

 

The Company is currently defending itself in an ongoing arbitration styled Lynnda L. Speer, as Personal Representative of the Estate of Roy M. Speer, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, et al., which is pending before a Financial Industry Regulatory Authority arbitration panel in the state of Florida. Plaintiffs assert claims for excessive trading, unauthorized use of discretion, undue influence, negligence and negligent supervision, constructive fraud, abuse of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment and violations of several Florida statutes in connection with brokerage accounts owned by a former high-net worth wealth management client who is now deceased. Plaintiffs are seeking approximately $475 million in disgorgement, compensatory damages, statutory damages, punitive damages and treble damages under various factual and legal theories.

 

The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December 31, 2015:

 

On January 20, 2012, Sealink Funding Limited filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Sealink Funding Limited v. Morgan Stanley, et al. A second amended complaint, filed on March 20, 2013, alleged that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold by the Company was approximately $507 million. On April 18, 2014, the court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the second amended complaint. The dismissal was affirmed on appeal on November 12, 2015.

 

LOGO   30    


Table of Contents

On January 25, 2012, Dexia SA/NV and certain of its affiliated entities filed a complaint against the Company in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Dexia SA/NV et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. An amended complaint was filed on May 24, 2012 and alleged that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Company and/or sold to plaintiffs by the Company was approximately $626 million. On October 16, 2013, the court granted the defendants’ motion to dismiss the amended complaint. The dismissal was affirmed on appeal on January 12, 2016.

 

On April 25, 2012, The Prudential Insurance Company of America and certain affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Superior Court of the State of New Jersey, styled The Prudential Insurance Company of America, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. On October 16, 2012, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint. The amended complaint alleged that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company was approximately $1.073 billion. The amended complaint raises claims under the New Jersey Uniform Securities Law, as well as common law claims of negligent misrepresentation, fraud, fraudulent inducement, equitable fraud, aiding and abetting fraud, and violations of the New Jersey RICO statute, and includes a claim for treble damages. On January 8, 2016, the parties reached an agreement to settle the litigation.

 

On August 10, 2012, the FDIC, as receiver for Colonial Bank, filed a complaint against the Company and other defendants in the Circuit Court of Montgomery, Alabama styled Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation as Receiver for Colonial Bank v. Citigroup Mortgage Loan Trust Inc. et al. On January 15, 2014, the FDIC, as receiver for United Western Bank filed a complaint against the Company and others in the District Court of the State of Colorado, styled Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as Receiver for United Western Bank v. Banc of America Funding Corp., et al. The complaints in those cases asserted that the Company made untrue statements and material omissions in connection with the sale of mortgage pass-through certificates purchased by Colonial Bank and United Western Bank, respectively. On January 28, 2016, the parties reached an agreement to settle both actions.

 

On August 5, 2013, Landesbank Baden-Württemberg and two affiliates filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styled Landesbank Baden-Württemberg et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. The complaint alleged that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs was approximately $50 million. On January 20, 2016, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

 

On August 16, 2013, the plaintiff in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the United States District Court for the District of Kansas. On September 23, 2013, the plaintiff in National Credit Union Administration Board v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., et al. filed a complaint against the Company and certain affiliates in the SDNY. The complaints alleged that defendants made untrue statements of material fact or omitted to state material facts in the sale to the plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates issued by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiffs in the matters was approximately $567 million and $417 million, respectively. The complaints alleged violations of federal and various state securities laws and sought, among other things, rescissionary and compensatory damages. On November 23, 2015, the parties reached an agreement to settle both matters.

 

On September 16, 2014, the Virginia Attorney General’s Office filed a civil lawsuit, styled Commonwealth of Virginia ex rel. Integra REC LLC v. Barclays Capital Inc., et al., against the Company and several other defendants in the Circuit Court of the City of Richmond related to RMBS. The lawsuit alleged that the Company and the other defendants knowingly made misrepresentations and omissions related to the loans backing RMBS purchased by the Virginia Retirement System. The complaint asserts claims under the Virginia Fraud Against Taxpayers Act, as well as common law claims of actual and constructive fraud, and seeks, among other things, treble damages and civil penalties. On January 6, 2016, the parties reached an agreement to settle the litigation. An order dismissing the action with prejudice was entered on January 28, 2016.

 

    31   LOGO


Table of Contents

Matters Related to the CDS Market.

 

On July 1, 2013, the European Commission (“EC”) issued a Statement of Objections (“SO”) addressed to twelve financial firms (including the Company), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) and Markit Group Limited (“Markit”) and various affiliates alleging that, between 2006 and 2009, the recipients breached European Union competition law by taking and refusing to take certain actions in an effort to prevent the development of exchange traded credit default swap (“CDS”) products. The Company and the other recipients of the SO filed a response to the SO on January 21, 2014, and attended oral hearings before the EC during the period May 12-19, 2014. On December 4, 2015, the EC announced that it had closed its antitrust investigation into the twelve financial firms, including the Company.

 

Beginning in May 2013, twelve financial firms (including the Company), as well as ISDA and Markit, were named as defendants in multiple purported antitrust class actions consolidated into a single proceeding in the SDNY styled In Re: Credit Default Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs alleged that defendants violated United States antitrust laws from 2008 to present in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of exchange traded CDS products. The complaints sought, among other relief, certification of a class of plaintiffs who purchased CDS from defendants in the United States, treble damages and injunctive relief. On September 30, 2015, the Company reached an agreement with plaintiffs to settle the litigation. The settlement received preliminary court approval on October 29, 2015, and is subject to final court approval.

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

Not applicable.

 

LOGO   32    


Table of Contents

Part II

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

 

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades under the symbol “MS” on the New York Stock Exchange. As of February 17, 2016, the Company had 68,615 holders of record; however, the Company believes the number of beneficial owners of common stock exceeds this number.

 

The table below sets forth, for each of the last eight quarters, the low and high sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock as reported by Bloomberg Financial Markets and the amount of dividends declared per common share by its Board of Directors for such quarter.

 

     Low
    Sale Price    
     High
    Sale Price    
    Dividends
Declared per
Common Share
 

2015:

       

Fourth Quarter

   $       30.15       $       35.74      $         0.15   

Third Quarter

   $ 30.40       $ 41.04      $ 0.15   

Second Quarter

   $ 35.36       $ 40.26      $ 0.15   

First Quarter

   $ 33.72       $ 39.15      $ 0.10   

2014:

       

Fourth Quarter

   $ 31.35       $ 39.19      $ 0.10   

Third Quarter

   $ 31.12       $ 36.44      $ 0.10   

Second Quarter

   $ 28.31       $ 32.82      $ 0.10   

First Quarter

   $ 28.78       $ 33.52      $ 0.05   

 

    33   LOGO


Table of Contents

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Company of its common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

(dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

Period

  Total
    Number of    
Shares
Purchased
        Average Price    
Paid  per
Share
    Total Number of
Shares Purchased
    as Part  of Publicly    
Announced Plans
or Programs(1)
        Approximate Dollar    
Value of Shares
That May Yet Be
Purchased under
the Plans or
Programs
 

Month #1 (October 1, 2015-October 31, 2015)

       

Share Repurchase Program(2)

    2,448,000      $         32.17        2,448,000      $ 1,796   

Employee transactions(3)

    83,738      $ 32.06                 

Month #2 (November 1, 2015-November 30, 2015)

       

Share Repurchase Program(2)

    7,985,128      $ 33.99        7,985,128      $ 1,525   

Employee transactions(3)

    243,334      $ 34.58                 

Month #3 (December 1, 2015-December 31, 2015)

       

Share Repurchase Program(2)

    8,210,166      $ 33.47        8,210,166      $ 1,250   

Employee transactions(3)

    72,712      $ 33.87                 

Quarter ended at December 31, 2015

       

Share Repurchase Program(2)

    18,643,294      $ 33.52        18,643,294      $ 1,250   

Employee transactions(3)

    399,784      $ 33.92                 

 

(1)

Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule 10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Company deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time.

(2)

The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Company’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. In March 2015, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to repurchase up to $3.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock during the period that began April 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016 under the Company’s 2015 capital plan. During the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased approximately $625 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management” in Part II, Item 7.

(3)

Includes shares acquired by the Company in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards and the exercise price of stock options granted under the Company’s stock-based compensation plans.

 

***

 

LOGO   34    


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph.

 

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of the Company’s common stock, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500”) and the S&P 500 Financials Index (“S5FINL”) for the last five years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 2010 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. This graph does not forecast future performance of the Company’s common stock.

 

CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

December 31, 2010 - December 31, 2015

 

LOGO

 

             MS                  S&P 500              S5FINL      

12/31/2010

   $   100.00       $   100.00       $   100.00   

12/31/2011

   $ 56.07       $ 102.10       $ 82.94   

12/31/2012

   $ 71.73       $ 118.44       $ 106.78   

12/31/2013

   $ 118.60       $ 156.78       $ 144.79   

12/31/2014

   $ 148.35       $ 178.22       $ 166.76   

12/31/2015

   $ 123.50       $ 180.67       $ 164.15   

 

    35   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 6.

Selected Financial Data.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Income Statement Data:

          

Revenues:

          

Total non-interest revenues

   $ 32,062      $ 32,540      $ 31,715      $ 26,383      $ 31,953   

Interest income

     5,835        5,413        5,209        5,692        7,234   

Interest expense

     2,742        3,678        4,431        5,897        6,883   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     3,093        1,735        778        (205     351   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     35,155        34,275        32,493        26,178        32,304   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

          

Compensation and benefits

     16,016        17,824        16,277        15,615        16,325   

Other

     10,644        12,860        11,658        9,967        9,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     26,660        30,684        27,935        25,582        26,117   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     8,495        3,591        4,558        596        6,187   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     2,200        (90     902        (161     1,491   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     6,295        3,681        3,656        757        4,696   

Discontinued operations:

          

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (23     (19     (72     (48     (170

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (7     (5     (29     (7     (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (16     (14     (43     (41     (51
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     6,279        3,667        3,613        716        4,645   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests(1)

                   222        124          

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests(1)

     152        200        459        524        535   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 6,127      $ 3,467      $ 2,932      $ 68      $ 4,110   

Preferred stock dividends and other

     456        315        277        98        2,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders(2)

   $ 5,671      $ 3,152      $ 2,655      $ (30   $ 2,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 6,143      $ 3,481      $ 2,975      $ 138      $ 4,168   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (16     (14     (43     (70     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 6,127      $ 3,467      $ 2,932      $ 68      $ 4,110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   36    


Table of Contents
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011  

Per Share Data:

          

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(3):

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.98      $ 1.65      $ 1.42      $ 0.02      $ 1.28   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.03     (0.04     (0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

   $ 2.97      $ 1.64      $ 1.39      $ (0.02   $ 1.25   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(3):

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.91      $ 1.61      $ 1.38      $ 0.02      $ 1.27   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.02     (0.04     (0.04
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

   $ 2.90      $ 1.60      $ 1.36      $ (0.02   $ 1.23   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Book value per common share(4)

   $ 35.24      $ 33.25      $ 32.24      $ 30.70      $ 31.42   

Dividends declared per common share

     0.55        0.35        0.20        0.20        0.20   

Average common shares outstanding(2):

          

Basic

     1,909,116,527        1,923,805,397        1,905,823,882        1,885,774,276        1,654,708,640   

Diluted

     1,952,815,453        1,970,535,560        1,956,519,738        1,918,811,270        1,675,271,669   

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data:

          

Trading assets

   $ 228,280      $ 256,801      $ 280,744      $ 267,603      $ 275,353   

Loans(5)

     85,759        66,577        42,874        29,046        15,369   

Total assets

     787,465        801,510        832,702        780,960        749,898   

Total deposits

     156,034        133,544        112,379        83,266        65,662   

Long-term borrowings

     153,768        152,772        153,575        169,571        184,234   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     75,182        70,900        65,921        62,109        62,049   

Return on average common equity(6)

     8.5%        4.8%        4.3%        N/M        3.8%   

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

(1)

Reflects 51% ownership of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. up to September 17, 2012, 65% up to June 28, 2013 and 100% thereafter (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8).

(2)

Amounts shown are used to calculate earnings (loss) per basic and diluted common share.

(3)

For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share, see Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8.

(4)

Book value per common share equals common shareholders’ equity of $67,662 million at December 31, 2015, $64,880 million at December 31, 2014, $62,701 million at December 31, 2013, $60,601 million at December 31, 2012 and $60,541 million at December 31, 2011, divided by common shares outstanding of 1,920 million at December 31, 2015, 1,951 million at December 31, 2014, 1,945 million at December 31, 2013, 1,974 million at December 31, 2012 and 1,927 million at December 31, 2011.

(5)

Amounts include loans held for investment and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8).

(6)

The calculation of return on average common equity equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. The return on average common equity is a non-generally accepted accounting principle (“non-GAAP”) financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and its investors to assess operating performance.

 

    37   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

 

Introduction.

 

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

 

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high-to-ultra high net worth clients. Investment banking services comprise capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing and market-making activities in equity securities and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities, as well as prime brokerage services. Other services include corporate lending activities and credit products, investments and research.

 

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, market-making activities in fixed income securities, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

 

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets, to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution pensions, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors. Strategies and products comprise traditional asset management, including equity, fixed income, liquidity, alternatives and managed futures products as well as merchant banking and real estate investing.

 

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by competition, risk factors, legislative, legal and regulatory developments, as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on the Company’s ability to achieve its strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of the Company’s results of operations below may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect the Company’s future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

 

LOGO   38    


Table of Contents

Executive Summary.

 

Overview of Financial Results.

 

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Consolidated Results.

 

   

The Company reported net revenues of $35,155 million in 2015, a 3% increase from net revenues of $34,275 million in 2014. The impact of debt valuation adjustment (“DVA”) included in net revenues was positive $618 million and $651 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley for the current year was $6,127 million, or $2.90 per diluted common share, compared with $3,467 million, or $1.60 per diluted common share, a year ago. The current year included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, or $0.29 per diluted common share, compared with $2,226 million, or $1.13 per diluted common share, in the prior year. For a further discussion of these net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein. The prior year also included litigation costs related to residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis matters of $3,083 million, or a loss of $1.47 per diluted common share, 2014 compensation actions of approximately $1,137 million (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein), or a loss of $0.39 per diluted common share, and a funding valuation adjustment (“FVA”) implementation charge of $468 million, or a loss of $0.17 per diluted common share.

 

   

Excluding DVA, net revenues were $34,537 million in 2015 compared with $33,624 million in 2014, and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,728 million, or $2.70 per diluted common share, in 2015 compared with $3,049 million, or $1.39 per diluted common share, in 2014. Excluding both DVA and the net discrete tax benefits, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,164 million, or $2.41 per diluted common share, in 2015 compared with $823 million, or $0.26 per diluted common share, in 2014.

 

Business Segments.

 

   

Institutional Securities net revenues of $17,953 million in 2015 increased 6% compared with $16,871 million in 2014, primarily as a result of higher Sales and trading net revenues, partially offset by lower Other revenues and lower revenues in Investment banking.

 

   

Wealth Management net revenues of $15,100 million in 2015 increased 1% from $14,888 million in 2014, primarily as a result of higher net interest income and asset management revenues, partially offset by lower transactional revenues.

 

   

Investment Management net revenues of $2,315 million in 2015 decreased 15% from $2,712 million in 2014, primarily reflecting the reversal of previously accrued carried interest, reduction in revenues attributable to non-controlling interests and markdowns on principal investments.

 

Expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses of $16,016 million in 2015 were down 10% from $17,824 million in 2014, primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions, a decrease in 2015 in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments and carried interest, and a decrease in the level of discretionary incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses were $10,644 million in 2015 compared with $12,860 million in 2014, representing a 17% decrease, primarily as a result of lower legal expenses in the Institutional Securities business segment associated with residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis-related matters.

 

    39   LOGO


Table of Contents

Return on Average Common Equity.

 

   

The return on average common equity was 8.5% in 2015, or 7.8% excluding DVA, and 7.0% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits. For 2014, the return on average common equity was 4.8%, or 4.1% excluding DVA, and 0.8% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits.

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Consolidated Results.

 

   

The Company reported net revenues of $34,275 million in 2014, a 5% increase compared with $32,493 million in 2013. Net revenues in 2014 included positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $651 million compared with negative revenues of $681 million in 2013. In addition, net revenues in 2014 included a charge of approximately $468 million related to the implementation of FVA (see “Critical Accounting Policies” herein and Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8), which was recorded in the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

   

For 2014, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $3,467 million, or $1.60 per diluted common share, compared with $2,932 million, or $1.36 per diluted common share, in 2013. 2014 included net discrete tax benefits of $2,226 million, or $1.13 per diluted common share, compared with $407 million, or $0.21 per diluted common share, in 2013. For a further discussion of these net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

   

Excluding DVA, net revenues were $33,624 million in 2014 compared with $33,174 million in 2013, and net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $3,049 million, or $1.39 per diluted common share, in 2014 compared with $3,384 million, or $1.59 per diluted common share, in 2013. Excluding both DVA and the net discrete tax benefits, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $823 million, or $0.26 per diluted common share, in 2014 compared with $2,977 million, or $1.38 per diluted common share, in 2013.

 

Business Segments.

 

   

Institutional Securities net revenues of $16,871 million in 2014 increased 9% compared with $15,519 million in 2013, primarily as a result of an increase in Sales and trading net revenues and Investment banking revenues, partially offset by lower net investment gains.

 

   

Wealth Management net revenues of $14,888 million in 2014 increased 5% from $14,143 million in 2013, primarily as a result of higher Asset management, distribution and administration fees and an increase in net interest income, partially offset by lower transactional revenues.

 

   

Investment Management net revenues of $2,712 million in 2014 decreased 11% from $3,059 million in 2013. The decrease in net revenues was primarily related to lower net investment gains, including from investments in the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans, and lower carried interest, partially offset by higher management and administration revenues.

 

Expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses of $17,824 million in 2014 increased 10% from $16,277 million in 2013, primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions of approximately $1,137 million (see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses were $12,860 million in 2014 compared with $11,658 million in 2013, representing a 10% increase, primarily due to higher legal expenses.

 

Return on Average Common Equity.

 

   

The return on average common equity was 4.8% in 2014, or 4.1% excluding DVA, and 0.8% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits. Return on average common equity in 2013 was 4.3%, or 4.9% excluding DVA, and 4.3% excluding DVA and the net discrete tax benefits.

 

LOGO   40    


Table of Contents

Selected Financial Information.

 

In addition to the Selected Financial Data presented in Part II, Item 6, the following financial information is presented below:

 

Business Segment Financial Information and Other Statistical Data.

 

           2015                 2014                 2013        
     (dollars in millions, except where noted)  

Net revenues:

      

Institutional Securities

   $ 17,953      $ 16,871      $ 15,519   

Wealth Management

     15,100        14,888        14,143   

Investment Management

     2,315        2,712        3,059   

Intersegment Eliminations

     (213     (196     (228
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated net revenues

   $ 35,155      $ 34,275      $ 32,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley(1):

      

Institutional Securities

   $ 3,713      $ (77   $ 983   

Wealth Management

     2,085        3,192        1,473   

Investment Management

     345        366        519   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 6,143      $ 3,481      $ 2,975   

Pre-tax profit margin(2):

      

Institutional Securities

     26%        N/M        6%   

Wealth Management

     22%        20%        18%   

Investment Management

     21%        24%        33%   

Consolidated

     24%        10%        14%   

Average common equity (dollars in billions)(3)(4):

      

Institutional Securities

   $ 34.6      $ 32.2      $ 37.9   

Wealth Management

     11.2        11.2        13.2   

Investment Management

     2.2        2.9        2.8   

Parent capital

     18.9        19.0        8.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated average common equity

   $ 66.9      $ 65.3      $ 61.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average common equity(3)(4):

      

Institutional Securities

     10.0%        N/M        2.3%   

Wealth Management

     16.9%        27.5%        9.9%   

Investment Management

     15.8%        12.8%        18.1%   

Consolidated

     8.5%        4.8%        4.3%   

Regional net revenues(5):

      

Americas

   $ 25,080      $ 25,140      $ 23,358   

EMEA

     5,353        4,772        4,542   

Asia-Pacific

     4,722        4,363        4,593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 35,155      $ 34,275      $ 32,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations

     25.9%        (2.5)%        19.8%   

 

    41   LOGO


Table of Contents
     At
December 31,
2015
     At
December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions, except where noted)  

Global Liquidity Reserve managed by bank and non-bank legal entities(6):

     

Bank legal entities

   $ 94,328       $ 87,944   

Non-bank legal entities

     108,936         105,225   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 203,264       $ 193,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Maturities of long-term borrowings outstanding (next 12 months)

   $ 22,396       $ 20,740   

Capital ratios (Transitional)(7):

     

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

     15.5%         12.6%   

Tier 1 capital ratio

     17.4%         14.1%   

Total capital ratio

     20.7%         16.4%   

Tier 1 leverage ratio(8)

     8.3%         7.9%   

Assets under management or supervision (dollars in billions)(9):

     

Wealth Management

   $ 784       $ 778   

Investment Management

     406         403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,190       $ 1,181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Worldwide employees

     56,218         55,802   

 

Selected Non-Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“Non-GAAP”) Financial Information.

 

From time to time, the Company may disclose certain “non-GAAP financial measures” in the course of its earnings releases, earnings conference calls, financial presentations and otherwise. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) defines a “non-GAAP financial measure” as a numerical measure of historical or future financial performance, financial positions, or cash flows that excludes, or includes, amounts or is subject to adjustments that effectively exclude, or include, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Non-GAAP financial measures disclosed by the Company are provided as additional information to investors in order to provide them with further transparency about, or as an alternative method for assessing, the Company’s financial condition, operating results or prospective regulatory capital requirements. These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent with non-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever the Company refers to a non-GAAP financial measure, the Company will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the non-GAAP financial measure and the U.S. GAAP financial measure.

 

LOGO   42    


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Financial Measures from a Non-GAAP to a U.S. GAAP Basis.

 

             2015                      2014                      2013          
     (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)  

Net revenues

        

Net revenues—non-GAAP

   $ 34,537       $ 33,624       $ 33,174   

Impact of DVA

     618         651         (681
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues—U.S. GAAP

   $ 35,155       $ 34,275       $ 32,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

        

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits—non-GAAP

   $ 5,164       $ 823       $ 2,977   

Impact of net discrete tax benefits(10)

     564         2,226         407   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley, excluding DVA—non-GAAP

   $ 5,728       $ 3,049       $ 3,384   

Impact of DVA

     399         418         (452
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley—U.S. GAAP

   $ 6,127       $ 3,467       $ 2,932   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

        

Earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits—non-GAAP

   $ 2.41       $ 0.26       $ 1.38   

Impact of net discrete tax benefits(10)

     0.29         1.13         0.21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share, excluding DVA—non-GAAP

   $ 2.70       $ 1.39       $ 1.59   

Impact of DVA

     0.20         0.21         (0.23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share—U.S. GAAP

   $ 2.90       $ 1.60       $ 1.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

        

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations—non-GAAP

     32.5%         59.5%         28.7%   

Impact of net discrete tax benefits(10)

     (6.6)%         (62.0)%         (8.9)%   

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations—U.S. GAAP

     25.9%         (2.5)%         19.8%   

 

Average common equity, return on average common equity, average tangible common equity, return on average tangible common equity and tangible book value per common share are all non-GAAP financial measures the Company considers to be useful to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy and to allow better comparability of period-to-period operating performance. For a discussion of tangible common equity, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Tangible Equity” herein.

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures.

 

     2015     2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Average common equity(4)(11)

      

Average common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

   $ 67,139      $ 65,679      $ 62,805   

Average common equity, excluding DVA

   $ 67,573      $ 66,392      $ 62,952   

Average common equity

   $ 66,936      $ 65,284      $ 61,895   

Return on average common equity(4)(12)

      

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

     7.0%        0.8%        4.3%   

Return on average common equity, excluding DVA

     7.8%        4.1%        4.9%   

Return on average common equity

     8.5%        4.8%        4.3%   

Average tangible common equity(11)

      

Average tangible common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

   $ 57,478      $ 55,943      $ 53,906   

Average tangible common equity, excluding DVA

   $ 57,912      $ 56,656      $ 54,052   

Average tangible common equity

   $ 57,275      $ 55,548      $ 52,995   

Return on average tangible common equity(13)

      

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits

     8.2     0.9     5.0

Return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA

     9.1%        4.8%        5.8%   

Return on average tangible common equity

     9.9%        5.7%        5.0%   

 

    43   LOGO


Table of Contents
     At
December 31,  2015
     At
December 31,  2014
 

Tangible book value per common share(14)

   $ 30.26       $ 28.26   

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.

DVA—Debt valuation adjustment represents the change in the fair value of certain of the Company’s long-term and short-term borrowings resulting from the fluctuation in its credit spreads and other credit factors.

N/M—Not Meaningful.

(1)

The Institutional Securities business segment’s net income applicable to noncontrolling interests was $133 million, $109 million and $278 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Wealth Management business segment’s net income applicable to noncontrolling interests was $221 million in 2013. The Investment Management business segment’s net income applicable to noncontrolling interests was $19 million, $91 million and $182 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

(2)

Pre-tax profit margin is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers to be a useful measure to the Company and investors to assess operating performance. Percentages represent income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

(3)

The computation of average common equity for each business segment is determined using the Company’s Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Required Capital” herein). The calculation of each business segment’s return on average common equity equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of each business segment’s average common equity. The effective tax rates used in the computation of each business segment’s return on average common equity were determined on a separate legal entity basis. Average common equity and the return on average common equity for each business segment are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures to the Company and investors to assess capital adequacy and to allow better comparability of period-to-period operating performance, respectively.

(4)

The calculation of return on average common equity equals consolidated net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. To determine the return on average common equity, excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits, both the numerator and denominator were adjusted to exclude those items. Average common equity, the return on average common equity, and average common equity and the return on average common equity, both excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for investors to assess capital adequacy and to allow better comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

(5)

For a discussion regarding the geographic methodology for net revenues, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

(6)

For a discussion of Global Liquidity Reserve, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

(7)

For a discussion of the Company’s methods for calculating its risk-based capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

(8)

See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information on the Tier 1 leverage ratio.

(9)

Amounts exclude the Investment Management business segment’s proportionate share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake and assets for which fees are not generated. For 2015, amounts include $4.6 billion of inflows related to the transfer of certain portfolio managers and their portfolios from the Wealth Management business segment to the Investment Management business segment.

(10)

For a discussion of the Company’s net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

(11)

The impact of DVA on average common equity and average tangible common equity was $(637) million, $(1,108) million and $(1,057) million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The impact of net discrete tax benefits on average common equity and average tangible common equity was approximately $434 million, $713 million and $146 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(12)

The impact of DVA on return on average common equity was 0.7%, 0.7% and (0.6)% in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The impact of net discrete tax benefits on return on average common equity was 0.8%, 3.3% and 0.6% in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

LOGO   44    


Table of Contents
(13)

The calculation of return on average tangible common equity equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average tangible common equity. To determine the return on average tangible common equity, excluding DVA, and excluding DVA and net discrete tax benefits, both the numerator and the denominator were adjusted to exclude the impact of DVA and the impact of net discrete tax benefits. The impact of DVA was 0.8%, 0.9% and (0.8)% in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The impact of net discrete tax benefits was 0.9%, 3.9% and 0.8% in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(14)

Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity of $58,098 million at December 31, 2015 and $55,138 million at December 31, 2014 divided by common shares outstanding of 1,920 million at December 31, 2015 and 1,951 million at December 31, 2014.

 

Return on Equity Target.

 

The Company is aiming to improve its returns to shareholders, and has established a target of achieving a 9% to 11% return on average common equity excluding DVA (“Return on Equity”) by 2017, subject to the successful execution of its strategic objectives.

 

The Company plans to progress toward achieving its Return on Equity target through the following key elements of its strategy:

 

   

Revenue and profitability growth:

   

Wealth Management pre-tax margin improvement to approximately 23% to 25% through net interest income growth via continued high quality lending, expense efficiency and business growth;

   

Continued strength in Investment Banking and Equity Sales and Trading results;

   

Steady performance in Investment Management;

   

Expense efficiency:

   

Achieve an expense efficiency target ratio excluding DVA of 74%, assuming a flat revenue environment (not including any outsized litigation expense or penalties);

   

Sufficient capital:

   

Continuing to right-size the Fixed Income and Commodities Sales and Trading business from an operational and capital standpoint; and

   

Increasing capital returns to shareholders, subject to regulatory approval.

 

The Company’s Return on Equity target and its related strategies, goals and targets are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; legal expenses; capital levels; and discrete tax items. Given the uncertainties surrounding these and other factors, there are significant risks that the Company’s Return on Equity target and its related strategies and targets may not be realized. Actual results may differ from goals and targets, and the differences may be material and adverse. Accordingly, the Company cautions that undue reliance should not be placed on any of these forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A, for additional information regarding these forward-looking statements.

 

Return on Equity, excluding DVA, and pre-tax margin are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures to the Company’s investors to assess operating performance. The Company’s expense efficiency ratio, excluding DVA, represents total non-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues, excluding DVA. For 2015, the Company’s expense efficiency ratio was 77%, which was calculated as non-interest expenses of $26,660 million divided by net revenues of $34,537 million, which excludes the positive impact of $618 million from DVA. The expense efficiency ratio, excluding DVA, is a non-GAAP financial measure that the Company considers useful for investors to assess operating performance.

 

Global Market and Economic Conditions.

 

During the first half of 2015, global growth was supported by a rebound in the U.S. and firmer growth in the euro zone and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) economies, partially offset by sluggishness in major emerging market economies. During the second half of 2015, global growth slowed as a result of the continued sluggishness of emerging market economies, declines

 

    45   LOGO


Table of Contents

in energy prices and the slowdown of China’s economic growth. Global real gross domestic product growth decelerated in 2015 from 2014. Growth in emerging market economies slowed for a fourth straight year, while growth in developed market economies was steady but sluggish. Notable trends during the year included falling oil and other commodity prices, an appreciating U.S. dollar weighing on global trade flows and increasing policy challenges in a number of major emerging market economies, most notably China. The U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) announced a rate increase in December 2015 based on cumulative labor market progress and rising confidence in achieving its inflation target. However, with Europe and Japan still struggling and China decelerating, the European Central Bank, the Bank of Japan and the People’s Bank of China acted to continue their targeted monetary policy easing measures. Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Bank of Japan announced a program of Quantitative and Qualitative Monetary Easing with a Negative Interest Rate that introduced a three tier policy rate system for bank reserves with a low rate of (0.1)%.

 

Business Segments.

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to its business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

 

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to its consolidated results.

 

Net Revenues.

 

Trading.    Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which the Company acts as a market maker as well as gains and losses on the Company’s related positions and other positions carried at fair value. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and other positions carried at fair value. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses from the purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in this line item since they relate to positions carried at fair value. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded separately in Commissions and fees. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for related services are recorded in Commissions and fees.

 

The Company often invests in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits. Compensation expense is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment, and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. Generally, changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in fair value of the referenced investment will be offset by changes in fair value of the investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

 

As a market maker, the Company stands ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. The Company’s liquidity obligations can be explicit and obligatory in some cases, and in others, customers expect the Company to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill its market-making function, the Company engages in activities across all of its trading businesses that include, but are not limited to: (i) taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time; (ii) managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks; (iii) building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory, through trades with other market participants, and engaging in accumulation activities to accommodate anticipated customer demand; (iv) trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and (v) engaging in other activities to

 

LOGO   46    


Table of Contents

provide efficiency and liquidity for markets. Although not included in Trading revenues, Interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities, as debt securities held by the Company earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreement to repurchase and purchased with agreement to resell.

 

Investments.    The Company’s investments generally are held for long-term appreciation, or as discussed above, hedging purposes, and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessary part of offering other products. The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of the Company’s holdings, as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The sales restrictions on the investments relate primarily to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investments in real estate funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time that the Company is clearing trades on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain investments related to assets held by consolidated real estate funds, which are primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

 

Commissions and Fees.    Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.    Asset management, distribution and administration fees include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees in the Wealth Management business segment also include revenues from individual and institutional investors electing a fee-based pricing arrangement and fees for investment management. Mutual fund distribution fees in the Wealth Management business segment are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of assets under management or supervision.

 

Asset management fees in the Investment Management business segment arise from investment management services the Company provides to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. The Company receives fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees in the Investment Management business segment are earned on certain products as a percentage of appreciation earned by those products and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and are recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.

 

Net Interest.    Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including Trading assets and Trading liabilities; Investment securities, which include available for sale (“AFS”) securities and held to maturity (“HTM”) securities; Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell; Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase; Loans; Deposits; Other short-term borrowings; Long-term borrowings; trading strategies; customer activity in the prime brokerage business; and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates.

 

Net Revenues by Segment.

 

Institutional Securities.    Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

 

Equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues are composed of Trading revenues; Commissions and fees; Asset management, distribution and administration fees; and Net interest income (expense). In assessing the profitability of its sales and trading activities, the Company views these net revenues in the aggregate. In addition, decisions

 

    47   LOGO


Table of Contents

relating to trading are based on an overall review of aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging the Company’s positions, and other related expenses. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information related to gains (losses) on derivative instruments.

 

In addition to sales and trading net revenues discussed above, sales and trading net revenues also include other trading revenues, consisting of costs related to liquidity held (“negative carry”), gains (losses) on economic hedges related to the long-term borrowings and certain activities associated with the corporate lending activities.

 

Wealth Management.    Net revenues are composed of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues.

 

Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Investment banking revenues include revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings, closed-end funds and unit trusts. Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments, in which the Company acts as principal, gains and losses on the Company’s inventory positions, which are held primarily to facilitate customer transactions, and gains and losses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Revenues from Commissions and fees primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

 

Asset management revenues include Asset management, distribution and administration fees, and referral fees related to the bank deposit program.

 

Net interest income includes interest related to the bank deposit program, interest on AFS securities and HTM securities, interest on lending activities and other net interest. Interest income and Interest expense are a function of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities. Net interest is driven by securities-based lending, mortgage lending, margin loans, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions and bank deposit program activity.

 

Other revenues include revenues from the sale of AFS securities, customer account services fees and other miscellaneous revenues.

 

Investment Management.    The Investment Management business segment generates investment banking revenues primarily from the acquisition of investments in mature real estate and merchant banking funds. Investments revenue primarily consists of real estate and private equity investments that generally are held for long-term appreciation and generally subject to sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments involve significant judgment and may fluctuate materially over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

 

For information about the composition of Sales and trading, Investment and Asset management revenues, see “Net Revenues” herein.

 

Compensation Expense.

 

Compensation and benefits expense includes accruals for base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits. The factors that drive compensation for the Company’s employees vary from quarter to quarter, segment to segment and within a segment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, their compensation is largely paid on the basis of formulaic payouts that link employee compensation to revenues. Compensation for certain employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Institutional Securities business segment, may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the Company, business unit and individual performance. Compensation for the Company’s remaining employees is largely fixed in nature (e.g., base salary, benefits, etc.).

 

LOGO   48    


Table of Contents

INSTITUTIONAL SECURITIES

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

                       % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015     2014     2013         2015              2014      
     (dollars in millions)               

Revenues:

           

Investment banking

   $ 5,008      $ 5,203      $ 4,377        (4)%         19%   

Trading

     9,400        8,445        8,147        11%         4%   

Investments

     274        240        707        14%         (66)%   

Commissions and fees

     2,616        2,610        2,425                8%   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     281        281        280                  

Other

     221        684        684        (68)%           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total non-interest revenues

     17,800        17,463        16,620        2%         5%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Interest income

     3,190        3,389        3,572        (6)%         (5)%   

Interest expense

     3,037        3,981        4,673        (24)%         (15)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net interest

     153        (592     (1,101     N/M         46%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net revenues

     17,953        16,871        15,519        6%         9%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Compensation and benefits

     6,467        7,786        6,823        (17)%         14%   

Non-compensation expenses

     6,815        9,143        7,750        (25)%         18%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total non-interest expenses

     13,282        16,929        14,573        (22)%         16%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     4,671        (58     946        N/M         N/M   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     825        (90     (315     N/M         71%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income from continuing operations

     3,846        32        1,261        N/M         (97)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Discontinued operations:

           

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (24     (26     (81     8%         68%   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (7     (7     (29             76%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income (losses) from discontinued operations

     (17     (19     (52     11%         63%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income

     3,829        13        1,209        N/M         (99)%   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

                   1        N/M         (100)%   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     133        109        277        22%         (61)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 3,696      $ (96   $ 931        N/M         N/M   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

           

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 3,713      $ (77   $ 983        N/M         N/M   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (17     (19     (52     11%         63%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 3,696      $ (96   $ 931        N/M         N/M   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

 

    49   LOGO


Table of Contents

Investment Banking.

 

Investment Banking Revenues.

 

                          % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015      2014      2013          2015              2014      
     (dollars in millions)                

Advisory revenues

   $ 1,967       $ 1,634       $ 1,310         20%         25%   

Underwriting revenues:

              

Equity underwriting revenues

     1,398         1,613         1,262         (13)%         28%   

Fixed income underwriting revenues

     1,643         1,956         1,805         (16)%         8%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total underwriting revenues

     3,041         3,569         3,067         (15)%         16%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total investment banking revenues

   $ 5,008       $ 5,203       $ 4,377         (4)%         19%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

Investment Banking Volumes.

 

     2015(1)      2014(1)      2013(1)  
     (dollars in billions)  

Announced mergers and acquisitions(2)

   $ 1,550       $ 657       $ 497   

Completed mergers and acquisitions(2)

     636         624         526   

Equity and equity-related offerings(3)

     67         72         61   

Fixed income offerings(4)

     256         286         291   

 

(1)

Source: Thomson Reuters, data at January 15, 2016. Announced and completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are based on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

(2)

Amounts include transactions of $100 million or more. Announced mergers and acquisitions exclude terminated transactions.

(3)

Amounts include Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

(4)

Amounts include non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Amounts include publicly registered and Rule 144A issues. Amounts exclude leveraged loans and self-led issuances.

 

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Investment banking revenues of $5,008 million in 2015 decreased 4% from the prior year due to lower underwriting revenues, partially offset by higher advisory revenues.

 

   

Advisory revenues increased led primarily by merger, acquisition and restructuring transactions (“M&A”) in the Americas. Global industry-wide announced M&A volume activity for 2015 increased significantly compared with 2014.

 

   

Equity underwriting revenues decreased driven by decreases in initial public offering volumes. Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased primarily driven by lower non-investment grade bond and loan fees.

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Investment banking revenues of $5,203 million in 2014 increased 19% from the prior year driven by increases across both underwriting and advisory revenues.

 

   

Advisory revenues from M&A increased due to increased deal activity in the Americas and Asia-Pacific regions. Industry-wide announced M&A volume activity for 2014 increased across all regions compared with 2013, primarily driven by cross-border activity.

 

   

Equity underwriting revenues increased driven by increased activity with clients across all regions. Fixed income underwriting revenues increased driven by increased investment grade volumes.

 

LOGO   50    


Table of Contents

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.

 

Sales and Trading Net Revenues.

 

                        % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015      2014(1)     2013       2015          2014    
     (dollars in millions)               

Trading

   $ 9,400       $ 8,445      $ 8,147        11%         4%   

Commissions and fees

     2,616         2,610        2,425                8%   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     281         281        280                  

Net interest

     153         (592     (1,101     N/M         46%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 12,450       $ 10,744      $ 9,751        16%         10%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

Sales and Trading Net Revenues by Business.

 

                       % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015     2014(1)     2013       2015          2014    
     (dollars in millions)               

Equity

   $ 8,288      $ 7,135      $ 6,529        16%         9%   

Fixed income and commodities

     4,758        4,214        3,594        13%         17%   

Other

     (596     (605     (372     1%         (63)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 12,450      $ 10,744      $ 9,751        16%         10%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

(1)

Results in 2014 included a charge of $468 million related to the implementation of FVA (Equity: $2 million; Fixed income and commodities: $466 million).

 

Sales and Trading Net Revenues, Excluding DVA and FVA.

 

Sales and trading net revenues, including equity and fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues that exclude the impact of DVA, or exclude the impact of DVA and the initial implementation of FVA, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers useful for the Company and investors to allow further comparability of period-to-period operating performance.

 

                        % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015      2014     2013         2015              2014      
     (dollars in millions)               

Total sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP

   $ 11,832       $ 10,561      $ 10,432        12%         1%   

Impact of DVA

     618         651        (681     (5)%         N/M   

Impact of FVA

             (468            100%         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total sales and trading net revenues

   $ 12,450       $ 10,744      $ 9,751        16%         10%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Equity sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP

   $ 8,125       $ 6,905      $ 6,607        18%         5%   

Impact of DVA

     163         232        (78     (30)%         N/M   

Impact of FVA

             (2            100%         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Equity sales and trading net revenues

   $ 8,288       $ 7,135      $ 6,529        16%         9%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues—non-GAAP

   $ 4,303       $ 4,261      $ 4,197        1%         2%   

Impact of DVA

     455         419        (603     9%         N/M   

Impact of FVA

             (466            100%         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues

   $ 4,758       $ 4,214      $ 3,594        13%         17%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

 

    51   LOGO


Table of Contents

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Total sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the initial implementation of FVA, of $11,832 million in 2015 increased 12% from the prior year due to higher equity, fixed income and commodities revenues.

 

Equity.

 

   

Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, increased driven by strong results in prime brokerage and derivatives products. Higher client balances primarily drove the increase in prime brokerage results, while the improved results in derivatives reflected increased client activity and gains on inventory.

 

Fixed Income and Commodities.

 

   

Excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased as higher commodity net revenues were partially offset by lower fixed income product results.

 

   

Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, decreased due to lower results in credit and securitized products from wider credit spread environment which were partially offset by higher revenues in interest rates and foreign exchange products from higher client activity.

 

   

Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, increased primarily reflecting higher revenues from the global oil merchanting business, which was sold on November 1, 2015 (see “Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items—2015 Compared with 2014—Dispositions” herein). The increase was partially offset by credit driven losses and the absence of revenues from TransMontaigne Inc., which was sold on July 1, 2014 (see “Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items—2014 Compared with 2013—Dispositions” herein).

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Total sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, of $10,561 million in 2014 increased 1% from the prior year due to higher equity and fixed income and commodities revenues partially offset by higher losses in other sales and trading net revenues.

 

Equity.

 

   

Equity sales and trading net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA of $2 million, increased primarily due to higher revenues in the prime brokerage business driven by higher client balances partially offset by a decrease in derivatives revenues, reflecting unfavorable volatility movement.

 

Fixed Income and Commodities.

 

   

Fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues in 2014 included a charge of $466 million related to the implementation of FVA. Excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, fixed income and commodities sales and trading net revenues increased as higher commodity net revenues were partially offset by lower fixed income product results.

 

   

Fixed income product net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, decreased as higher results in interest rate products were offset by declines in credit products, which reflected an unfavorable market environment.

 

   

Commodity net revenues, excluding the impact of DVA and the implementation of FVA, increased reflecting higher levels of client demand for structured transactions and volatility in natural gas and power partly offset by lower revenues in the oil related businesses in part attributable to TransMontaigne Inc., which was sold on July 1, 2014

 

LOGO   52    


Table of Contents
 

(see “Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items—2014 Compared with 2013—Dispositions” herein).

 

Investments, Other Revenues, Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Other Items.

 

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Investments.

 

   

Net investment gains of $274 million in 2015 increased 14% from the prior year driven by gains on business related investments.

 

Other.

 

   

Other revenues of $221 million in 2015 decreased 68% from the prior year primarily due to the absence of gains realized on certain assets sold in 2014 (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8) and markdowns and provisions on loans held for sale and held for investment, respectively.

 

Non-interest Expenses.

 

Non-interest expenses of $13,282 million in 2015 decreased 22% from the prior year driven by a 25% reduction in Non-compensation expenses and a 17% reduction in Compensation and benefits expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions, a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments, and a decrease in the level of discretionary incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses decreased primarily due to lower litigation expenses.

 

Income Tax Items.

 

In 2015, the Company recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $564 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Company’s legal entity organization in the U.K.

 

Dispositions.

 

On November 1, 2015, the Company completed the sale of its global oil merchanting unit of the commodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC. The loss on sale of approximately $71 million was recognized in Other revenues.

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Investments.

 

   

Net investment gains of $240 million in 2014 decreased 66% from the prior year reflecting a gain recorded in 2013 related to the disposition of an investment in an insurance broker, and lower gains on principal investments and investments associated with the deferred compensation and co-investment plans in 2014.

 

Other.

 

   

Other revenues of $684 million remained unchanged. The results in 2014 included lower income from the Company’s 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) compared with 2013 (see “Other Items—Japanese Securities Joint Venture” herein and Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in

 

    53   LOGO


Table of Contents
 

Item 8). In 2014, Other revenues also included gains realized on certain assets sold (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Non-interest Expenses.

 

Non-interest expenses of $16,929 million in 2014 increased 16% from the prior year primarily due to higher legal expenses and higher compensation expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions and an increase in base salaries and fixed allowances partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to higher legal expenses related to certain legacy residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis-related matters (see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Legal” herein and “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Income Tax Items.

 

In 2014, the Company recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $839 million. This included net discrete tax benefits of: $612 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination, and $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. In addition, the Company’s Provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the business segment was impacted by approximately $900 million of tax provision as a result of non-deductible expenses related to litigation and regulatory matters.

 

In 2013, the Company recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $407 million. This included net discrete tax benefits of: $161 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest associated with new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million that is attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the retroactive effective date of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the “Relief Act”). For a further discussion of the Relief Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

Dispositions.

 

On July 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the assumption of its obligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale of $112 million is recorded in Other revenues.

 

On March 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc., a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. The gain on sale was approximately $45 million and is recorded in Other revenues.

 

Other Items.

 

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.

 

The Company holds a 40% voting interest and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest in MUMSS.

 

LOGO   54    


Table of Contents

To the extent that losses incurred by MUMSS result in a requirement to restore its capital level, MUFG is solely responsible for providing this additional capital to a minimum level, whereas the Company is not obligated to contribute additional capital to MUMSS. To the extent that MUMSS is required to increase its capital level due to factors other than losses, such as changes in regulatory requirements, both MUFG and the Company are required to contribute the necessary capital based upon their economic interest as set forth above.

 

See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

 

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests primarily relate to MUFG interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

 

    55   LOGO


Table of Contents

WEALTH MANAGEMENT

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

                        % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015      2014     2013         2015              2014      
     (dollars in millions)               

Revenues:

            

Investment banking

   $ 623       $ 791      $ 923        (21)%         (14)%   

Trading

     731         957        1,161        (24)%         (18)%   

Investments

     18         9        14        100%         (36)%   

Commissions and fees

     1,981         2,127        2,209        (7)%         (4)%   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     8,536         8,345        7,571        2%         10%   

Other

     255         320        390        (20)%         (18)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total non-interest revenues

     12,144         12,549        12,268        (3)%         2%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Interest income

     3,105         2,516        2,100        23%         20%   

Interest expense

     149         177        225        (16)%         (21)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net interest

     2,956         2,339        1,875        26%         25%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net revenues

     15,100         14,888        14,143        1%         5%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Compensation and benefits

     8,595         8,825        8,265        (3)%         7%   

Non-compensation expenses

     3,173         3,078        3,274        3%         (6)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total non-interest expenses

     11,768         11,903        11,539        (1)%         3%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     3,332         2,985        2,604        12%         15%   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     1,247         (207     910        N/M         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income from continuing operations

     2,085         3,192        1,694        (35)%         88%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Discontinued operations:

            

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

                    (1     N/M         (100)%   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

                           N/M         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

                    (1     N/M         (100)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income

     2,085         3,192        1,693        (35)%         89%   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

                    221        N/M         (100)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 2,085       $ 3,192      $ 1,472        (35)%         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

            

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2,085       $ 3,192      $ 1,473        (35)%         N/M   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

                    (1     N/M         (100)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 2,085       $ 3,192      $ 1,472        (35)%         N/M   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

 

LOGO   56    


Table of Contents

Transactional Revenues.

 

Transactional Revenues.

 

                          % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015      2014      2013      2015      2014  
     (dollars in millions)                

Investment banking

   $ 623       $ 791       $ 923         (21)%         (14)%   

Trading

     731         957         1,161         (24)%         (18)%   

Commissions and fees

     1,981         2,127         2,209         (7)%         (4)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

Transactional revenues

   $ 3,335       $ 3,875       $ 4,293         (14)%         (10)%   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Transactional revenues of $3,335 million in 2015 decreased 14% from the prior year due to lower revenues in each of Trading, Investment banking and Commissions and fees.

 

   

Investment banking revenues decreased primarily due to lower revenues from the distribution of underwritten offerings.

 

   

Trading revenues decreased primarily due to losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and lower revenues from fixed income products.

 

   

Commissions and fees decreased primarily due to lower revenues from equity, mutual fund and annuity products partially offset by higher revenues from alternatives asset classes.

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Transactional revenues of $3,875 million in 2014 decreased 10% from the prior year due to lower revenues in each of Trading, Investment banking and Commissions and fees.

 

   

Investment banking revenues decreased primarily due to lower levels of underwriting activity in closed-end funds partially offset by higher revenues from structured products.

 

   

Trading revenues decreased primarily as a result of lower gains related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and lower revenues from fixed income products.

 

   

Commissions and fees revenues decreased primarily due to lower equity, insurance and mutual fund activity.

 

Net Revenues.

 

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Asset Management.

 

   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $8,536 million in 2015 increased 2% from the prior year primarily due to higher fee-based revenues that resulted from positive flows and higher average market values over 2015 as compared with the average market values during 2014 (see “Statistical Data” herein). The increase in fee-based revenues was partially offset by lower referral fees from the bank deposit program, reflecting the completion of the transfer of the deposits from Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) to the Company (see Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Net Interest.

 

   

Net interest of $2,956 million in 2015 increased 26% from the prior year primarily due to higher balances in the bank deposit program and growth in loans and lending commitments.

 

    57   LOGO


Table of Contents

Other.

 

   

Other revenues of $255 million in 2015 decreased 20% from the prior year primarily due to a $40 million gain on sale of a retail property space in the prior year and an increase in the allowance for credit losses in 2015.

 

Non-interest Expenses.

 

Non-interest expenses of $11,768 million in 2015 decreased 1% from the prior year primarily due to lower Compensation and benefit expenses partially offset by higher Non-compensation expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions, a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments and a decrease in the level of discretionary incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to an increase in Professional services, resulting from increased consulting and legal fees partially offset by a provision related to a rescission offer in the prior year. Other expenses in 2014 included $50 million related to a rescission offer to Wealth Management clients who may not have received a prospectus for certain securities transactions, for which delivery of a prospectus was required.

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Net Revenues.

 

Asset Management.

 

   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $8,345 million in 2014 increased 10% from the prior year primarily due to higher fee-based revenues partially offset by lower revenues from referral fees from the bank deposit program. The referral fees for deposits placed with Citi-affiliated depository institutions declined to $81 million in 2014 from $240 million in 2013, reflecting the transfer of deposits to the Company from Citi.

 

Net Interest.

 

   

Net interest of $2,339 million in 2014 increased 25% from the prior year primarily due to higher lending balances and growth in loans and lending commitments in Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) securities-based lending products.

 

Other.

 

   

Other revenues of $320 million in 2014 decreased 18% from the prior year primarily as a result of a gain on sale of the U.K. operation of the Global Stock Plan Services business in 2013 and lower account fees. The results for Other revenues in 2014 included a $40 million gain on sale of a retail property space.

 

Non-interest Expenses.

 

Non-interest expenses of $11,903 million in 2014 increased 3% from the prior year primarily due to higher Compensation and benefit expenses partially offset by lower Non-compensation expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses increased primarily due to a higher formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher net revenues and an increase in base salaries.

 

   

Non-compensation expenses decreased in 2014 primarily driven by technology write-offs and an impairment expense related to certain intangible assets (management contracts) associated with alternative investments funds in 2013, lower intangible amortization and a lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) assessment on deposits partially offset by a provision in 2014 related to a rescission offer to Wealth Management clients.

 


  58    


Table of Contents

Income Tax Items.

 

In 2014, the Company recognized in Provision for (benefit from) income taxes net discrete tax benefits of $1,390 million due to the release of a deferred tax liability as a result of an internal restructuring to simplify the Company’s legal entity organization. For a further discussion of these net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

Statistical Data.

 

Financial Information and Statistical Data (dollars in billions, except where noted).

 

       At
December  31,
2015
     At
December  31,
2014
 

Client assets

  

   $ 1,985       $ 2,025   

Fee-based client assets(1)

  

   $ 795       $ 785   

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets

  

     40%         39%   

Client liabilities(2)

  

   $ 64       $ 51   

Bank deposit program(3)

  

   $ 149       $ 137   

Investment securities portfolio

  

   $ 57.9       $ 57.3   

Loans and lending commitments

  

   $ 55.3       $ 42.7   

Wealth Management representatives

  

     15,889         16,076   

Retail locations

  

     608         622   
     2015      2014      2013  

Annual revenues per representative (dollars in thousands)(4)

   $ 950       $ 914       $ 863   

Client assets per representative (dollars in millions)(5)

   $ 125       $ 126       $ 116   

Fee-based asset flows(6)

   $ 46.3       $ 58.8       $ 51.9   

 

(1)

Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

(2)

Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, home loans and margin lending.

(3)

Balances in the bank deposit program included deposits held by Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) of $149 billion and $128 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, with the remainder at December 31, 2014 held at Citi-affiliated FDIC insured depositories. At June 30, 2015, the transfer of deposits from Citi to the Company was completed. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further discussion of the Company’s customer deposits previously held by Citi.

(4)

Annual revenues per representative equal the Wealth Management business segment’s annual revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

(5)

Client assets per representative equal total period-end client assets divided by period-end representative headcount.

(6)

Fee-based asset flows include net new fee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude cash management-related activity.

 

Total client liability balances increased to $64 billion at December 31, 2015 from $51 billion at December 31, 2014, primarily due to growth in PLA and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) securities-based lending products and residential real estate loans. The loans and lending commitments in the Wealth Management business segment continued to grow in 2015, and the Company expects this trend to continue. See “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—U.S. Bank Subsidiaries Lending Activities” herein and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in Item 7A.

 

Fee-Based Client Assets.

 

Wealth Management earns fees based on a contractual percentage of fee-based client assets related to certain account types that are offered to Wealth Management clients. These fees, which the Company records in the Asset management, distribution and administrative fees line on its income statement, are earned based on the client assets in the specific account types in which the client participates and are generally not driven by asset class. For most account types, fees are billed in the first month of each quarter based on the related client assets as of the end of the prior quarter. Across the account types, the fees will vary based on both the distinct services provided within each account type and on the level of household assets under supervision in Wealth Management.

 

    59   LOGO


Table of Contents

Fee-Based Client Assets Activity and Average Fee Rate by Account Type.

 

     At
December 31,
2014
     Inflows      Outflows     Market
Impact
    At
December 31,
2015
     Average for the
Year Ended
December 31,

2015
                              Fee Rate(1)             
     (dollars in billions)      (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(2)

   $ 285       $ 42       $ (32   $ (12   $ 283       34

Unified managed accounts

     93         29         (14     (3     105       113

Mutual fund advisory

     31         3         (6     (3     25       121

Representative as advisor

     119         29         (25     (8     115       89

Representative as portfolio manager

     241         58         (38     (9     252       104
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Subtotal

   $ 769       $ 161       $ (115   $ (35   $ 780       76

Cash management

     16         9         (10            15       6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total fee-based client assets

   $ 785       $     170       $     (125   $     (35   $ 795       74
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     At
December 31,
2013
     Inflows      Outflows     Market
Impact
     At
December 31,
2014
     Average for the
Year Ended
December 31,

2014
                               Fee Rate(1)             
     (dollars in billions)      (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(2)

   $ 260       $ 41       $ (31   $ 15       $ 285       35

Unified managed accounts

     78         24         (11     2         93       116

Mutual fund advisory

     34         5         (8             31       121

Representative as advisor

     111         30         (23     1         119       90

Representative as portfolio manager

     201         60         (28     8         241       106
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

   $ 684       $ 160       $ (101   $ 26       $ 769       77

Cash management

     13         12         (9             16       6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total fee-based client assets

   $ 697       $     172       $     (110   $      26       $ 785       75
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

     At
December 31,
2012
     Inflows      Outflows     Market
Impact/
Other (3)
     At
December 31,
2013
     Average for the
Year Ended
December 31,

2013
                               Fee Rate(1)             
     (dollars in billions)      (in bps)

Separately managed accounts(2)

   $ 195       $ 43       $ (32   $ 54       $ 260       37

Unified managed accounts

     61         19         (10     8         78       120

Mutual fund advisory

     31         5         (6     4         34       121

Representative as advisor

     94         28         (21     10         111       91

Representative as portfolio manager

     160         51         (25     15         201       109
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Subtotal

   $ 541       $ 146       $ (94   $ 91       $ 684       78

Cash management

     13         6         (6             13       6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total fee-based client assets

   $ 554       $     152       $     (100   $      91       $ 697       77
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

bps—Basis points.

(1)

Average fee rate is for the year ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

(2)

Includes non-custody account values reflecting prior quarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

(3)

Effective in 2013, client assets include certain additional non-custodied assets as a result of the completion of the platform conversion between the Company and Citi.

 

 

Inflows—include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.

 

 

Outflows—include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.

 

 

Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.

 

LOGO   60    


Table of Contents
 

Separately managed accounts—Accounts by which third-party asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. One third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.

 

 

Unified managed accounts—Accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange traded funds all in one aggregate account. Unified managed accounts can be client-directed, financial advisor-directed or Company-directed (with “directed” referring to the investment direction or decision/discretion/power of attorney).

 

 

Mutual fund advisory—Accounts that give the client the ability to systematically allocate assets across a wide range of mutual funds. Investment decisions are made by the client.

 

 

Representative as advisor—Accounts where the investment decisions must be approved by the client and the financial advisor must obtain approval each time a change is made to the account or its investments.

 

 

Representative as portfolio manager—Accounts where a financial advisor has discretion (contractually approved by the client) to make ongoing investment decisions without the client’s approval for each individual change.

 

 

Cash management—Accounts where the financial advisor provides discretionary cash management services to institutional clients whereby securities or proceeds are invested and reinvested in accordance with the client’s investment criteria. Generally, the portfolio will be invested in short-term fixed income and cash equivalent investments.

 

    61   LOGO


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

 

INCOME STATEMENT INFORMATION

 

                       % Change
from Prior Year:
 
     2015     2014     2013         2015              2014      
     (dollars in millions)               

Revenues:

           

Investment banking

   $ 1      $ 5      $ 11        (80)%         (55)%   

Trading

     (1     (19     41        95%         N/M   

Investments

     249        587        1,056        (58)%         (44)%   

Commissions and fees

     1                      N/M         N/M   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     2,049        2,049        1,920                7%   

Other

     32        106        32        (70)%         N/M   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total non-interest revenues

     2,331        2,728        3,060        (15)%         (11)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Interest income

     2        2        9                (78)%   

Interest expense

     18        18        10                80%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net interest

     (16     (16     (1             N/M   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net revenues

     2,315        2,712        3,059        (15)%         (11)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Compensation and benefits

     954        1,213        1,189        (21)%         2%   

Non-compensation expenses

     869        835        862        4%         (3)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total non-interest expenses

     1,823        2,048        2,051        (11)%           
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     492        664        1,008        (26)%         (34)%   

Provision for income taxes

     128        207        307        (38)%         (33)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income from continuing operations

     364        457        701        (20)%         (35)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Discontinued operations:

           

Income from discontinued operations before income taxes

     1        7        9        (86)%         (22)%   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

            2               (100)%         N/M   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Income from discontinued operations

     1        5        9        (80)%         (44)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income

     365        462        710        (21)%         (35)%   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     19        91        182        (79)%         (50)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 346      $ 371      $ 528        (7)%         (30)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley:

           

Income from continuing operations

   $ 345      $ 366      $ 519        (6)%         (29)%   

Income from discontinued operations

     1        5        9        (80)%         (44)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 346      $ 371      $ 528        (7)%         (30)%   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

 

LOGO   62    


Table of Contents

2015 Compared with 2014.

 

Net Revenues.

 

Investments.

 

   

Investments of $249 million in 2015 decreased 58% from the prior year reflecting the reversal of previously accrued carried interest associated with Asia Private Equity and additional net markdowns on principal investments.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.

 

   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees were unchanged from the prior year as the impact of positive net flows was offset by a shift in the asset class mix from equity and fixed income products to liquidity products, (see “Statistical Data” herein).

 

Other.

 

   

Other revenues of $32 million in 2015 decreased 70% from the prior year due to lower revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in certain third-party investment managers.

 

Non-interest Expenses.

 

Non-interest expenses of $1,823 million in 2015 decreased 11% from the prior year primarily due to lower Compensation and benefit expenses partially offset by higher Non-compensation expenses.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased primarily due to the 2014 compensation actions, a decrease in deferred compensation associated with carried interest and a decrease in the level of incentive compensation in 2015 (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses increased primarily due to higher Brokerage and clearing, Professional services, resulting from higher consulting and legal fees and Information processing and communications expenses.

 

2014 Compared with 2013.

 

Trading.

 

   

Trading losses of $19 million in 2014 compared with gains of $41 million in 2013 primarily reflected losses related to certain consolidated real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

 

Investments.

 

   

Investments of $587 million in 2014 decreased 44% from the prior year primarily related to lower net investment gains, lower carried interest in the Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses and lower gains from investments in the Company’s employee deferred compensation and co-investment plans. 2014 results were also negatively impacted by the deconsolidation in the second quarter of 2014 of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.

 

   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees of $2,049 million in 2014 increased 7% from the prior year primarily reflected higher management and administration revenues as a result of higher average assets under management (“AUM”), (see “Statistical Data” herein).

 

Other.

 

   

Other revenues of $106 million in 2014 increased from $32 million in 2013 primarily due to higher revenues associated with the Company’s minority investment in certain third-party investment managers and a $17 million gain on sale of a retail property space.

 

    63   LOGO


Table of Contents

Non-interest Expenses.

 

Non-interest expenses of $2,048 million were essentially unchanged from 2013.

 

   

Compensation and benefits expenses increased due to the 2014 compensation actions and increases in salaries partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of deferred compensation plan referenced investments (see also “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Discretionary Incentive Compensation” herein).

 

   

Non-compensation expenses decreased primarily due to an impairment expense related to certain intangible assets (management contracts) associated with alternative investments funds in 2013 and the result of lower consumption taxes in the European Union.

 

Other Items.

 

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests are primarily related to the consolidation of certain real estate funds sponsored by the Company. Investment gains (losses) associated with nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in these consolidated funds were $14 million, $104 million and $151 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests decreased in 2015 primarily due to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter 2015.

 

Statistical Data.

 

Assets Under Management or Supervision and Average Fee Rate by Asset Class.

 

    At
December  31,
2014
    Inflows
(1)
    Outflows     Distributions     Market
Impact
    Foreign
Currency
Impact
    At
December  31,
2015
    Average for the
Year Ended
December 31,
2015
 
                  AUM       Fee Rate    
    (dollars in billions)     (in bps)  

Traditional Asset Management:

                 

Equity

  $ 141      $ 33      $ (44   $      $ (2   $ (2   $ 126      $ 136        70   

Fixed income

    65        21        (23            (1     (2     60        63        32   

Liquidity

    128        1,259        (1,238                          149        136        9   

Alternatives(2)

    36        4        (3     (1                   36        36        61   

Managed Futures

    3                                           3        3        111   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Traditional Asset Management

    373        1,317        (1,308     (1     (3     (4     374        374        41   

Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing(2)

    30        6        (1     (5     2               32        31        106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management or supervision

  $ 403      $ 1,323      $ (1,309   $ (6   $ (1   $ (4   $ 406      $     405        46   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares of minority stake assets

    7                  8        7     

 

LOGO   64    


Table of Contents
    At
December  31,

2013
                      Market
Impact
    Foreign
Currency

Impact
    At
December  31,

2014
    Average for the
Year Ended
December 31,

2014
 
      Inflows     Outflows     Distributions           AUM       Fee Rate    
    (dollars in billions)     (in bps)  

Traditional Asset Management:

                 

Equity

  $ 140      $ 33      $ (34   $ (1   $ 5      $ (2   $ 141      $ 145        69   

Fixed income

    60        26        (20            1        (2     65        63        32   

Liquidity

    112        963        (945            (2            128        119        8   

Alternatives(2)

    31        6        (2            1               36        34        65   

Managed Futures

    4               (1                          3        3        122   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Traditional Asset Management

    347        1,028        (1,002     (1     5        (4     373        364        43   

Merchant Banking and Real
Estate Investing(2)

    30        8        (7     (2     1               30        30        104   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management or supervision

  $ 377      $ 1,036      $ (1,009   $ (3   $ 6      $ (4   $ 403      $     394        47   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares of minority stake assets

    6                  7        7     
    At
December  31,

2012
                      Market
Impact
    Foreign
Currency

Impact
    At December  31,
2013
    Average for the
Year Ended
December 31,

2013
 
      Inflows     Outflows     Distributions           AUM       Fee Rate    
    (dollars in billions)     (in bps)  

Traditional Asset Management:

                 

Equity

  $ 120      $ 29      $ (30   $      $ 22      $ (1   $ 140      $ 130        65   

Fixed income

    62        27        (27                   (2     60        61        34   

Liquidity

    100        742        (730                          112        104        10   

Alternatives(2)

    27        5        (2     (1     2               31        29        65   

Managed Futures

    5               (1                          4        5        125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total Traditional Asset Management

    314        803        (790     (1     24        (3     347        329        43   

Merchant Banking and Real
Estate Investing(2)

    29        5        (3     (3     2               30        29        96   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets under management
or supervision

  $ 343      $ 808      $ (793   $ (4   $ 26      $ (3   $ 377      $     358        47   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Shares of minority stake assets

    5                  6        6     

 

bps—Basis points.

(1)

Includes $4.6 billion related to the transfer of certain equity portfolio managers and their portfolios from the Wealth Management business segment to the Investment Management business segment.

(2)

Assets under management or supervision for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing and Alternatives reflect the basis on which management fees are earned. This calculation excludes AUM where no management fees are earned or where the fair value of these assets, including lending commitments, differs from the basis on which management fees are earned. Including these assets, AUM at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing were $44 billion and $42 billion, respectively, and for Alternatives were $39 billion and $39 billion, respectively.

 

 

Inflows—represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Excludes the impact of exchanges occurring whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

 

 

Outflows—represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Excludes the impact of exchanges occurring whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

 

    65   LOGO


Table of Contents
 

Distributions—represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends for which the client has not elected to reinvest.

 

 

Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.

 

 

Foreign currency impact—reflects foreign currency changes for non-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

 

 

Average fee rate—based on asset management and administration fees, net of waivers. It excludes performance-based fees and other non-management fees. For certain non-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included in Non-compensation expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

 

 

Alternatives asset class—includes a range of investment products such as funds of hedge funds, funds of private equity funds and funds of real estate funds.

 

 

Shares of minority stake assets—represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entities in which it owns a minority stake.

 

LOGO   66    


Table of Contents

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures.

 

Legal.

 

The Company incurred legal expenses of $563 million in 2015, $3,364 million in 2014 and $1,941 million in 2013. Legal expenses are included in Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Legal expenses incurred in 2015 were primarily related to increases in reserves for the settlement of a credit default swap antitrust litigation matter and for legacy residential mortgage-backed securities matters. The legal expenses incurred in 2014 and 2013 were principally due to reserve additions and settlements related to legacy residential mortgage-backed securities and credit crisis related matters, including in 2014 the Company’s $2,600 million agreement with the United States Department of Justice, Civil Division, which was reached on February 25, 2015 and finalized on February 10, 2016 (see “Contingencies—Legal” in Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

The Company’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

 

The Company provides loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment include corporate lending activities, in which the Company provides loans or lending commitments to certain corporate clients, and other lending activities. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities and also include residential real estate loans. The Company expects its lending activities to continue to grow through further penetration of the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments’ client base. For a further discussion of credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Credit Risk” in Item 7A. Also see Notes 7 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about loans and lending commitments, respectively.

 

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information Excluding Transactions with Affiliated Entities.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in billions)  

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries assets

   $ 174.2       $ 151.2   

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries investment securities portfolio(1)

   $ 57.9       $ 57.3   

Wealth Management U.S. Bank Subsidiaries data:

     

Securities-based lending and other loans(2)

   $ 28.6       $ 22.0   

Residential real estate loans

     20.9         15.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 49.5       $ 37.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Institutional Securities U.S. Bank Subsidiaries data:

     

Corporate Lending

   $ 10.0       $ 9.6   

Other lending(3):

     

Corporate loans

   $ 12.9       $ 8.0   

Wholesale real estate loans and other loans

     8.9         8.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other loans

   $ 21.8       $ 16.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 31.8       $ 26.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The U.S. Bank Subsidiaries investment securities portfolio includes AFS investment securities of $53.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and $57.2 billion at December 31, 2014. The remaining balance represents HTM investment securities.

(2)

Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

(3)

Other lending includes activities related to commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities.

 

    67   LOGO


Table of Contents

Income Tax Matters.

 

The effective tax rate from continuing operations was 25.9% for 2015. Included in this rate were net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the legal entity organization in the U.K. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 would have been 32.5%, which is reflective of the geographic mix of earnings.

 

The effective tax rate from continuing operations was a benefit of 2.5% for 2014. Included in this rate were net discrete tax benefits of $2,226 million. These net discrete tax benefits consisted of: $1,380 million primarily due to the release of a deferred tax liability, previously established as part of the acquisition of Smith Barney in 2009 through a charge to Additional paid-in capital, as a result of the legal entity restructuring that included a change in tax status of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC from a partnership to a corporation; $609 million principally associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination; and $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2014 would have been 59.5%, which is primarily attributable to approximately $900 million of tax provision from non-deductible expenses for litigation and regulatory matters.

 

The effective tax rate from continuing operations was 19.8% for 2013. Included in this rate were net discrete tax benefits of $407 million. These net discrete tax benefits consisted of: $161 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the enactment of the Relief Act, which retroactively extended a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2013 would have been 28.7%, which is reflective of the geographic mix of earnings.

 

Discretionary Incentive Compensation.

 

On December 1, 2014, the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee (“CMDS Committee”) of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) approved an approach for awards of discretionary incentive compensation for the 2014 performance year to be granted in 2015 that would reduce the average deferral of such awards to an approximate baseline of 50%. Additionally, the CMDS Committee approved the acceleration of vesting for certain outstanding deferred cash-based incentive compensation awards. The deferred cash-based incentive compensation awards subject to accelerated vesting will be distributed on their regularly scheduled future distribution dates and will continue to be subject to cancellation and clawback provisions. The following table presents the increase in Compensation and benefits expense for the Company and each of the business segments as a result of these actions in 2014 (“2014 compensation actions”).

 

2014 Compensation and Benefits Expense.

 

     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

2014 compensation and benefits expense before fourth quarter actions(1)

   $ 6,882       $ 8,737       $ 1,068       $ 16,687   

Fourth quarter actions:

           

Change in 2014 level of deferrals(2)

     610         66         80         756   

Acceleration of prior-year cash-based deferred awards(3)

     294         22         65         381   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fourth quarter actions total

   $ 904       $ 88       $ 145       $ 1,137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2014 compensation and benefits expense

   $         7,786       $         8,825       $         1,213       $         17,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   68    


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Amount represents compensation and benefits expense at pre-adjustment accrual levels (i.e., at an approximate average baseline 74% deferral rate and with no acceleration of cash-based award vesting that was utilized for the first three quarters of 2014).

(2)

Amounts reflect reduction in deferral level from an approximate average baseline of 74% to an approximate average baseline of 50%.

(3)

Amounts represent acceleration of vesting for certain cash-based awards.

 

    69   LOGO


Table of Contents

Accounting Development Updates.

 

Thus far in 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued the following accounting update, which applies to the Company:

 

   

Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The guidance is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018. Early adoption is permitted for a specific component in the accounting standard, in which the Company would present separately in other comprehensive income the portion of the total change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk if the Company has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial instruments (i.e., DVA). This accounting update is currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption.

 

During 2015 and 2014, the FASB issued the following accounting updates, which apply to the Company, but they are not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements:

 

   

Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments.

 

   

Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.

 

   

Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.

 

   

Determining Whether the Host Contract in a Hybrid Financial Instrument Issued in the Form of a Share Is More Akin to Debt or to Equity.

 

   

Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.

 

   

Measuring the Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities of a Consolidated Collateralized Financing Entity.

 

   

Accounting for Share-Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period.

 

During 2014, the FASB also issued the following accounting update:

 

   

Revenue from Contracts with Customers. In May 2014, the FASB issued an accounting update to clarify the principles of revenue recognition, to develop a common revenue recognition standard across all industries for U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards and to provide enhanced disclosures for users of the financial statements. The core principle of this guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. On April 1, 2015, the FASB voted to propose a deferral of the effective date of this accounting update by one year to January 1, 2018. Additionally, the FASB permits an entity to adopt this accounting update early but not before the original effective date, beginning January 1, 2017. This accounting update is currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption.

 

LOGO   70    


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies.

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). The Company believes that of its significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

 

Fair Value.

 

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value.

 

A significant number of the Company’s financial instruments are carried at fair value. The Company makes estimates regarding valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the consolidated financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

 

   

AFS securities;

 

   

Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral;

 

   

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

 

   

Certain Deposits, primarily structured certificates of deposits;

 

   

Certain Short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes;

 

   

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

   

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

   

Certain Long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes.

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 uses quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 uses valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment. In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process, fair value definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

The Company incorporates FVA into the fair value measurements of OTC uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivatives and in collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the reuse of the collateral received.

 

For a further discussion of valuation adjustments applied by the Company, see Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

    71   LOGO


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis.

 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, intangible assets, other assets and other liabilities, and accrued expenses. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

Fair Value Control Processes.

 

The Company employs control processes to validate the fair value of its financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to assure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

 

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information regarding the Company’s valuation policies, processes and procedures.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

Goodwill.

 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis on July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

 

If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required.

 

The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

 

LOGO   72    


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets.

 

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful life and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

 

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

See Notes 2, 3 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

 

Legal and Regulatory Contingencies.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

 

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

 

The Company is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Company’s business and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Company, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

 

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on a case-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

 

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

 

See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on legal proceedings.

 

Income Taxes.

 

The Company is subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which the Company has significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different

 

    73   LOGO


Table of Contents

interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. The Company must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions. Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance on accounting for unrecognized tax benefits. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

 

The Company’s provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. The Company’s deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse. The Company’s deferred tax balances also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not utilized within certain periods. The Company performs regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire. Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, the Company may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that the Company estimates it is more likely than not to realize at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes could reflect adjustments related to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits.

 

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

 

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on the Company’s significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information on the Company’s tax examinations.

 

LOGO   74    


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources.

 

The Company’s senior management establishes liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of the Company’s asset and liability position. The Treasury Department, Firm Risk Committee, Asset and Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that the Company’s business activities have on its consolidated statements of financial condition, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board’s Risk Committee.

 

The Balance Sheet.

 

The Company monitors and evaluates the composition and size of its balance sheet on a regular basis. The Company’s balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific limits, monitoring of business-specific usage versus limits, key metrics and new business impact assessments.

 

The Company establishes balance sheet limits at the consolidated, business segment and business unit levels. The Company monitors balance sheet usage versus limits and reviews variances resulting from business activity or market fluctuations. On a regular basis, the Company reviews current performance versus limits and assesses the need to re-allocate limits based on business unit needs. The Company also monitors key metrics, including asset and liability size, composition of the balance sheet, limit utilization and capital usage.

 

Total Assets for the Company’s Business Segments.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 22,356       $ 31,216       $ 511       $ 54,083   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     28,663         2,806                 31,469   

Trading assets

     224,949         883         2,448         228,280   

Investment securities

     14,124         57,858         1         71,983   

Securities received as collateral

     11,225                         11,225   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     83,205         4,452                 87,657   

Securities borrowed

     141,971         445                 142,416   

Customer and other receivables

     23,390         21,406         611         45,407   

Loans, net of allowance

     36,237         49,522                 85,759   

Other assets(1)

     16,594         11,120         1,472         29,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $     602,714       $     179,708       $         5,043       $     787,465   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    75   LOGO


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2014  
     Institutional
Securities
     Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 23,161       $ 23,363       $ 460       $ 46,984   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

     37,841         2,766                 40,607   

Trading assets

     252,021         1,300         3,480         256,801   

Investment securities

     11,999         57,317                 69,316   

Securities received as collateral

     21,316                         21,316   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     73,299         9,989                 83,288   

Securities borrowed

     136,336         372                 136,708   

Customer and other receivables

     27,328         21,022         611         48,961   

Loans, net of allowance

     28,755         37,822                 66,577   

Other assets(1)

     18,285         11,196         1,471         30,952   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $     630,341       $     165,147       $         6,022       $         801,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Other assets primarily includes Other investments; Premises, equipment and software costs; Goodwill; Intangible assets and deferred tax assets.

 

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in managing the size of its balance sheet. Total assets decreased to $787 billion at December 31, 2015 from $802 billion at December 31, 2014. The decrease in total assets was primarily due to reductions in Trading assets within the Institutional Securities business segment (primarily within Fixed Income and Commodities), partially offset by balance sheet growth related to higher Deposits, which were redeployed into lending activity and excess cash and liquidity and by an increase in secured funding to support the Equity business within the Institutional Securities business segment.

 

Securities borrowed or securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or securities sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Collateralized Financing Transactions and Average Balances.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014      Average Balance  
         2015      2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

   $ 230,073       $ 219,996       $         252,971       $         254,612   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

   $ 56,050       $ 95,168       $ 85,421       $ 136,954   

 

Period-end balances for Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned at December 31, 2015 were lower than the average balances during 2015. The balances moved in line with client financing activity and with general movements in firm inventory.

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed period-end balances at December 31, 2014 were lower than the average balances during 2014 due to a reduction in client financing activity and an increase in financing balance sheet efficiencies. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balances at December 31, 2014 were lower than the average balances during 2014 as the Company’s assets decreased.

 

Securities financing assets and liabilities also include matched book transactions with minimal market, credit and/or liquidity risk. Matched book transactions accommodate customers, as well as obtain securities for the settlement and financing of inventory positions. The customer receivable portion of the securities financing transactions includes customer margin loans,

 

LOGO   76    


Table of Contents

collateralized by customer-owned securities, and customer cash, which is segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of the securities financing transactions primarily includes payables to the Company’s prime brokerage customers. The Company’s risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit the Company’s credit exposure to customers. Included within securities financing assets were $11 billion and $21 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, recorded in accordance with accounting guidance for the transfer of financial assets that represented offsetting assets and liabilities for fully collateralized non-cash loan transactions.

 

Liquidity Risk Management Framework.

 

The primary goal of the Company’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that the Company has access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions. The framework is designed to enable the Company to fulfill its financial obligations and support the execution of its business strategies.

 

The following principles guide the Company’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework:

 

   

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

 

   

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

 

   

Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and

 

   

Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.

 

The core components of the Company’s Liquidity Risk Management are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the Global Liquidity Reserve (as defined below), which support its target liquidity profile.

 

Required Liquidity Framework.

 

The Company’s Required Liquidity Framework reflects the amount of liquidity the Company must hold in both normal and stressed environments to ensure that its financial condition and overall soundness is not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet its financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.

 

Liquidity Stress Tests.

 

The Company uses Liquidity Stress Tests to model liquidity inflows and outflows across multiple scenarios over a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of the Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.

 

The assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

   

No government support;

 

   

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

 

   

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

 

   

Higher haircuts and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

 

   

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

 

   

Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

 

    77   LOGO


Table of Contents
   

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

 

   

Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties;

 

   

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions;

 

   

Limited access to the foreign exchange swap markets; and

 

   

Maturity roll-off of outstanding letters of credit with no further issuance.

 

Liquidity Stress Tests are produced for the Parent and major operating subsidiaries, as well as at major currency levels, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Company, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent and that the Parent will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, the Company takes into consideration the settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in its Liquidity Stress Tests.

 

Global Liquidity Reserve.

 

The Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves (“Global Liquidity Reserve”) to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the Global Liquidity Reserve is actively managed by the Company. The following components are considered in sizing the Global Liquidity Reserve: unsecured debt maturity profile, balance sheet size and composition, funding needs in a stressed environment inclusive of contingent cash outflows, regional and segment liquidity requirements, regulatory requirements and collateral requirements. In addition, the Company’s Global Liquidity Reserve includes a discretionary surplus based on risk tolerance and is subject to change dependent on market and firm-specific events. The Global Liquidity Reserve is held within the Parent and its major operating subsidiaries.

 

Global Liquidity Reserve by Type of Investment.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash deposits with banks

   $ 10,187       $ 12,173   

Cash deposits with central banks

     39,774         29,607   

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

     

U.S. government obligations

     72,265         76,555   

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

     37,678         32,358   

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations(1)

     28,999         25,888   

Investments in money market funds

             277   

Other investment grade securities

     14,361         16,311   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Global Liquidity Reserve

   $ 203,264       $ 193,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are composed of unencumbered German, French, Dutch, U.K., Brazilian and Japanese government obligations.

 

LOGO   78    


Table of Contents

Global Liquidity Reserve Managed by Bank and Non-Bank Legal Entities.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014      Average Balance(1)  
             2015              2014      
     (dollars in millions)  

Bank legal entities:

           

Domestic

   $ 88,432       $ 82,484       $ 81,691       $ 81,874   

Foreign

     5,896         5,460         5,097         5,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Bank legal entities

     94,328         87,944         86,788         87,240   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Bank legal entities(2):

           

Domestic

     74,811         70,122         72,115         75,499   

Foreign

     34,125         35,103         34,133         31,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Non-Bank legal entities

     108,936         105,225         106,248         107,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 203,264       $ 193,169       $         193,036       $         194,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company calculates the average Global Liquidity Reserve based upon daily amounts.

(2)

The Parent managed $54,810 million and $55,094 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and averaged $53,620 million and $56,501 million during 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

Regulatory Liquidity Framework.

 

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) has developed two standards intended for use in liquidity risk supervision: the Liquidity Coverage Ratio (“LCR”) and the Net Stable Funding Ratio (“NSFR”).

 

Liquidity Coverage Ratio.

 

The LCR was developed to ensure banking organizations have sufficient high-quality liquid assets to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days. This standard’s objective is to promote the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.

 

The final rule to implement the LCR in the U.S. (“U.S. LCR”) applies to the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and each is required to calculate its respective U.S. LCR on each business day. As of January 1, 2015, the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries were required to maintain a minimum U.S. LCR of 80%. Beginning on January 1, 2016, the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to maintain a minimum U.S. LCR of 90%, and this minimum standard will reach the fully phased-in level of 100% beginning on January 1, 2017. In addition, the Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would require large banking organizations, including the Company, to publicly disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about their U.S. LCR beginning in the third quarter of 2016. The Company is compliant with the minimum required U.S. LCR based on current interpretation and continues to evaluate its impact on the Company’s liquidity and funding requirements.

 

Net Stable Funding Ratio.

 

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over a one-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress. In October 2014, the Basel Committee finalized revisions to the NSFR. The U.S. banking regulators are expected to issue a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. The Company continues to evaluate the NSFR and its potential impact on the Company’s current liquidity and funding requirements.

 

Funding Management.

 

The Company manages its funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to the Company’s operations. The Company pursues a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, by investor and by region) and attempts to ensure that the tenor of its liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

 

    79   LOGO


Table of Contents

The Company funds its balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include the Company’s equity capital, long-term debt, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”), securities lending, deposits, commercial paper, letters of credit and lines of credit. The Company has active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

 

Secured Financing.

 

A substantial portion of the Company’s total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and arises principally from the Institutional Securities business segment’s sales and trading activities. The liquid nature of these assets provides the Company with flexibility in funding these assets with secured financing. The Company’s goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, the Company actively manages its secured financing book based on the quality of the assets being funded.

 

The Company utilizes shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. The Company defines highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the weighted average maturity of the Company’s secured financing of less liquid assets was greater than 120 days. To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, the Company has established concentration limits to diversify its investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, the Company obtains term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory, or “spare capacity,” as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or its ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, the Company holds a portion of its Global Liquidity Reserve against the potential disruption to its secured financing capabilities.

 

The Company also maintains a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which provide a valuable future source of liquidity. With the implementation of U.S. Basel III liquidity standards, the Company has also incorporated high-quality liquid asset classifications that are consistent with the U.S. LCR definitions into its encumbrance reporting, which further substantiates the demonstrated liquidity characteristics of the unencumbered asset pool and its ability to readily identify new funding sources for such assets.

 

Unsecured Financing.

 

The Company views long-term debt and deposits as stable sources of funding. Unencumbered securities and non-security assets are financed with a combination of long-term and short-term debt and deposits. The Company’s unsecured financings include structured borrowings, whose payments and redemption values are based on the performance of certain underlying assets, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest rates and commodities. When appropriate, the Company may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to its interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Deposits.

 

Available funding sources to the Company’s bank subsidiaries include time deposits, money market deposit accounts, demand deposit accounts, repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased, commercial paper and Federal Home Loan Bank advances. The vast majority of deposits in the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are sourced from its retail brokerage accounts and are considered to have stable, low-cost funding characteristics. The transfer of deposits previously held by Citi to the Company’s depository institutions relating to the Company’s customer accounts was completed on June 30, 2015. During 2015, $8.7 billion of deposits were transferred by Citi to the Company’s depository institutions.

 

LOGO   80    


Table of Contents

Deposits.

 

     At
December 31, 2015(1)
     At
December 31, 2014(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Savings and demand deposits

   $ 153,346       $ 132,159   

Time deposits(2)

     2,688         1,385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(3)

   $ 156,034       $ 133,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total deposits subject to the FDIC insurance at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $113 billion and $99 billion, respectively.

(2)

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

(3)

The Company’s deposits were primarily held in the U.S.

 

Short-Term Borrowings.

 

The Company’s unsecured Short-term borrowings may consist of bank loans, bank notes, commercial paper and structured notes with maturities of 12 months or less at issuance. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $2,173 million and $2,261 million, respectively, in Short-term borrowings.

 

Long-Term Borrowings.

 

The Company believes that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of long-term debt allows the Company to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Long-term borrowings are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types. Availability and cost of financing to the Company can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, its credit ratings and the overall availability of credit.

 

The Company may engage in various transactions in the credit markets (including, for example, debt retirements) that it believes are in the best interests of the Company and its investors.

 

Long-term Borrowings by Maturity Profile.

 

     Parent      Subsidiaries      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Due in 2016

   $ 18,110       $ 4,286       $ 22,396   

Due in 2017

     21,161         1,105         22,266   

Due in 2018

     17,099         838         17,937   

Due in 2019

     17,959         609         18,568   

Due in 2020

     16,002         1,003         17,005   

Thereafter

     53,759         1,837         55,596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $         144,090       $         9,678       $         153,768   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

During 2015, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $34.2 billion. In connection with these note issuances, the Company generally enters into certain transactions to obtain floating interest rates. The weighted average maturity of the Company’s long-term borrowings, based upon stated maturity dates, was approximately 6.1 years at December 31, 2015. During 2015, approximately $27.3 billion in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or were retired. Subsequent to December 31, 2015 and through February 19, 2016, long-term borrowings increased by approximately $5.2 billion, net of maturities and repayments. This amount includes the issuance of $5.5 billion of senior debt on January 27, 2016 and $400 million of senior debt on February 17, 2016. For a further discussion of the Company’s long-term borrowings, including the amount of senior debt outstanding at December 31, 2015, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

During 2015, Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts VI and VII redeemed all of their issued and outstanding 6.60% Capital Securities, respectively, and the Company concurrently redeemed the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

 

    81   LOGO


Table of Contents

Capital Covenants.

 

In April 2007, the Company executed replacement capital covenants in connection with an offering by Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII Capital Securities, which become effective after the scheduled redemption date in 2046. Under the terms of the replacement capital covenants, the Company has agreed, for the benefit of certain specified holders of debt, to limitations on its ability to redeem or repurchase any of the Capital Securities for specified periods of time. For a complete description of the Capital Securities and the terms of the replacement capital covenants, see the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2007.

 

Credit Ratings.

 

The Company relies on external sources to finance a significant portion of its day-to-day operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by, among other things, the Company’s credit ratings. In addition, the Company’s credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. Rating agencies consider company-specific factors; other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes; the macroeconomic environment; and perceived levels of government support, among other things.

 

As of December 2, 2015, the Company’s credit ratings no longer incorporate uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of the U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Meanwhile, some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift from non-governmental third-party sources of potential support.

 

Parent and MSBNA’s Senior Unsecured Ratings at January 29, 2016.

 

    Parent   Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.
    Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
   Rating
Outlook
  Short-Term
Debt
  Long-Term
Debt
  Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

  R-1 (middle)   A (high)    Stable      

Fitch Ratings, Inc.(1)

  F1   A    Stable   F1   A+   Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.(2)

  P-2   A3    Stable   P-1   A1   Stable

Rating and Investment Information, Inc.(3)

  a-1   A-    Stable      

Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services(4)

  A-2   BBB+    Stable   A-1   A   Positive Watch

 

(1)

On May 19, 2015, Fitch Ratings, Inc. upgraded the long-term rating of MSBNA by one notch to A+ from A. The rating outlook remained Stable.

(2)

On May 28, 2015, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) upgraded the long-term rating of the Parent and MSBNA by two notches to A3 from Baa2 and A1 from A3, respectively. The rating outlook for the Parent and MSBNA was revised to Stable.

(3)

On November 6, 2015, Rating and Investment Information, Inc. downgraded the long-term rating of the Parent one-notch to A- from A. The rating outlook for the Parent was revised to Stable.

(4)

On December 2, 2015, Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”) downgraded the rating of the non-operating holding companies of all eight U.S. global systemically important banks by removing the government support uplift from the rating based on S&P’s view that it is uncertain that the U.S. government would provide extraordinary support to its banking system given S&P’s review of the progress made toward putting in place a viable U.S. resolution plan. The Parent’s long-term rating was lowered by one-notch to BBB+ from A-. The rating outlook for the Parent was revised to Stable. On November 2, 2015, MSBNA’s rating outlook was revised to Positive Watch from Positive.

 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements where the Company is a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether the Company is in a net asset or net liability position.

 

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s and S&P. The table below shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios, from the lowest of Moody’s or S&P ratings, based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

 

LOGO   82    


Table of Contents

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

One-notch downgrade

   $ 1,169       $ 1,856   

Two-notch downgrade

     1,465         2,984   

 

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on the Company’s business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agency pre-downgrade, individual client behavior and future mitigating actions the Company might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in the Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests.

 

Capital Management.

 

The Company’s senior management views capital as an important source of financial strength. The Company actively manages its consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, in the future may expand or contract its capital base to address the changing needs of its businesses. The Company attempts to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of its operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

 

In March 2015, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2015 capital plan. The capital plan included a share repurchase of up to $3.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock during the period that began April 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the Company’s quarterly common stock dividend to $0.15 per share from $0.10 per share that began with the dividend declared on April 20, 2015. During 2015 and 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $2,125 million and $900 million, respectively, of its outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program (see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8). Pursuant to the share repurchase program, the Company considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the Company’s program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including its capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval (see also “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” in Part II, Item 5).

 

The Board determines the declaration and payment of dividends on a quarterly basis. The cash dividends declared on the Company’s outstanding preferred stock were $452 million, $311 million and $271 million for the years ended 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. On January 19, 2016, the Company announced that the Board declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.15. The dividend is payable on February 15, 2016 to common shareholders of record on January 29, 2016 (see Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

Issuance of Preferred Stock.

 

Series J Preferred Stock.    On March 19, 2015, the Company issued 1,500,000 Depositary Shares for an aggregate price of $1,500 million. Each Depositary Share represents a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J, $0.01 par value (“Series J Preferred Stock”). The Series J Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Company’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after July 15, 2020 or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series), in each case at a redemption price of $25,000 per share (equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share), plus any declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The Series J Preferred Stock also has a preference over the Company’s common

 

    83   LOGO


Table of Contents

stock upon liquidation. The Series J Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) resulted in proceeds of approximately $1,493 million.

 

On December 15, 2015, the Company announced that the Board declared a quarterly dividend for preferred stock shareholders of record on December 31, 2015, that was paid on January 15, 2016.

 

Preferred Stock Dividends.

 

Series

  

Preferred Stock Description

   Quarterly
Dividend

per  Share(1)
 
A   

Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.25556)

   $ 255.56   
C   

10% Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Perpetual Preferred Stock

     25.00   
E   

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.44531)

     445.31   
F   

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.42969)

     429.69   
G   

6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.41406)

     414.06   
H   

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $27.25000)(1)

     681.25   
I   

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $0.39844)

     398.44   
J   

Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock (represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of preferred stock and each having a dividend of $27.75000)(2)

     693.75   

 

(1)

Dividend on Series H Preferred Stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2019 and quarterly thereafter.

(2)

Dividend on Series J Preferred Stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2020 and quarterly thereafter.

 

Tangible Equity.

 

Tangible Equity Measures—Period End and Average.

 

     Balance at     Average Balance(1)  
     December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014     2015     2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Common equity

   $ 67,662      $ 64,880      $ 66,936      $ 65,284   

Preferred equity

     7,520        6,020        7,174        4,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     75,182        70,900        74,110        70,058   

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

     2,870        4,868        3,640        4,866   

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

     (9,564     (9,742     (9,661     (9,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity(2)

   $ 68,488      $ 66,026      $         68,089      $ 65,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common equity

   $ 67,662      $ 64,880      $ 66,936      $ 65,284   

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

     (9,564     (9,742     (9,661     (9,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity(2)

   $ 58,098      $ 55,138      $ 57,275      $         55,547   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Average balances were calculated based upon month-end balances.

(2)

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and tangible common equity are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company and investors consider to be a useful measure to assess capital adequacy.

 

LOGO   84    


Table of Contents

Regulatory Requirements.

 

Regulatory Capital Framework.

 

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”), and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates its compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

 

Implementation of U.S. Basel III.

 

The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee. The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014. Aspects of U.S. Basel III, such as the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, new capital buffers, and certain deductions from and adjustments to capital, are being phased in over several years.

 

Regulatory Capital.    U.S. Basel III, which is aimed at increasing the quality and amount of regulatory capital, establishes Common Equity Tier 1 capital as a new tier of capital, increases minimum required risk-based capital ratios, provides for capital buffers above those minimum ratios, provides for new regulatory capital deductions and adjustments, modifies methods for calculating risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”)—the denominator of risk-based capital ratios—by, among other things, increasing counterparty credit risk capital requirements, and introduces a supplementary leverage ratio. In addition, new items (including certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions) are deducted from the respective tiers of regulatory capital, and certain existing regulatory deductions and adjustments are modified or are no longer applicable. The majority of these capital deductions are subject to a phase-in schedule and will be fully phased in by 2018. Unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities are reflected in Common Equity Tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule. The percentage of the regulatory deductions and adjustments to Common Equity Tier 1 capital that applied to the Company in 2015 generally ranged from 40% to 100%, depending on the specific item.

 

In addition, U.S. Basel III narrows the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. Existing trust preferred securities are required to be fully phased out of the Company’s Tier 1 capital by January 1, 2016. Thereafter, existing trust preferred securities that do not satisfy U.S. Basel III’s eligibility criteria for Tier 2 capital will be phased out of the Company’s regulatory capital by January 1, 2022.

 

The deductions that the Volcker Rule requires to be made from a bank holding company’s Tier 1 capital for certain permissible investments in covered funds are reflected in the relevant regulatory capital tiers and ratios beginning with the three months ended September 30, 2015 (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule” in Part I, Item 1).

 

Risk-Weighted Assets.    The Company is required to calculate and hold capital against credit, market and operational risk RWAs. RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Credit risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower, counterparty or issuer failing to meet its financial obligations to the Company. Market risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. Operational risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud; theft; legal, regulatory and compliance risks; or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risks across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). In addition, given the evolving regulatory and litigation environment across the financial services industry and the fact that operational risk RWAs incorporate the impact of such related matters, operational risk RWAs may increase in future periods. For a further discussion of the Company’s market, credit and operational risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Item 7A.

 

    85   LOGO


Table of Contents

The Basel Committee is in the process of considering revisions to various provisions of the Basel III framework that, if adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, could result in substantial changes to U.S. Basel III. In particular, the Basel Committee has finalized a new methodology for calculating counterparty credit risk exposures in derivatives transactions, the standardized approach for measuring counterparty credit risk exposures, and revised frameworks for market risk and securitization capital requirements. In addition, the Basel Committee has proposed revisions to various regulatory capital standards, including for credit risk, operational risk and interest rate risk in the banking book. In each case, the impact of these revised standards on the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.

 

Calculation of Risk-Based Capital Ratios.    On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced internal ratings-based approach for determining credit risk capital requirements and advanced measurement approaches for determining operational risk capital requirements to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014, subject to the “capital floor” discussed below (the “Advanced Approach”). As a U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach banking organization, the Company is required to compute risk-based capital ratios calculated using both (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit risk RWAs, an advanced measurement approach for calculating operational risk RWAs, and an advanced approach for calculating market risk RWAs under U.S. Basel III.

 

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approach banking organizations that have been approved by their regulators to exit the parallel run, such as the Company, to a permanent “capital floor.” Beginning on January 1, 2015, as a result of the capital floor, the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes are the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III. The U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach modifies certain U.S. Basel I-based methods for calculating RWAs and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain types of assets and exposures. The capital floor applies to the calculation of the minimum risk-based capital requirements, the capital conservation buffer, the countercyclical capital buffer (if deployed by banking regulators) and the global systemically important bank (“G-SIB”) capital surcharge.

 

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as aspects of U.S. Basel III are phased in. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to its capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

 

Calculation of the U.S. Basel III Capital Ratios on a Transitional and Fully Phased-In Basis.

 

    Transition Period       Fully Phased In(1)
    Second to Fourth
Quarter of 2014
  2015 to 2017       2018 and
Onward
       
   

Regulatory Capital (Numerator
of risk-based capital and leverage ratios)

  U.S. Basel III Transitional(2)

 

    U.S. Basel III

 

                 
       

RWAs (Denominator of
risk-based capital ratios)

 

 

Standardized Approach

  U.S. Basel I and Basel 2.5

 

    U.S. Basel III
Standardized Approach   

 

       
  Advanced Approach   U.S. Basel III Advanced  Approach

 

         
     

Denominator of leverage ratios

 

Tier 1 Leverage Ratio

 

  Adjusted Average On-Balance Sheet Assets(3)  

 

     
  Supplementary Leverage Ratio     Adjusted Average

On-Balance Sheet Assets(3)

and Certain Off-Balance
Sheet Exposures

 

 

LOGO   86    


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Beginning in 2018, U.S. Basel III rules defining capital (numerator of capital ratios) will be fully phased in, except for the exclusion of non-qualifying trust preferred securities from Tier 2 capital, which will be fully phased in as of January 1, 2022. In addition, the Company will also be subject to a greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, a G-SIB capital surcharge and, if deployed by banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer, all of which will be fully phased in by the beginning of 2019. The capital conservation buffer, the G-SIB capital surcharge and, if deployed, the countercyclical buffer apply in addition to each of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratios. The requirements for these additional capital buffers will be phased in beginning in 2016. For information on the recently adopted G-SIB capital surcharge, see “G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.

(2)

In 2015, as a result of the Company’s and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ completion of the Advanced Approach parallel run, the amount of expected credit loss that exceeds eligible credit reserves must be deducted 40% from Common Equity Tier 1 capital and 60% from Additional Tier 1 capital. Over the next two years, this deduction from Common Equity Tier 1 capital will incrementally increase and the amount deducted from Additional Tier 1 capital will correspondingly decrease until fully phased in by the beginning of 2018. In addition, under the Advanced Approach framework, the allowance for loan losses cannot be included in Tier 2 capital. Instead, an Advanced Approach banking organization may include in Tier 2 capital any eligible credit reserves that exceed its total expected credit losses to the extent that the excess reserve amount does not exceed 0.6% of its Advanced Approach credit risk RWAs. The allowance for loan losses may continue to be included in Tier 2 capital for purposes of calculating capital ratios under the Standardized Approach, up to 1.25% of credit risk RWAs.

(3)

In accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios.

 

Regulatory Capital Ratios and Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios Applicable under U.S. Basel III.

 

     At December 31, 2015      Minimum Regulatory
Capital Ratio
 
     Actual Capital Ratio     
     U.S. Basel III Transitional/
    Standardized Approach    
     U.S. Basel III Transitional/
      Advanced Approach      
    
         Calendar Year 2015  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

     16.4%         15.5%         4.5%   

Tier 1 capital ratio

     18.4%         17.4%         6.0%   

Total capital ratio

     22.0%         20.7%         8.0%   

Tier 1 leverage ratio

     8.3%         N/A         4.0%   

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

 

For the Company to remain a financial holding company, its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must qualify as “well-capitalized” under the higher capital requirements of U.S. Basel III by maintaining a Total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6.5%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the “well-capitalized” standard for financial holding companies to reflect the higher capital standards in U.S. Basel III. Assuming that the Federal Reserve would apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to financial holding companies, each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio at December 31, 2015 would have exceeded the revised well-capitalized standard. The Federal Reserve may require the Company and its peer financial holding companies to maintain risk- and leverage-based capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and a financial holding company’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company’s capital ratios calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach were lower than those calculated under the U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach and, therefore, are the binding ratios for the Company as a result of the capital floor. At December 31, 2014, the Company’s capital ratios calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach were lower than those calculated under the Standardized Approach, represented as the U.S. banking regulators’ U.S. Basel I-based rules (“U.S. Basel I”) as supplemented by rules that implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5” and, therefore, are the binding ratios.

 

    87   LOGO


Table of Contents

RWAs and Regulatory Capital Ratios under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach Transitional Rules.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

RWAs:

     

Credit risk

   $ 173,586       $ 184,645   

Market risk

     71,476         121,363   

Operational risk

     139,100         150,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RWAs

   $ 384,162       $ 456,008   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital ratios:

     

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

     15.5%         12.6%   

Tier 1 capital ratio

     17.4%         14.1%   

Total capital ratio

     20.7%         16.4%   

Tier 1 leverage ratio(1)

     8.3%         7.9%   

Adjusted average assets(2)

   $ 803,574       $ 810,524   

 

(1)

Tier 1 leverage ratios are calculated under U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach transitional rules.

(2)

Beginning with the first quarter of 2015, in accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

 

LOGO   88    


Table of Contents

Regulatory Capital Calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach Transitional Rules.

 

     At December 31, 2015     At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

    

Common stock and surplus

   $ 20,114      $ 21,503   

Retained earnings

     49,204        44,625   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (1,656     (1,248

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

    

Net goodwill

     (6,582     (6,612

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

     (1,192     (632

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

     (202     (161

Net deferred tax assets

     (675     (580

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment

     156        158   

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

     411        462   

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

            (10

Other adjustments and deductions

     (169     (181
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 59,409      $ 57,324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

    

Preferred stock

   $ 7,520      $ 6,020   

Trust preferred securities

     702        2,434   

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     678        1,004   

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

    

Net deferred tax assets

     (1,012     (2,318

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

     (303     (644

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment

     233        630   

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

            (39

Other adjustments and deductions

     (253     (229
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

   $ 7,565      $ 6,858   

Deduction for investments in covered funds

     (252       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 1 capital

   $ 66,722      $ 64,182   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

    

Subordinated debt

   $ 10,404      $ 8,339   

Trust preferred securities

     2,106        2,434   

Other qualifying amounts

     35        27   

Regulatory adjustments and deductions

     136        (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Tier 2 capital

   $ 12,681      $ 10,790   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capital

   $ 79,403      $ 74,972   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    89   LOGO


Table of Contents

Roll-forward of Regulatory Capital Calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach Transitional Rules.

 

     2015  
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital:

  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2014

   $ 57,324   

Change related to the following items:

  

Value of shareholders’ common equity

     2,782   

Net goodwill

     30   

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

     (560

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

     (41

Net deferred tax assets

     (95

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment

     (2

Adjustments related to accumulated other comprehensive income

     (51

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

     10   

Other deductions and adjustments

     12   
  

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

   $ 59,409   
  

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital:

  

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2014

   $ 6,858   

New issuance of qualifying preferred stock

     1,500   

Change related to the following items:

  

Trust preferred securities

     (1,732

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     (326

Net deferred tax assets

     1,306   

Credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities

     341   

Net after-tax debt valuation adjustment

     (397

Expected credit loss over eligible credit reserves

     39   

Other adjustments and deductions

     (24
  

 

 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

   $ 7,565   

Deduction for investments in covered funds

     (252
  

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2015

   $ 66,722   
  

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital:

  

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2014

   $ 10,790   

Change related to the following items:

  

Subordinated debt

     2,065   

Trust preferred securities

     (328

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     8   

Other adjustments and deductions

     146   
  

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2015

   $ 12,681   
  

 

 

 

Total capital at December 31, 2015

   $ 79,403   
  

 

 

 

 

LOGO   90    


Table of Contents

Roll-forward of RWAs Calculated under the U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach Transitional Rules.

 

     2015(1)  
     (dollars in millions)  

Credit risk RWAs:

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 184,645   

Change related to the following items:

  

Derivatives

     (6,509

Securities financing transactions

     1,486   

Other counterparty credit risk

     (39

Securitizations

     4,071   

Credit valuation adjustment

     (3,303

Investment securities

     1,402   

Loans

     (247

Cash

     (682

Equity investments

     (4,794

Other credit risk(2)

     (2,444
  

 

 

 

Total change in credit risk RWAs

   $ (11,059
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 173,586   
  

 

 

 

Market risk RWAs:

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 121,363   

Change related to the following items:

  

Regulatory VaR

     (1,575

Regulatory stressed VaR

     (16,256

Incremental risk charge

     (9,826

Comprehensive risk measure

     (2,750

Specific risk:

  

Non-securitizations

     (3,848

Securitizations

     (15,632
  

 

 

 

Total change in market risk RWAs

   $ (49,887
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 71,476   
  

 

 

 

Operational risk RWAs:

  

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 150,000   

Change in operational risk RWAs(3)

     (10,900
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 139,100   
  

 

 

 

 

VaR—Value-at-Risk.

(1)

The RWAs for each category in the table reflect both on- and off-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

(2)

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category, non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions.

(3)

Amount primarily reflects model recalibration related to residential mortgage litigation expense recorded in 2014.

 

Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios.

 

Pro Forma Estimates under the Fully Phased-in U.S. Basel III Advanced and Standardized Approaches.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     U.S. Basel  III
Advanced Approach
     U.S. Basel  III
Standardized Approach
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 55,441         $ 55,441     

Total RWAs

     395,277           373,421     

Common Equity Tier 1 ratio

     14.0%           14.8%     

Required Common Equity Tier 1 ratio at January 1, 2019(1)

     10.0%           10.0%     

 

(1)

Includes the applicable minimum risk-based capital ratio and capital conservation buffer and assumes that: (1) the G-SIB capital surcharge for the Company remains at 3% as calculated by the Federal Reserve in July 2015; and (2) no countercyclical buffer has been deployed.

 

    91   LOGO


Table of Contents

These fully phased-in basis pro forma estimates are based on the Company’s current understanding of U.S. Basel III and other factors, which may be subject to change as the Company receives additional clarification and implementation guidance from the Federal Reserve relating to U.S. Basel III and as the interpretation of the regulation evolves over time. The fully phased-in basis pro forma Common Equity Tier 1 capital, RWAs and Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio estimates are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that were not yet effective at December 31, 2015. These preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what the Company’s capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

The Company is subject to the following minimum capital ratios under U.S. Basel III: Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.0%; Total capital ratio of 8.0%; and Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4.0%. In addition, on a fully phased-in basis by 2019, the Company will be subject to a greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer and, if deployed by banking regulators, up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 countercyclical buffer. The capital conservation buffer and countercyclical capital buffer, if any, apply over each of the Company’s Common Equity Tier 1, Tier 1 and Total risk-based capital ratios. Failure to maintain such buffers will result in restrictions on the Company’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. The Company is also subject to the G-SIB capital surcharge, which augments the capital conservation buffer (see “G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein), and a supplementary leverage ratio (see “Supplementary Leverage Ratio” herein).

 

G-SIB Capital Surcharge.

 

In July 2015, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule imposing risk-based capital surcharges on U.S. bank holding companies that are identified as G-SIBs, which include the Company. A G-SIB must calculate its G-SIB capital surcharge under two methods and use the higher of the two surcharges. The first method considers the G-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability and complexity, which is generally consistent with the methodology developed by the Basel Committee. The second method uses similar inputs, but replaces substitutability with the use of short-term wholesale funding and generally results in higher surcharges than the first method. The G-SIB capital surcharge must be satisfied using Common Equity Tier 1 capital and functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. The Federal Reserve has stated that, under the final rule and using the most recent available data, the estimated G-SIB surcharges will range from 1.0% to 4.5% of a GSIB’s RWAs. The Federal Reserve calculated the Company’s G-SIB surcharge at 3% in July 2015. The surcharge will be phased in between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019, and the phase-in amount for 2016 is 25% of the applicable surcharge (see “Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios” herein).

 

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirements.

 

The Federal Reserve has issued a proposed rule for top-tier bank holding companies of U.S. G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Company, that establishes external total loss-absorbing capacity (“TLAC”) and long-term debt (“LTD”) requirements. The proposal contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be unsecured, have a remaining maturity of at least one year, and not have derivative-linked features, such as structured notes.

 

Under the proposal, a covered BHC would be required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of 16% of RWAs and 9.5% of its U.S. Basel III total leverage exposure (the denominator of its supplementary leverage ratio) by January 1, 2019, increasing to the greater of 18% of RWAs and 9.5% of its U.S. Basel III total leverage exposure by January 1, 2022. In addition, covered BHCs must meet a separate external LTD requirement equal to the greater of 6% of RWAs plus the Method 2 G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Company, and 4.5% of its U.S. Basel III total leverage exposure.

 

In addition, the proposed rule would impose a TLAC buffer on top of the external TLAC requirement. The TLAC buffer must be composed solely of Common Equity Tier 1 capital, and the same Common Equity Tier 1 capital that is used to satisfy the capital conservation buffer, the G-SIB surcharge, and the countercyclical buffer, if any, under U.S. Basel III may be used to satisfy the TLAC buffer. The required buffer amount would be equal to the sum of 2.5%, the Method 1 G-SIB

 

LOGO   92    


Table of Contents

surcharge applicable to the Company and any applicable countercyclical buffer. Failure to maintain the full TLAC buffer would result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

 

The proposal would also impose restrictions on certain liabilities that covered BHCs may incur or have outstanding, including structured notes, as well as require all U.S. banking organizations supervised by the Federal Reserve with assets of at least $1 billion to make certain deductions from capital for their investments in unsecured debt issued by covered BHCs. The Company continues to evaluate the potential impact of these proposed requirements. The steps that the covered BHCs, including the Company, may need to take to come into compliance with the final TLAC rules, including the amount and form of LTD that must be refinanced or issued, will depend in substantial part on the ultimate eligibility requirements for senior LTD and any grandfathering provisions in the final rules.

 

The main purpose of the Federal Reserve’s proposed minimum TLAC and LTD requirements is to ensure that covered BHCs, including the Company, will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where the single point of entry (“SPOE”) resolution strategy is used. This strategy can be used under either the orderly liquidation authority in Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act or the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and is being adopted by both U.S. resolution authorities and by resolution authorities in other countries. As with other major financial companies, the combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC proposal to facilitate the orderly resolution of G-SIBs is that the group’s losses will likely be imposed on the holders of eligible LTD and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the top-tier bank holding company before any of its losses are imposed on the holders of the debt securities of the group’s operating subsidiaries or put U.S. taxpayers at risk (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1 and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk” in Part I, Item 1A).

 

Capital Plans and Stress Tests.

 

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including the Company, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”) framework.

 

The Company must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by the Company and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess the Company’s systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain its internal capital adequacy. The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases), and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact the bank holding company’s consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how the bank holding company will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the U.S. Basel III requirements that are phased in over the planning horizon, and serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary U.S. depository institutions under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including the Company.

 

In November 2015, the Federal Reserve amended its capital plan and stress test rules, with effect from January 1, 2016, to delay until 2017 the use of the supplementary leverage ratio requirement, defer indefinitely the use of the Advanced Approach risk-based capital framework in capital planning and company-run stress tests, and incorporate the Tier 1 capital deductions for certain investments in Volcker Rule covered funds into the pro forma minimum capital requirements for capital plan and stress testing purposes. In addition, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it is considering whether and, if so, how to incorporate the G-SIB capital surcharge in the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act stress tests.

 

The capital plan rule requires that large bank holding companies receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan, the bank holding company must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the bank holding company would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. A bank holding company’s

 

    93   LOGO


Table of Contents

ability to make capital distributions (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments) is also limited if its net capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan.

 

In addition, the Company must conduct semiannual company-run stress tests and is subject to an annual Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The Company received no objection to its 2015 capital plan (see “Capital Management” herein). Beginning with the 2016 capital planning and stress test cycle and in subsequent cycles, the cycle begins on January 1, and large bank holding companies must submit their capital plans and company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2016. The Company expects that the Federal Reserve will provide its response to the Company’s 2016 capital plan by June 30, 2016. The Federal Reserve is expected to publish summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large bank holding company, including the Company, by June 30, 2016. The Company is required to disclose a summary of the results of its company-run stress tests within 15 days of the date the Federal Reserve discloses the results of the supervisory stress tests. In addition, the Company must submit the results of its mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by October 5, 2016 and disclose a summary of the results between October 5, 2016 and November 4, 2016.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. The OCC has shifted the timing of the annual stress testing cycle that applies to the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries beginning with the 2016 cycle. MSBNA and MSPBNA must submit their 2016 annual company-run stress tests to the OCC by April 5, 2016 and publish the summary results between June 15, 2016 and July 15, 2016.

 

Supplementary Leverage Ratio.

 

The Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are required to publicly disclose their U.S. Basel III supplementary leverage ratio, which will become effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. By January 1, 2018, the Company must also maintain a Tier 1 supplementary leverage capital buffer of at least 2% in addition to the 3% minimum supplementary leverage ratio (for a total of at least 5%), in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. In addition, beginning in 2018, the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must maintain a supplementary leverage ratio of 6% to be considered “well-capitalized.”

 

Supplementary Leverage Exposure and Ratio on Transitional Basis under the U.S. Basel III Rules.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total assets

   $ 787,465   

Consolidated daily average total assets(1)

   $ 813,715   

Adjustment for derivative exposures(2)(3)

     216,317   

Adjustment for repo-style transactions(2)(4)

     15,064   

Adjustment for off-balance sheet exposures(2)(5)

     62,850   

Other adjustments(6)

     (10,141
  

 

 

 

Pro forma supplementary leverage exposure

   $ 1,097,805   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma supplementary leverage ratio(7)

     6.1%   

 

(1)

Computed as the average daily balance of consolidated total assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter.

(2)

Computed as the arithmetic mean of the month-end balances over the calendar quarter.

(3)

Reflects the addition of the potential future exposure for derivative contracts (including derivatives that are centrally cleared for clients), the gross-up of cash collateral netting where certain qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by certain qualifying purchased credit protection.

(4)

Reflects the counterparty credit risk associated with repo-style transactions.

(5)

Reflects the credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet exposures, which is computed by applying the relevant credit conversion factors.

(6)

Reflects adjustments to Tier 1 capital, including disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

(7)

At December 31, 2015, pro forma supplementary leverage ratios calculated using Tier 1 capital and pro forma supplementary leverage exposures computed under U.S. Basel III on a transitional basis for the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries were as follows: MSBNA: 7.3%; and MSPBNA: 10.3%.

 

The Company estimates its pro forma fully phased-in supplementary leverage ratio to be approximately 5.8% at December 31, 2015. This estimate utilizes a fully phased-in U.S. Basel III Tier 1 capital numerator and a fully phased-in

 

LOGO   94    


Table of Contents

denominator of approximately $1,095.6 billion, which takes into consideration the Tier 1 capital deductions that would be applicable in 2018 after the phased-in period has ended. The pro forma supplementary leverage exposures and pro forma supplementary leverage ratios, both on transitional and fully phased-in bases, are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company considers to be useful measures for evaluating compliance with new regulatory capital requirements that have not yet become effective. The Company’s estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from estimates based on these regulations. Further, these expectations should not be taken as projections of what the Company’s supplementary leverage ratios, earnings, assets or exposures will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect the future results of the Company, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A.

 

Required Capital.

 

The Company’s required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. This framework is a risk-based and leverage use-of-capital measure, which is compared with the Company’s regulatory capital to ensure that the Company maintains an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from extreme stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. The Company defines the difference between its regulatory capital and aggregate Required Capital as Parent capital. Average Common Equity Tier 1 capital, aggregate Required Capital and Parent capital for 2015 were approximately $58.2 billion, $39.0 billion and $19.2 billion, respectively. The Company generally holds Parent capital for prospective regulatory requirements, including for example, supplementary leverage ratio and U.S. Basel III transitional deductions and adjustments expected to reduce its capital through 2018. The Company also holds Parent capital for organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital and common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated by the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to the Company’s total Required Capital. Required Capital is assessed for each business segment and further attributed to product lines. This process is intended to align capital with the risks in each business segment in order to allow senior management to evaluate returns on a risk-adjusted basis. The Required Capital framework will evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment and to incorporate enhancements in modeling techniques. The Company will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

 

Average Common Equity Tier 1 Capital and Average Common Equity by Business Segment and Parent Capital.

 

     2015      2014  
     Average Common
Equity Tier 1 Capital(1)
     Average Common
Equity(1)
     Average Common
Equity Tier 1 Capital(1)
     Average Common
Equity(1)
 
     (dollars in billions)  

Institutional Securities

   $ 32.8       $         34.6       $ 31.3       $         32.2   

Wealth Management

     4.9         11.2         5.2         11.2   

Investment Management

     1.3         2.2         1.9         2.9   

Parent capital

     19.2         18.9         19.2         19.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58.2       $ 66.9       $ 57.6       $ 65.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts are calculated on a monthly basis. Average Common Equity and average Common Equity Tier 1 capital are non-GAAP financial measures that the Company and investors consider to be useful measures to assess capital adequacy.

 

Resolution and Recovery Planning.

 

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Company is required to submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes its strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure of the Company. The Company’s preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in its 2015 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. On August 5, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC notified the Company and 10 other large banking organizations that certain shortcomings in their 2013 resolution plans needed to be addressed in their 2015 resolution plans. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC both were to determine that the Company’s 2015 resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution and the Company does not cure the plan’s deficiencies, the Company or any of its subsidiaries may be subjected to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on its growth, activities, or operations, or, after a two-year period, the Company may be required to divest assets or operations.

 

    95   LOGO


Table of Contents

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and the activities of the Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries in these areas, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” in Part I, Item 1.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.

 

The Company enters into various off-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated special purpose entities (“SPEs”) and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

 

The Company utilizes SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on the Company’s securitization activities, see Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

For information on the Company’s commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. For further information on the Company’s lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities” in Item 7A.

 

Contractual Obligations.

 

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations include long-term borrowings, other secured financings, contractual interest payments, contractual payments on time deposits, operating leases and purchase obligations.

 

Future Cash Payments Associated with Certain Obligations.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Payments Due in:  
     2016      2017-2018      2019-2020      Thereafter      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 22,396       $ 40,203       $ 35,573       $ 55,596       $ 153,768   

Other secured financings(1)

     2,333         3,675         1,290         331         7,629   

Contractual interest payments(2)

     4,965         7,763         5,409         18,075         36,212   

Time deposits(3)

     2,604         68                 20         2,692   

Operating leases—premises(4)

     612         1,212         923         3,127         5,874   

Purchase obligations(5)

     554         438         148         233         1,373   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(6)

   $     33,464       $     53,359       $     43,343       $     77,382       $     207,548   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For further information on long-term borrowings and other secured financings, see Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Amounts presented for Other secured financings are financings with original maturities greater than one year.

(2)

Amounts represent estimated future contractual interest payments related to unsecured long-term borrowings based on applicable interest rates at December 31, 2015.

(3)

Amounts represent contractual principal and interest payments related to time deposits primarily held at the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

(4)

For further information on operating leases covering premises and equipment, see Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

(5)

Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements, and certain transmission, transportation and storage contracts related to the commodities business. Purchase obligations at December 31, 2015 reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred and are reflected on the consolidated statements of financial condition.

(6)

Amounts exclude unrecognized tax benefits, as the timing and amount of future cash payments are not determinable at this time (see Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information).

 

LOGO   96    


Table of Contents

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates.

 

To the extent that an increased inflation outlook results in rising interest rates or has negative impacts on the valuation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of the Company’s liabilities, it may adversely affect the Company’s financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in the Company’s non-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered. Other changes in the interest rate environment and related volatility as well as expectations about the level of future interest rates could also impact the Company’s results of operations. For example, should interest rates remain stagnant or decrease to below zero for a prolonged period, this could negatively impact certain of the Company’s businesses. See also “Global Market and Economic Conditions” herein.

 

A significant portion of the Company’s business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can affect the value of non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on the Company’s financial performance. These strategies may include the financing of non-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows. For information about cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, see Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

    97   LOGO


Table of Contents
Item  7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

 

Risk Management.

 

Overview.

 

Management believes effective risk management is vital to the success of the Company’s business activities. Accordingly, the Company has established an enterprise risk management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of risk management into a holistic enterprise structure and to facilitate the incorporation of risk assessment into decision-making processes across the Company. Risk is an inherent part of the Company’s businesses and activities. The Company has policies and procedures in place to identify, measure, monitor, advise, challenge and control the principal risks involved in the activities of the Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, as well as at the holding company level. The principal risks involved in the Company’s business activities include market (including non-trading interest rate risk), credit, operational, liquidity and funding, franchise and reputational risk. Strategic risk is integrated into the Company’s business planning, embedded in the evaluation of all principal risks and overseen by its Board of Directors (the “Board”).

 

The cornerstone of the Company’s risk management philosophy is the pursuit of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk taking that protects its capital base and franchise, and is implemented through the ERM framework. Five key principles underlie this philosophy: integrity, comprehensiveness, independence, accountability and transparency. To help ensure the efficacy of risk management, which is an essential component of the Company’s reputation, senior management requires thorough and frequent communication and the appropriate escalation of risk matters. The fast-paced, complex and constantly evolving nature of global financial markets requires that the Company maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement.

 

The Company’s risk appetite defines the types of risk that it is willing to accept in pursuit of its strategic objectives and business plan, taking into account the interest of clients and fiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in the Company’s risk culture and, linked to its short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the related Board-level risk limits and risk tolerance statements are reviewed and approved by the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and the Board on, at least, an annual basis.

 

Risk Governance Structure.

 

Risk management at the Company requires independent company-level oversight, accountability of its business divisions, and effective communication of risk matters across the Company, to senior management and ultimately to the Board. The Company’s risk governance structure is composed of the Board; the BRC, the Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”), and the Operations and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”); the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”); the functional risk and control committees; senior management oversight (including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer); the Internal Audit Department and risk managers, committees, and groups within and across the business segments. The ERM framework, composed of independent but complementary entities, facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’s risk exposures and processes.

 

LOGO   98    


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors.    The Board has oversight for the ERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that the Company’s risks are managed in a sound manner. The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate its risk oversight responsibilities. As set forth in the Company’s Corporate Governance Policies, the Board also oversees, and receives reports on, the Company’s practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct.

 

Risk Committee of the Board.    The BRC is composed of non-management directors. The BRC oversees the Company’s global ERM framework; oversees the major risk exposures of the Company, including market, credit, operational, liquidity, funding, reputational and franchise risk, against established risk measurement methodologies and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; oversees the Company’s risk appetite statement, including risk limits and tolerances; reviews capital, liquidity and funding strategy and related guidelines and policies; reviews the contingency funding plan and internal capital adequacy assessment process and capital plan; oversees the Company’s significant risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies; oversees the performance of the Chief Risk Officer; reviews reports from the Company’s Strategic Transactions Committee and Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR”)/Resolution and Recovery Planning (“RRP”) Committee; reviews significant reputational risk, franchise risk, new product risk, emerging risks and regulatory matters; and reviews results of Internal Audit reviews and assessment of the risk management, liquidity and capital functions. The BRC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis and the entire Board attends quarterly meetings with the BRC.

 

Audit Committee of the Board.    The BAC is composed of independent directors. The BAC oversees the integrity of the Company’s consolidated financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and system of internal controls; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board, BRC and BOTC and reviews the major legal and compliance risk exposures of the Company and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; selects, determines the compensation of, evaluates and when appropriate, replaces the independent auditor; oversees the qualifications, independence and performance of the Company’s independent auditor, and pre-approves audit and permitted non-audit services; oversees the performance of the Company’s head of internal audit; and after review, recommends to the Board the acceptance and inclusion of the annual audited consolidated financial statements in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K. The BAC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis.

 

Operations and Technology Committee of the Board.    The BOTC is composed of non-management directors. The BOTC oversees the Company’s operations and technology strategy, including trends that may affect such strategy; reviews operations and technology budget and significant expenditures and investments; reviews operations and technology metrics; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding operations and technology risk; reviews the major operations and technology risk exposures of the Company, including information security and cybersecurity risks, and

 

    99   LOGO


Table of Contents

the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; and oversees the Company’s business continuity planning. The BOTC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis.

 

Firm Risk Committee.    The Board has also authorized the FRC, a management committee appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Company, including the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to oversee the global ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include oversight of the Company’s risk management principles, procedures and limits and the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, operational, liquidity and funding, franchise and reputational risk matters, and other risks, as appropriate, and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk tolerance, including aggregate Company limits and tolerance, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the entire Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Legal Officer.

 

Functional Risk and Control Committees.    Functional risk and control committees comprising the ERM framework, including the Firm Credit Risk Committee, the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, the Asset/Liability Management Committee, the Global Compliance Committee, the Technology Governance Committee and the Firm Franchise Committee, facilitate efficient and comprehensive supervision of the Company’s risk exposures and processes. The Strategic Transactions Committee reviews large strategic transactions and principal investments for the Company; the CCAR/RRP Committee oversees the Company’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review, Dodd-Frank Act Stress Testing and Title I Resolution Plan and Recovery Plan; the Global Legal Entity Oversight and Governance Committee monitors the governance framework that operates over the Company’s consolidated legal entity population; the FHC Governance Committee oversees the Company’s initiatives relating to its status as a financial holding company; various commitment and underwriting committees are responsible for reviewing capital, lending and underwriting commitments on behalf of the Company; and the Culture, Values and Conduct Committee is charged with developing Company-wide standards and overseeing initiatives relating to culture, values and conduct, including training and enhancements to performance and compensation processes.

 

In addition, each business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, its aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of its risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

 

Chief Risk Officer.    The Chief Risk Officer, who is independent of business units, reports to the Chief Executive Officer and the BRC. The Chief Risk Officer oversees compliance with the Company’s risk limits; approves exceptions to the Company’s risk limits; independently reviews material market, credit, liquidity and operational risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the BRC and the BAC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer also coordinates with the Chief Financial Officer regarding capital and liquidity management and works with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board to help ensure that the structure and design of incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risk taking.

 

Internal Audit Department.    The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the BAC. The Internal Audit Department provides an independent assessment of the Company’s control environment and risk management processes using a risk-based methodology developed from professional auditing standards. The Internal Audit Department also assists in assessing the Company’s compliance with internal guidelines set for risk management and risk monitoring, as well as external rules and regulations governing the industry. It effects these responsibilities through risk-based reviews of the Company’s processes, activities, products or information systems; targeted reviews of specific controls and activities; pre-implementation reviews of new or significantly changed processes, activities, products or information systems; and special investigations required as a result of internal factors or regulatory requests.

 

Independent Risk Management Functions.    The independent risk management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk and Liquidity Risk Management Departments) are independent of the Company’s business units. These functions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling the Company’s risk through a number of

 

LOGO   100    


Table of Contents

control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found below under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” “Operational Risk” and “Liquidity and Funding Risk.”

 

Support and Control Groups.    The Company’s support and control groups include the Legal Department, the Compliance Department, the Finance Division, the Operations Division, the Technology and Data Division, and the Human Resources Department. The Company’s support and control groups coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; the business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance and regulatory risk; and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Company and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

 

Culture, Values and Conduct of Employees.    Employees of the Company are accountable for conducting themselves in accordance with the Company’s core values: Putting Clients First, Doing the Right Thing, Leading with Exceptional Ideas and Giving Back. The Company is committed to establishing a strong culture anchored in these core values, its governance framework, management oversight, effective risk management and controls, training and development programs, policies, procedures, and defined roles and responsibilities, including the role of the Culture, Values and Conduct Committee. The Company’s Code of Conduct (the “Code”) establishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforce the Company’s commitment to integrity and ethical conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually must certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code. The employee annual review process includes evaluation of adherence to the Code and the Company’s core values. The Global Incentive Compensation Discretion Policy sets forth standards that specifically provide that managers must consider whether their employees effectively managed and/or supervised risk control practices during the performance year. The Company also has several mutually reinforcing processes to identify employee conduct that may have an impact on employment status, current-year compensation and/or prior-year compensation. The Company’s clawback and cancellation provisions permit recovery of deferred incentive compensation where an employee’s act or omission (including with respect to direct supervisory responsibilities) causes a restatement of the Company’s consolidated financial results, constitutes a violation of the Company’s global risk management principles, policies and standards or causes a loss of revenues associated with a position on which the employee was paid and the employee operated outside of internal control policies.

 

Stress Value-at-Risk.

 

The Company frequently enhances its market and credit risk management framework to address severe stresses that are observed in global markets during economic downturns. During 2015, the Company expanded and improved its risk measurement processes, including stress tests and scenario analysis, and further refined its market and credit risk limit framework. Stress Value-at-Risk (“S-VaR”), a proprietary methodology that comprehensively measures the Company’s market and credit risks, was further refined and continues to be an important metric used in establishing its risk appetite and capital allocation framework. S-VaR simulates many stress scenarios based on more than 25 years of historical data and attempts to capture the different liquidities of various types of general and specific risks. Additionally, S-VaR captures event and default risks that are particularly relevant for credit portfolios.

 

Risk Management Process.

 

The following is a discussion of the Company’s risk management policies and procedures for its principal risks (capital and liquidity risk is discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7). The discussion focuses on the Company’s securities activities (primarily its institutional trading activities) and corporate lending and related activities. The Company believes that these activities generate a substantial portion of its principal risks. This discussion and the estimated amounts of the Company’s risk exposure generated by its statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which the Company operates and certain other factors described below.

 

    101   LOGO


Table of Contents

Market Risk.

 

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, implied volatilities (the price volatility of the underlying instrument imputed from option prices), correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, the Company incurs market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of the Company’s Value-at-Risk (“VaR”) for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, the Company incurs trading-related market risk within the Wealth Management business segment. The Investment Management business segment incurs principally Non-trading market risk, primarily from capital investments in real estate funds and investments in private equity vehicles.

 

Sound market risk management is an integral part of the Company’s culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The control groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors the Company’s risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains its VaR and scenario analysis systems. These limits are designed to control price and market liquidity risk. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: by use of statistics (including VaR, S-VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position sensitivity; and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors, and scenario analyses conducted by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board.

 

The Chief Risk Officer, among other things, monitors market risk through the Market Risk Department, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is independent of the business units, and has close interactions with senior management and the risk management control groups in the business units. The Chief Risk Officer is a member of the FRC, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Company, and regularly reports on market risk matters to this committee, as well as to the BRC and the Board.

 

Sales and Trading and Related Activities.

 

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management.    During 2015, the Company had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which it conducts its trading activities.

 

The Company is exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of its market-making activities and other trading in interest rate-sensitive financial instruments (e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which the Company is active include, but are not limited to, the following: corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt (including mortgage-related securities).

 

The Company is exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions (including positions in non-public entities). Positions in non-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

 

The Company is exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holding non-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

 

The Company is exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities in crude and refined oil products, natural gas, electricity, and precious and base metals. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of

 

LOGO   102    


Table of Contents

high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production and transportation; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

 

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged. The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. The Company manages and monitors its market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that the Company believes is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects its aggregate risk tolerance as established by the Company’s senior management.

 

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Company across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by the Company’s senior management.

 

VaR.    The Company uses the statistical technique known as VaR as one of the tools used to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of its trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes daily VaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

 

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    The Company estimates VaR using a model based on volatility-adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes. The Company’s VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over a one-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The 95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

 

The Company’s VaR model generally takes into account linear and non-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes and non-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

 

The Company uses VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR. The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. The Company is aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, uses VaR as only one component in its risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and Company levels.

 

    103   LOGO


Table of Contents

The Company’s VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. The Company is committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of the Company’s regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

 

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of the Company’s future revenues or financial performance or of its ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that the Company’s actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated below or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a 95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

 

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

 

The Company utilizes the same VaR model for risk management purposes, as well as for regulatory capital calculations. The Company’s VaR model has been approved by the Company’s regulators for use in regulatory capital calculations.

 

The portfolio of positions used for Management VaR differs from that used for regulatory capital requirements (“Regulatory VaR”), as Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty Credit Valuation Adjustments (“CVA”) and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

 

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio, on a period-end, annual average and annual high and low basis. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

 

Trading Risks.

 

95%/One-Day Management VaR.

 

     95%/One-Day VaR for 2015      95%/One-Day VaR for 2014  

Market Risk Category

   Period
End
    Average     High      Low      Period
End
    Average     High      Low  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate and credit spread

   $ 28      $ 34      $ 42       $ 27       $ 31      $ 31      $ 44       $ 25   

Equity price

     17        19        40         14         18        18        26         15   

Foreign exchange rate

     6        11        20         6         10        11        17         6   

Commodity price

     10        16        21         10         15        17        24         12   

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

     (23     (33     N/A         N/A         (30     (34     N/A         N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Primary Risk Categories

   $ 38      $ 47      $ 57       $ 38       $ 44      $ 43      $ 53       $ 34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Credit Portfolio

     12        13        20         10         15        11        15         9   

Less: Diversification benefit(1)(2)

     (9     (10     N/A        N/A         (14     (7     N/A         N/A   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total Management VaR

   $     41      $     50      $     61       $     41       $     45      $     47      $     58       $     38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

(1)

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulated one-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

(2)

The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the year, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

 

LOGO   104    


Table of Contents

The average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories for 2015 was $47 million compared with $43 million for 2014. The increase was primarily driven by higher market volatility.

 

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for 2015.    One method of evaluating the reasonableness of the Company’s VaR model as a measure of the Company’s potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a 95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned. The Company evaluates the reasonableness of its VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with actual trading results for the Company, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, the Company examines the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results.

 

The distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues is presented in the histograms below for the Total Trading populations.

 

Total Trading.    As shown in the 95%/One-Day Management VaR table, the average 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for 2015 was $50 million. The histogram below presents the distribution of the daily 95%/one-day Total Management VaR for 2015, which was in a range between $40 million and $60 million for approximately 99% of trading days during the year.

 

LOGO

 

    105   LOGO


Table of Contents

The histogram below shows the distribution for 2015 of daily net trading revenues, including profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities, for the Company’s Trading businesses. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Daily net trading revenues differ from the definition of revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting, which further excludes intraday trading. During 2015, the Company experienced net trading losses on 32 days, of which no day was in excess of the 95%/one-day Total Management VaR.

 

LOGO

 

Non-trading Risks.

 

The Company believes that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of the Company’s non-trading risks. Reflected below is this analysis covering substantially all of the non-trading risk in the Company’s portfolio.

 

Counterparty Exposure Related to the Company’s Own Credit Spread.    The credit spread risk sensitivity of the counterparty exposure related to the Company’s own credit spread corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $6 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

Funding Liabilities.    The credit spread risk sensitivity of the Company’s mark-to-market funding liabilities corresponded to an increase in value of approximately $11 million and $10 million for each 1 basis point widening in the Company’s credit spread level at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity.    The table below presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks on net interest income over the next 12 months for the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to the Company’s 12-month forecast for its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and the Company’s forecasted business activity, including its deposit deployment strategy and asset-liability management hedges. Thus, the impacts are incremental to that forecast and, additionally, do not reflect the impact of the repricing of assets and liabilities beyond 12 months. As a result, impacts from an instantaneous shock can vary significantly from period to period and can vary compared with impacts from a similar move in rates over time. For example, depending on interest rate levels and the relative sensitivity of assets and liabilities, an instantaneous increase (as opposed to an increase over time) may have a negative or positive impact on net interest income over the subsequent 12 months. At December 31, 2015, large instantaneous interest rates shocks had a negative impact to the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ projected net interest income over the following 12 months due to composition of the banks’ assets as well as expected deposit pricing behavior at higher levels of interest rates.

 

LOGO   106    


Table of Contents

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis.

 

     At
  December 31, 2015  
     At
  December 31, 2014  
 
     (dollars in millions)  

+200 basis points

   $ (149)       $ 256    

+100 basis points

     (84)         204    

–100 basis points

     (512)         (393)   

 

The Company does not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manages net interest income in its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes. The sensitivity analysis assumes that the Company takes no action in response to these rate shocks and does not assume any change in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates.

 

Investments.    The Company makes investments in both public and private companies. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, the majority of which are for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance fees.

 

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees.

 

     10% Sensitivity  
     At
  December 31, 2015  
     At
  December 31, 2014  
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Investments related to Investment Management activities:

     

Real estate funds

   $ 139        $ 175    

Private equity and infrastructure funds

     131          186    

Traditional asset management and hedge fund investments

     101          109    

Other investments:

     

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

     142          142    

Other Company investments

     194          195    

 

Equity Market Sensitivity.    In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certain fee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

 

Credit Risk.

 

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to the Company. The Company primarily incurs credit risk exposure to institutions and individuals through its Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments.

 

The Company may incur credit risk in its Institutional Securities business segment through a variety of activities, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to the Company;

 

   

extending credit to clients through various lending commitments;

 

   

providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount;

 

    107   LOGO


Table of Contents
   

posting margin and/or collateral to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties;

 

   

placing funds on deposit at other financial institutions to support the Company’s clearing and settlement obligations; and

 

   

investing or trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

 

The Company incurs credit risk in its Wealth Management business segment, primarily through lending to individuals and entities, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

   

margin loans collateralized by securities;

 

   

securities-based and other forms of secured loans; and

 

   

single-family residential mortgage loans in conforming, non-conforming or home equity lines of credit (“HELOC”) form, primarily to existing Wealth Management clients.

 

Monitoring and Control.

 

In order to help protect the Company from losses, the Credit Risk Management Department establishes Company-wide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk exposure at the transaction, obligor and portfolio levels. The Credit Risk Management Department approves extensions of credit, evaluates the creditworthiness of the counterparties and borrowers on a regular basis, and ensures that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The evaluation of counterparties and borrowers includes an assessment of the probability that an obligor will default on its financial obligations and any losses that may occur when an obligor defaults. In addition, credit risk exposure is actively managed by credit professionals and committees within the Credit Risk Management Department and through various risk committees, whose membership includes individuals from the Credit Risk Management Department. A comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework is utilized to manage credit risk levels across the Company. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within the Company’s risk tolerance and includes single-name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type.

 

The Credit Risk Management Department ensures transparency of material credit risks, compliance with established limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. The Credit Risk Management Department also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk exposures and to perform stress tests to identify, analyze and control credit risk concentrations arising in the lending and trading activities. The stress tests shock market factors (e.g., interest rates, commodity prices, credit spreads), risk parameters (e.g., default probabilities and loss given default), recovery rates and expected losses in order to assess the impact of stresses on exposures, profit and loss, and the Company’s capital position. Stress and scenario tests are conducted in accordance with established Company policies and procedures.

 

Credit Evaluation.

 

The evaluation of corporate and institutional counterparties and borrowers includes assigning obligor credit ratings, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default and loss given default. Credit evaluations typically involve the assessment of financial statements; leverage; liquidity; capital strength; asset composition and quality; market capitalization; access to capital markets; adequacy of collateral, if applicable; and in the case of certain loans, cash flow projections and debt service requirements. The Credit Risk Management Department also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. Additionally, the Credit Risk Management Department evaluates the relative position of the Company’s exposure in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as adequacy of collateral (if applicable) and other structural elements of the particular transaction.

 

The evaluation of consumer borrowers is tailored to the specific type of lending. Margin and securities-based loans are evaluated based on factors that include, but are not limited to, the amount of the loan, the degree of leverage and the quality, diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. The underwriting of residential real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for individual loans is performed at the portfolio level, and collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

LOGO   108    


Table of Contents

Credit risk metrics assigned to the Company’s borrowers during the evaluation process are incorporated into the Credit Risk Management Department’s maintenance of the allowance for loan losses for the loans held for the investment portfolio. Such allowance serves as a reserve for probable inherent losses, as well as probable losses related to loans identified for impairment. For more information on the allowance for loan losses, see Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

Risk Mitigation.

 

The Company may seek to mitigate credit risk from its lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, the Company seeks to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. The Company actively hedges its lending and derivatives exposure through various financial instruments that may include single-name, portfolio and structured credit derivatives. Additionally, the Company may sell, assign or syndicate loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan markets. In connection with its derivatives trading activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of a counterparty default.

 

Lending Activities.

 

The Company provides loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, the Company purchases loans in the secondary market. In the consolidated statements of financial condition, these loans and lending commitments are carried at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings; held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; or held for sale, which are recorded at lower of cost or fair value. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. See Notes 3, 7 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

 

Loan Portfolio by Loan Type within the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management Business Segments.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Institutional
Securities
Lending
    Wealth
Management
Lending
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

   $ 16,452      $ 7,102      $ 23,554   

Consumer loans

            21,528        21,528   

Residential real estate loans

            20,863        20,863   

Wholesale real estate loans

     6,839               6,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

     23,291        49,493        72,784   

Allowance for loan losses

     (195     (30     (225
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

     23,096        49,463        72,559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     11,924               11,924   

Residential real estate loans

     45        59        104   

Wholesale real estate loans

     1,172               1,172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

     13,141        59        13,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     7,286               7,286   

Residential real estate loans

     1,885               1,885   

Wholesale real estate loans

     1,447               1,447   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

     10,618               10,618   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(1)

     46,855        49,522        96,377   

Lending commitments(2)(3)

     95,572        5,821        101,393   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments(2)(3)

   $         142,427      $         55,343      $         197,770   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    109   LOGO


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2014  
     Institutional
Securities
Lending
    Wealth
Management
Lending
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

   $         14,233      $         5,426      $         19,659   

Consumer loans

            16,576        16,576   

Residential real estate loans

            15,735        15,735   

Wholesale real estate loans

     5,298               5,298   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

     19,531        37,737        57,268   

Allowance for loan losses

     (136     (13     (149
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

     19,395        37,724        57,119   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     8,200               8,200   

Residential real estate loans

     16        98        114   

Wholesale real estate loans

     1,144               1,144   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

     9,360        98        9,458   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Corporate loans

     7,093               7,093   

Residential real estate loans

     1,682               1,682   

Wholesale real estate loans

     3,187               3,187   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans held at fair value

     11,962               11,962   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans(1)

     40,717        37,822        78,539   

Lending commitments(2)(3)

     87,000        4,914        91,914   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments(2)(3)

   $ 127,717      $ 42,736      $ 170,453   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts exclude $25.3 billion and $29.0 billion related to margin loans and $4.9 billion and $5.1 billion related to employee loans at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. See Notes 6 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

(2)

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for all lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

(3)

For syndications led by the Company, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Company participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Company expects it will be allocated from the lead, syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Company’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

 

The Company’s credit exposure from its loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with the Company’s internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenants and counterparty type. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses related to loans that were accounted for as held for investment was $225 million and $149 million, respectively, and the allowance for commitment losses related to lending commitments that were accounted for as held for investment was $185 million and $149 million, respectively. The aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses increased over the year ended December 31, 2015 due to environmental macro factors including a deteriorating energy sector, updates to parameters used in determining the inherent allowance and overall portfolio growth. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.

 

Institutional Securities Lending Activities.    In connection with certain of its Institutional Securities business segment activities, the Company provides loans and lending commitments to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include corporate lending, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, corporate loans purchased in the secondary market, financing extended to equities and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities. These loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by the Company.

 

LOGO   110    


Table of Contents

Institutional Securities loans and lending commitments are mainly related to relationship-based and event-driven lending to select corporate clients. Relationship-based loans and lending commitments are used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes by the Company’s Investment Banking clients and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term loans. In connection with the relationship-based lending activities, the Company had hedges (which included “single name,” “sector” and “index” hedges) with a notional amount of $12.0 billion and $12.9 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. Event-driven loans and lending commitments are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization and project finance activities. Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

 

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Credit Rating(1).

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Years to Maturity         
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

AAA

   $ 287       $ 24       $ 50       $       $ 361   

AA

     5,022         2,553         3,735         63         11,373   

A

     3,996         5,726         11,993         1,222         22,937   

BBB

     5,089         16,720         23,248         4,086         49,143   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment grade

     14,394         25,023         39,026         5,371         83,814   

Non-investment grade

     7,768         15,863         22,818         7,779         54,228   

Unrated(2)

     930         1,091         246         2,118         4,385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     23,092       $     41,977       $     62,090       $     15,268       $     142,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Years to Maturity         
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

AAA

   $ 275       $ 74       $ 37       $       $ 386   

AA

     3,760         3,025         4,580                 11,365   

A

     2,135         5,060         12,090         657         19,942   

BBB

     4,710         11,902         23,740         3,035         43,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Investment grade

     10,880         20,061         40,447         3,692         75,080   

Non-investment grade

     6,161         14,645         20,716         7,386         48,908   

Unrated(2)

     128         906         235         2,460         3,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     17,169       $     35,612       $     61,398       $     13,538       $     127,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.

(2)

Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of Market Risk. For a further discussion of the Company’s Market Risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the aggregate amount of investment grade loans was $15.8 billion and $11.8 billion, respectively, the aggregate amount of non-investment grade loans was $26.9 billion and $25.4 billion, respectively, and the aggregate amount of unrated loans was $4.2 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively.

 

Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments.    Included in the total loans and lending commitments above at December 31, 2015 were event-driven exposures of $23.2 billion composed of loans of $5.4 billion and lending commitments of $17.8 billion. Included in the event-driven exposures at December 31, 2015 were $13.5 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers. The maturity profile of these event-driven loans and lending commitments at December 31, 2015 was as follows: 24% will mature in less than 1 year, 21% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 24% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 31% will mature in over 5 years.

 

Included in the total loans and lending commitments above at December 31, 2014 were event-driven exposures of $15.2 billion composed of funded loans of $5.7 billion and lending commitments of $9.5 billion. Included in the event-driven exposure at December 31, 2014 were $11.6 billion of loans and lending commitments to non-investment grade borrowers.

 

    111   LOGO


Table of Contents

The maturity profile of these event-driven loans and lending commitments at December 31, 2014 was as follows: 18% will mature in less than 1 year, 14% will mature within 1 to 3 years, 37% will mature within 3 to 5 years and 31% will mature in over 5 years.

 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 99.5% of the Institutional Securities business segment loans held for investment were current, while approximately 0.5% were on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

 

Institutional Securities Credit Exposure from Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry.

 

Industry(1)

   At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Real estate

   $ 17,847       $ 16,867   

Energy

     15,921         14,926   

Healthcare

     12,677         10,203   

Utilities

     12,631         11,986   

Consumer discretionary

     12,098         11,755   

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

     11,649         9,949   

Information technology

     11,122         7,931   

Industrials

     10,018         9,896   

Consumer staples

     8,597         7,584   

Mortgage finance

     8,260         6,516   

Materials

     6,440         5,357   

Insurance

     4,682         3,313   

Telecommunications services

     4,403         4,484   

Special purpose vehicles

     3,482         3,326   

Consumer finance

     977         1,065   

Other

     1,623         2,559   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $             142,427       $             127,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Industry categories are based on the Global Industry Classification Standard®.

(2)

Includes mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses, and diversified financial services.

 

Institutional Securities Lending Exposures Related to the Energy Industry.    At December 31, 2015, Institutional Securities’ loans and lending commitments related to the energy industry were $15.9 billion. Approximately 60% of these energy industry loans and lending commitments were to investment grade counterparties. At December 31, 2015, the energy industry portfolio included $1.7 billion in loans and $2.7 billion in lending commitments to Oil and Gas Exploration and Production (“E&P”) companies. The E&P loans were substantially all to non-investment grade counterparties which are subject to semi-annual borrowing base reassessments based on the value of the underlying oil and gas reserves pledged as collateral. The E&P lending commitments were primarily to investment grade counterparties.

 

Margin Lending.    In addition, Institutional Securities lending activities include margin lending, which allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the amounts related to margin lending were $10.6 billion and $15.3 billion, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Wealth Management Lending Activities.    The principal Wealth Management lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans.

 

Securities-based lending provided to the Company’s retail clients is primarily conducted through its Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) platforms which had an outstanding loan balance of $24.9 billion and $19.1 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These loans allow the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any purpose other than purchasing securities. The Company establishes approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitors limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit

 

LOGO   112    


Table of Contents

additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as the Company reserves the right to not make any advances, or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the client’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral.

 

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOC loans. The Company’s underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis utilizing industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores), debt ratios and assets of the borrower. Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/valuations, and security lien position is established through title/ownership reports. The vast majority of mortgage and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Wealth Management business segment’s loan portfolio.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 29%, mainly due to growth in PLA, LAL and residential real estate loans.

 

Wealth Management Lending Activities by Remaining Contractual Maturity.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Years to Maturity         
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities-based lending and other loans

   $ 25,975       $ 1,004       $ 889       $ 749       $ 28,617   

Residential real estate loans

                     35         20,870         20,905   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 25,975       $ 1,004       $ 924       $ 21,619       $ 49,522   

Lending commitments

     5,143         286         115         277         5,821   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments

   $     31,118       $     1,290       $     1,039       $     21,896       $     55,343   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Years to Maturity         
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities-based lending and other loans

   $     19,408       $     1,071       $        750       $ 768       $     21,997   

Residential real estate loans

                                 15,825         15,825   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 19,408       $ 1,071       $ 750       $ 16,593       $ 37,822   

Lending commitments

     4,192         290         131         301         4,914   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans and lending commitments

   $ 23,600       $ 1,361       $ 881       $ 16,894       $ 42,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately 99.9% of the Wealth Management business segment loans held for investment were current, while approximately 0.1% were on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

 

The Wealth Management business segment also provides margin lending to clients and had an outstanding balance of $14.7 billion and $13.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which were classified within Customer and other receivables within the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

In addition, the Wealth Management business segment has employee loans that are granted primarily in conjunction with programs established by the Company to recruit and retain certain employees. These loans, recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition, are full recourse, require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 2 to 12 years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable from terminated employees, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

 

    113   LOGO


Table of Contents

Credit Exposure—Derivatives.

 

The Company incurs credit risk as a dealer in over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the failure of a counterparty to perform according to the terms of the contract. In connection with its OTC derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default. The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). For credit exposure information on the Company’s OTC derivative products, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

Credit Derivatives.    A credit derivative is a contract between a seller and buyer of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The buyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the seller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

 

The Company trades in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. The Company is an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, the Company works to earn a bid-offer spread on client flow business and manages any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, the Company uses credit derivatives to manage its exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures during the periods presented. The effectiveness of the Company’s credit default swap (“CDS”) protection as a hedge of its exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

 

The Company actively monitors its counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in the counterparty posting additional collateral to the Company. As with all derivative contracts, the Company considers counterparty credit risk in the valuation of its positions and recognizes credit valuation adjustments as appropriate within Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Credit Derivative Portfolio by Counterparty.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Fair Values(1)      Notionals  
     Receivable      Payable      Net      Protection
Purchased
     Protection Sold  
     (dollars in millions)  

Banks and securities firms

   $ 16,962       $ 17,295       $ (333)       $ 533,557       $ 491,267   

Insurance and other financial institutions

     5,842         6,247         (405)         189,439         194,723   

Non-financial entities

     115         123         (8)         5,932         3,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     22,919       $     23,665       $     (746)       $     728,928       $     689,519   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   114    


Table of Contents
     At December 31, 2014  
     Fair Values(1)      Notionals  
     Receivable      Payable      Net      Protection
Purchased
     Protection Sold  
     (dollars in millions)  

Banks and securities firms

   $ 25,452       $ 25,323       $ 129       $ 712,466       $ 687,155   

Insurance and other financial institutions

     6,639         6,697         (58)         216,489         217,201   

Non-financial entities

     91         89         2         5,049         3,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     32,182       $     32,109       $         73       $     934,004       $     908,062   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company’s CDS are classified in either Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Approximately 3% and 4% of receivable fair values and 6% and 7% of payable fair values represented Level 3 amounts at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8).

 

The fair values shown above are before the application of contractual netting or collateral. For additional credit exposure information on the Company’s credit derivative portfolio, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry.

 

Industry(1)

   At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Utilities

   $ 3,920       $ 3,797   

Industrials

     2,635         2,278   

Funds, exchanges and other financial services(2)

     2,322         3,638   

Banks and securities firms

     1,912         3,297   

Regional governments

     1,329         1,603   

Healthcare

     1,190         1,365   

Not-for-profit organizations

     908         905   

Consumer discretionary

     829         423   

Special purpose vehicles

     821         1,089   

Sovereign governments

     599         889   

Consumer staples

     578         650   

Materials

     540         591   

Energy

     453         575   

Other

     975         1,127   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(3)

   $             19,011       $             22,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Industry categories are based on the Global Industry Classification Standard®.

(2)

Amounts include mutual funds, pension funds, private equity and real estate funds, exchanges and clearinghouses, and diversified financial services.

(3)

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.

 

Other.

 

In addition to the activities noted above, there are other credit risks managed by the Credit Risk Management Department and various business areas within the Institutional Securities business segment. The Company participates in securitization activities whereby it extends short-term or long-term funding to clients through loans and lending commitments that are secured by the assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate loans, loans secured by loan pools, commercial company loans, and secured lines of revolving credit. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for information about the Company’s securitization activities. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for additional information about the Company’s collateralized transactions.

 

    115   LOGO


Table of Contents

Country Risk Exposure.

 

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect the Company. The Company actively manages country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows the Company to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedging is monitored and managed.

 

The Company’s obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

 

The Company conducts periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on its credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by the Company’s risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects. Second order risks such as the impact for core European banks of their peripheral exposures may also be considered. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

 

In addition to its country risk exposure, the Company discloses its cross-border risk exposure in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)” in Item 8. It is based on the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border information and represents the amounts that the Company may not be able to obtain from a foreign country due to country-specific events, including unfavorable economic and political conditions, economic and social instability, and changes in government policies.

 

There can be substantial differences between the Company’s country risk exposure and cross-border risk exposure. For instance, unlike the cross-border risk exposure, the Company’s country risk exposure includes the effect of certain risk mitigants. In addition, the basis for determining the domicile of the country risk exposure is different from the basis for determining the cross-border risk exposure. Cross-border risk exposure is reported based on the country of jurisdiction for the obligor or guarantor. For country risk exposure, the Company considers factors in addition to that of country of jurisdiction, including physical location of operations or assets, location and source of cash flows/revenues and location of collateral (if applicable) in order to determine the basis for country risk exposure. Furthermore, cross-border risk exposure incorporates CDS only where protection is purchased, while country risk exposure incorporates CDS where protection is purchased or sold.

 

The Company’s sovereign exposures consist of financial instruments entered into with sovereign and local governments. Its non-sovereign exposures consist of exposures to primarily corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows the Company’s 10 largest non-U.S. country risk net exposures at December 31, 2015. Index credit derivatives are included in the country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuer in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure column based on the country of the CDS issuer. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/payable is reflected in the Net Inventory column based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

 

LOGO   116    


Table of Contents

Top Ten Country Exposures at December 31, 2015.

 

Country

  Net Inventory(1)     Net
Counterparty
Exposure(2)(3)
    Loans     Lending
Commitments
    Exposure Before
Hedges
    Hedges(4)     Net Exposure(5)  
    (dollars in millions)  

United Kingdom:

             

Sovereigns

  $ (88)      $ 56      $      $      $ (32)      $ (166)      $ (198)   

Non-sovereigns

    654        10,649        4,643        7,161        23,107        (1,722)        21,385   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 566      $ 10,705      $ 4,643      $ 7,161      $ 23,075      $ (1,888)      $ 21,187   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Brazil:

             

Sovereigns

  $ 3,536      $      $      $      $ 3,536      $      $ 3,536   

Non-sovereigns

    (28)        519        1,097        87        1,675        (650)        1,025   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 3,508      $ 519      $         1,097      $ 87      $ 5,211      $ (650)      $ 4,561   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

China:

             

Sovereigns

  $ 616      $ 166      $      $      $ 782      $ (508)      $ 274   

Non-sovereigns

    1,423        404        956        262        3,045        (64)        2,981   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 2,039      $ 570      $ 956      $ 262      $ 3,827      $ (572)      $ 3,255   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Italy:

             

Sovereigns

  $ 1,950      $ (19)      $      $      $ 1,931      $ (61)      $ 1,870   

Non-sovereigns

    174        661        9        667        1,511        (198)        1,313   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 2,124      $ 642      $ 9      $ 667      $ 3,442      $ (259)      $ 3,183   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Canada:

             

Sovereigns

  $ (61)      $ 90      $      $      $ 29      $      $ 29   

Non-sovereigns

    (143)        1,661        239        1,550        3,307        (163)        3,144   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ (204)      $ 1,751      $ 239      $ 1,550      $ 3,336      $ (163)      $ 3,173   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Singapore:

             

Sovereigns

  $ 1,950      $ 197      $      $      $ 2,147      $      $ 2,147   

Non-sovereigns

    76        278        48        122        524        (30)        494   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 2,026      $ 475      $ 48      $ 122      $ 2,671      $ (30)      $ 2,641   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

France:

             

Sovereigns

  $ (682)      $      $      $      $ (682)      $      $ (682)   

Non-sovereigns

    (103)        1,751        14        2,310        3,972        (1,149)        2,823   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ (785)      $ 1,751      $ 14      $ 2,310      $ 3,290      $ (1,149)      $ 2,141   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

United Arab Emirates:

             

Sovereigns

  $ 2      $ 1,162      $      $      $ 1,164      $ (56)      $ 1,108   

Non-sovereigns

    (95)        455        181        350        891        (16)        875   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ (93)      $ 1,617      $ 181      $ 350      $ 2,055      $ (72)      $ 1,983   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Netherlands:

             

Sovereigns

  $ (71)      $      $      $      $ (71)      $      $ (71)   

Non-sovereigns

    267        623        188        1,230        2,308        (280)        2,028   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $ 196      $ 623      $ 188      $ 1,230      $ 2,237      $ (280)      $ 1,957   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Australia:

             

Sovereigns

  $ (115)      $ 21      $      $      $ (94)      $      $ (94)   

Non-sovereigns

    449        348        168        875        1,840        (123)        1,717   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

  $         334      $         369      $     168      $         875      $         1,746      $     (123)      $     1,623   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable). As a market maker, the Company transacts in these CDS positions to facilitate client trading. At December 31, 2015, gross purchased protection, gross written protection, and net exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries were $(164.9) billion, $161.5 billion and $(3.4) billion, respectively. For a further description of the triggers for purchased credit protection and whether those triggers may limit the effectiveness of the Company’s hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives” herein.

(2)

Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral.

 

    117   LOGO


Table of Contents
(3)

At December 31, 2015, the benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure was $10.4 billion in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), with 99% of collateral consisting of cash and U.K. and U.S. government obligations, and $5.9 billion in France with 99% of collateral consisting of cash and government obligations of France. The benefit of collateral received against counterparty credit exposure in the other countries totaled approximately $7.0 billion, with collateral primarily consisting of cash and government obligations of Germany, U.S. and France. These amounts do not include collateral received on secured financing transactions.

(4)

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for the Company. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable.

(5)

In addition, at December 31, 2015, the Company had exposure to these countries for overnight deposits with banks of approximately $4.3 billion.

 

Country Risk Exposure Related to Brazil. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $4,561 million (shown in the above table). The Company’s sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $1,025 million (shown in the above table) of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.

 

Country Risk Exposure Related to China. At December 31, 2015, the Company’s country risk exposures in China included net exposures of $3,255 million (shown in the above table) and overnight deposits with international banks of $438 million. The $2,981 million (shown in the above table) of exposures to non-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors and were primarily concentrated in high-quality positions with negligible direct exposure to onshore equities.

 

Operational Risk.

 

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to the Company’s reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks or damage to physical assets). Operational risk relates to the following risk event categories as defined by Basel II: internal fraud; external fraud, employment practices and workplace safety; clients, products and business practices; business disruption and system failure; damage to physical assets; and execution, delivery and process management. The Company may incur operational risk across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal and compliance risk is discussed below under “Legal and Compliance Risk.”

 

The Company has established an operational risk framework to identify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Company. Effective operational risk management is essential to reducing the impact of operational risk incidents and mitigating legal and reputational risks. The framework is continually evolving to account for changes in the Company and to respond to the changing regulatory and business environment. The Company has implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, to assess business environment and internal control factors and to perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the operational risk capital model. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital model, while external operational incidents, business environment and internal control factors are evaluated as part of the scenario analysis process.

 

In addition, the Company employs a variety of risk processes and mitigants to manage its operational risk exposures. These include a strong governance framework, a comprehensive risk management program and insurance. Operational risks and associated risk exposures are assessed relative to the risk tolerance established by the Board and are prioritized accordingly. The breadth and range of operational risk are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities include enhancing defenses against cyberattacks; use of legal agreements and contracts to transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures; due diligence; implementation of enhanced policies and procedures; exception management processing controls; and segregation of duties.

 

Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. Each of the business segments has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports to the Company’s senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator and a forum for discussing operational risk matters with the Company’s senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by the Operational

 

LOGO   118    


Table of Contents

Risk Oversight Committee, regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger; joint venture; divestiture; reorganization; or creation of a new legal entity, a new product or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.

 

The Operational Risk Department is independent of the divisions and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Operational Risk Department provides oversight of operational risk management and independently assesses, measures and monitors operational risk. The Operational Risk Department works with the divisions and control groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Company. The Operational Risk Department scope includes oversight of technology and data risks (e.g., cybersecurity) and supplier management (vendor risk oversight and assessment) program. Furthermore, the Operational Risk Department supports the collection and reporting of operational risk incidents and the execution of operational risk assessments; provides the infrastructure needed for risk measurement and risk management; and ensures ongoing validation and verification of the Company’s advanced measurement approach for operational risk capital.

 

Business Continuity Management is responsible for identifying key risks and threats to the Company’s resiliency and planning to ensure that a recovery strategy and required resources are in place for the resumption of critical business functions following a disaster or other business interruption. Disaster recovery plans are in place for critical facilities and resources on a Company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. The key components of the Company’s Business Continuity Management Program include: crisis management; business recovery plans; applications/data recovery; work area recovery; and other elements addressing management, analysis, training and testing.

 

The Company maintains an information security program that coordinates the management of information security risks and is designed to address regulatory requirements. Information security policies are designed to protect the Company’s information assets against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse. These policies cover a broad range of areas, including: application entitlements, data protection, incident response, Internet and electronic communications, remote access and portable devices. The Company has also established policies, procedures and technologies to protect its computers and other assets from unauthorized access.

 

In connection with its ongoing operations, the Company utilizes the services of external vendors, which it anticipates will continue and may increase in the future. These services include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and consulting and other professional services. The Company manages its exposures to these services through a variety of means such as the performance of due diligence, consideration of operational risk, implementation of service level and other contractual agreements, and ongoing monitoring of the vendors’ performance. The Company maintains a supplier risk management program with policies, procedures, organization, governance and supporting technology that satisfies regulatory requirements. The program is designed to ensure that adequate risk management controls over the services exist, including, but not limited to information security, operational failure, financial stability, disaster recoverability, reputational risk, safeguards against corruption and termination.

 

Liquidity and Funding Risk.

 

Liquidity and funding risk refers to the risk that the Company will be unable to finance its operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating its assets. Liquidity and funding risk also encompasses the Company’s ability to meet its financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten the Company’s viability as a going concern. Market or idiosyncratic stress events may negatively affect the Company’s liquidity and may impact its ability to raise new funding. Generally, the Company incurs liquidity and funding risk as a result of its trading, lending, investing and client facilitation activities.

 

The Company’s Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that the Company maintains sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet its daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. In 2015, the Company established the Liquidity Risk Department as a distinct area in Risk Management to oversee and monitor liquidity and funding risk. The Liquidity Risk Department is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Risk Officer. The Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. To execute these responsibilities, the Liquidity Risk Department establishes limits in line with the Company’s risk appetite, identifies and

 

    119   LOGO


Table of Contents

analyzes emerging liquidity and funding risks to ensure such risks are appropriately mitigated, monitors and reports risk exposures against metrics and limits, and reviews the methodologies and assumptions underpinning the Company’s Liquidity Stress Tests to ensure sufficient liquidity and funding under a range of adverse scenarios. The liquidity and funding risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Liquidity Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board, as appropriate.

 

The Treasury Department and applicable business units have primary responsibility for evaluating, monitoring and controlling the liquidity and funding risks arising from the Company’s business activities, and maintain processes and controls to manage the key risks inherent in their respective areas. The Liquidity Risk Department coordinates with the Treasury Department and these business units to help ensure a consistent and comprehensive framework for managing liquidity and funding risk across the Company. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Part II, Item 7.

 

Legal and Compliance Risk.

 

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation that the Company may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to its business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with anti-money laundering and terrorist financing rules and regulations. The Company is generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which it conducts its business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” in Part I, Item 1, and “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A). The Company, principally through the Legal and Compliance Division, has established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to facilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and to require that the Company’s policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In addition, the Company has established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industry presents a continuing business challenge for the Company.

 

LOGO   120    


Table of Contents
Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in total equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 23, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP    

New York, New York

February 23, 2016

 

121


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Income

(dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Revenues:

      

Investment banking

   $ 5,594      $ 5,948      $ 5,246   

Trading

     10,114        9,377        9,359   

Investments

     541        836        1,777   

Commissions and fees

     4,554        4,713        4,629   

Asset management, distribution and administration fees

     10,766        10,570        9,638   

Other

     493        1,096        1,066   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     32,062        32,540        31,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     5,835        5,413        5,209   

Interest expense

     2,742        3,678        4,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     3,093        1,735        778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     35,155        34,275        32,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expenses:

      

Compensation and benefits

     16,016        17,824        16,277   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,382        1,433        1,499   

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

     1,892        1,806        1,711   

Information processing and communications

     1,767        1,635        1,768   

Marketing and business development

     681        658        638   

Professional services

     2,298        2,117        1,894   

Other

     2,624        5,211        4,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

     26,660        30,684        27,935   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     8,495        3,591        4,558   

Provision for (benefits from) income taxes

     2,200        (90)        902   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     6,295        3,681        3,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

      

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (23)        (19)        (72)   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (7)        (5)        (29)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (16)        (14)        (43)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,279      $ 3,667      $ 3,613   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

                   222   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     152        200        459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 6,127      $ 3,467      $ 2,932   

Preferred stock dividends and other

     456        315        277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 5,671      $ 3,152      $ 2,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.98      $ 1.65      $ 1.42   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01)        (0.01)        (0.03)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

   $ 2.97      $ 1.64      $ 1.39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.91      $ 1.61      $ 1.38   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01)        (0.01)        (0.02)   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

   $ 2.90      $ 1.60      $ 1.36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

   $ 0.55      $ 0.35      $ 0.20   

Average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

       1,909,116,527          1,923,805,397          1,905,823,882   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     1,952,815,453        1,970,535,560        1,956,519,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   122    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

     2015      2014      2013  

Net income

   $ 6,279       $ 3,667       $ 3,613   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

        

Foreign currency translation adjustments(1)

   $ (304)       $ (491)       $ (348)   

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities(2)

     (246)         209         (433)   

Pension, postretirement and other(3)

     138         33         (1)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (412)       $ (249)       $ (782)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 5,867       $ 3,418       $ 2,831   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

                     222   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     152         200         459   

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     (4)         (94)         (205)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $     5,719       $     3,312       $     2,355   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $185 million, $352 million and $351 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(2)

Amounts include provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $(143) million, $142 million and $(296) million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(3)

Amounts include provision for (benefit from) income taxes of $73 million, $20 million and $11 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    123   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Assets

     

Cash and due from banks ($14 and $45 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

   $ 19,827       $ 21,381   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     34,256         25,603   

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements ($186 and $149 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     31,469         40,607   

Trading assets, at fair value ($127,627 and $127,342 were pledged to various parties at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) ($722 and $966 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     228,280         256,801   

Investment securities (includes $66,759 and $69,216 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     71,983         69,316   

Securities received as collateral, at fair value

     11,225         21,316   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes $806 and $1,113 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     87,657         83,288   

Securities borrowed

     142,416         136,708   

Customer and other receivables

     45,407         48,961   

Loans:

  

Held for investment (net of allowances of $225 and $149 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     72,559         57,119   

Held for sale

     13,200         9,458   

Other investments ($328 and $467 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     4,202         4,355   

Premises, equipment and software costs (net of accumulated depreciation of $7,140 and $6,219 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) ($183 and $191 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     6,373         6,108   

Goodwill

     6,584         6,588   

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $2,130 and $1,824 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) (includes $5 and $6 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     2,984         3,159   

Other assets ($47 and $59 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally not available to the Company)

     9,043         10,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 787,465       $ 801,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Deposits (includes $125 at fair value at December 31, 2015).

   $ 156,034       $ 133,544   

Short-term borrowings (includes $1,648 and $1,765 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     2,173         2,261   

Trading liabilities, at fair value

     109,139         107,381   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral, at fair value

     19,316         25,685   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes $683 and $612 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     36,692         69,949   

Securities loaned

     19,358         25,219   

Other secured financings (includes $2,854 and $4,504 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) ($432 and $348 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

     9,464         12,085   

Customer and other payables

     186,626         181,069   

Other liabilities and accrued expenses ($4 and $72 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, related to consolidated variable interest entities, generally non-recourse to the Company)

     18,711         19,441   

Long-term borrowings (includes $33,045 and $31,774 at fair value at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively)

     153,768         152,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     711,281         729,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

     

Equity

     

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

     

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

     7,520         6,020   

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

     

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

     

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

     

Shares outstanding: 1,920,024,027 and 1,950,980,142 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     20         20   

Additional paid-in capital

     24,153         24,249   

Retained earnings

     49,204         44,625   

Employee stock trusts

     2,409         2,127   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,656)         (1,248)   

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value:

     

Shares outstanding: 118,869,952 and 87,913,837 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     (4,059)         (2,766)   

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

     (2,409)         (2,127)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

     75,182         70,900   

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     1,002         1,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity

     76,184         72,104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $     787,465       $     801,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   124    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

(dollars in millions)

 

    Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
    Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
    Non-
redeemable
Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

  $ 1,508      $ 20      $ 23,426      $ 39,912      $ 2,932      $ (516   $ (2,241   $ (2,932   $ 3,319      $ 65,428   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

                         2,932                                           2,932   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

                                                            459        459   

Dividends

                         (521                                        (521

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

                  1,160               (1,214            (36     1,214               1,124   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                                              (691                   (691

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

                                       (577                   (205     (782

Issuance of preferred stock

    1,712               (16                                               1,696   

Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment

                         (151                                        (151

Other net decreases

                                                            (464     (464
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

    3,220        20        24,570        42,172        1,718        (1,093     (2,968     (1,718     3,109        69,030   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

                         3,467                                           3,467   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

                                                            200        200   

Dividends

                         (1,014                                        (1,014

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

                  (294            409               1,660        (409            1,366   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                                              (1,458                   (1,458

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

                                       (155                   (94     (249

Issuance of preferred stock

    2,800               (18                                               2,782   

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

                                                            (1,606     (1,606

Other net decreases

                  (9                                        (405     (414
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

    6,020        20        24,249        44,625        2,127        (1,248     (2,766     (2,127     1,204        72,104   

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

                         6,127                                           6,127   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

                                                            152        152   

Dividends

                         (1,548                                        (1,548

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

                  (79            282               1,480        (282            1,401   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                                              (2,773                   (2,773

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income

                                       (408                   (4     (412

Issuance of preferred stock

    1,500               (7                                               1,493   

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

                                                            (191     (191

Other net decreases

                  (10                                        (159     (169
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2015

  $ 7,520      $ 20      $ 24,153      $ 49,204      $ 2,409      $ (1,656   $ (4,059   $ (2,409   $ 1,002      $ 76,184   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

    125   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

 

    2015     2014     2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     

Net income

  $ 6,279      $ 3,667      $ 3,613   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

     

Deferred income taxes

    1,189        (231     (117

Income from equity method investments

    (114     (156     (451

Compensation payable in common stock and options

    1,104        1,260        1,180   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,433        1,161        1,511   

Net gain on sale of available for sale securities

    (84     (40     (45

Impairment charges

    69        111        198   

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

    123        23        110   

Other operating adjustments

    322        (72     142   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

     

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

    9,138        (1,404     (8,233

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

    29,471        20,619        (23,598

Securities borrowed

    (5,708     (7,001     (8,006

Securities loaned

    (5,861     (7,580     (4,050

Customer and other receivables and other assets

    (434     3,608        6,774   

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

    4,373        27,971        26,697   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    (4,369     34,842        16,282   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    (33,257     (75,692     23,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    3,674        1,086        35,009   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     

Proceeds from (payments for):

     

Premises, equipment and software, net

    (1,373     (992     (1,316

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

    998        989        1,147   

Changes in loans, net

    (15,816     (20,116     (10,057

Investment securities:

     

Purchases

    (47,291     (32,623     (30,557

Proceeds from sales

    37,926        12,980        11,425   

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

    5,663        4,651        4,757   

Other investing activities

    (102     (213     140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

    (19,995     (35,324     (24,461
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     

Net proceeds from (payments for):

     

Short-term borrowings

    (88     119        4   

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    (96     (189     (557

Other secured financings

    (2,370     (2,189     (10,726

Deposits

    22,490        21,165        29,113   

Proceeds from:

     

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

    211        101        10   

Derivatives financing activities

    512        855        1,003   

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    1,493        2,782        1,696   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

    34,182        36,740        27,939   

Payments for:

     

Long-term borrowings

    (27,289     (33,103     (38,742

Derivatives financing activities

    (452     (776     (1,216

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

    (2,773     (1,458     (691

Purchase of additional stake in Wealth Management JV

                  (4,725

Cash dividends

    (1,455     (904     (475
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    24,365        23,143        2,633   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (945     (1,804     (202
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    7,099        (12,899     12,979   

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

    46,984        59,883        46,904   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $ 54,083      $ 46,984      $ 59,883   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

     

Cash and due from banks

  $ 19,827      $ 21,381      $ 16,602   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    34,256        25,603        43,281   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

  $ 54,083      $ 46,984      $ 59,883   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Cash payments for interest were $2,672 million, $3,575 million and $4,793 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $677 million, $886 million and $930 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

LOGO   126    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1.

Introduction and Basis of Presentation.

 

The Company.

 

Morgan Stanley, a financial holding company, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Company” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Company’s business segments is as follows:

 

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high-to-ultra high net worth clients. Investment banking services comprise capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing and market-making activities in equity securities and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities, as well as prime brokerage services. Other services include corporate lending activities and credit products, investments and research.

 

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small-to-medium sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services, market-making activities in fixed income securities, financial and wealth planning services, annuity and insurance products, credit and other lending products, banking and retirement plan services.

 

Investment Management provides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets, to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution pensions, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are serviced through intermediaries, including affiliated and non-affiliated distributors. Strategies and products comprise traditional asset management, including equity, fixed income, liquidity, alternatives and managed futures products, as well as merchant banking and real estate investing.

 

Basis of Financial Information.

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”), which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. The Company believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Consolidation.

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Company has a controlling financial interest, including certain variable interest entities (“VIE”) (see Note 13). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The portion of net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as either Net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests or Net income (loss) applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income. The portion of shareholders’ equity of such

 

    127   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

subsidiaries that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Company consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet these criteria), the Company consolidates those entities where it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE, except for certain VIEs that are money market funds, are investment companies or are entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies. Generally, the Company consolidates those entities when it absorbs a majority of the expected losses or a majority of the expected residual returns, or both, of the entities.

 

For investments in entities in which the Company does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, it generally applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 8). Where the Company has elected to measure certain eligible investments at fair value in accordance with the fair value option, net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 3).

 

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

 

The Company’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

 

Consolidated Statements of Income Presentation.

 

The Company, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients. In connection with the delivery of these various products and services, the Company manages its revenues and related expenses in the aggregate. As such, when assessing the performance of its businesses, primarily in the Institutional Securities business segment, the Company considers its trading, investment banking, commissions and fees, and interest income, along with the associated interest expense, as one integrated activity.

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Presentation.

 

For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks, which include highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, that are held for investment purposes, and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

 

During 2015 and 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $244 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, in net assets previously attributable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests that were primarily related to or associated with real estate funds sponsored by the Company. The deconsolidations resulted in non-cash reduction of assets of $222 million in 2015 and $1.3 billion in 2014.

 

The Company’s significant non-cash activities in 2013 included assets and liabilities of approximately $3.6 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively, disposed of in connection with business dispositions.

 

Dispositions.

 

On November 1, 2015, the Company completed the sale of its global oil merchanting unit of the commodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC. The loss on sale of approximately $71 million was recognized in Other revenues.

 

LOGO   128    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On July 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc., a U.S.-based oil storage, marketing and transportation company, as well as related physical inventory and the assumption of its obligations under certain terminal storage contracts, to NGL Energy Partners LP. The gain on sale of $112 million is recorded in Other revenues.

 

On March 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of Canterm Canadian Terminals Inc., a public storage terminal operator for refined products with two distribution terminals in Canada. The gain on sale was approximately $45 million and is recorded in Other revenues.

 

2.

Significant Accounting Policies.

 

Revenue Recognition.

 

Investment Banking.

 

Underwriting revenues and advisory fees from mergers, acquisitions and restructuring transactions are recorded when services for the transactions are determined to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and other costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period as the related investment banking transaction revenues. Underwriting revenues are presented net of related expenses. Non-reimbursed expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded within Non-interest expenses.

 

Commissions and Fees.

 

Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date. Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

 

Asset Management, Distribution and Administration Fees.

 

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are recognized over the relevant contract period. Sales commissions paid by the Company in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of its open-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets. The Company periodically tests the deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. In certain management fee arrangements, the Company is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentive fees and includes carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenues are accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Investments or Asset management, distribution and administration fees depending on the nature of the arrangement. The Company’s portion of the unrealized cumulative amount of performance-based fee revenue (for which the Company is not obligated to pay compensation) at risk of reversing if fund performance falls below stated investment management agreement benchmarks was approximately $363 million and $634 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. See Note 12 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

 

Trading and Investments.

 

See “Fair Value of Financial Instruments” below for Trading and Investments revenue recognition discussions.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

 

Instruments within Trading assets and Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either in accordance with accounting guidance or through the fair value option election (discussed below). These financial instruments primarily represent the

 

    129   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Company’s trading and investment positions and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, debt securities classified as available for sale (“AFS”) securities and Securities received as collateral and Obligation to return securities received as collateral are measured at fair value.

 

Gains and losses on instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Trading revenues, Investments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the consolidated statements of income, except for AFS securities (see “Investment Securities—Available for Sale and Held to Maturity” section herein and Note 5) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 4). Interest income and interest expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Trading revenues or Investments revenues depending on the business activity. The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition on a net-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Company nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.

 

Fair Value Option.

 

The fair value option permits the irrevocable fair value option election at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument. The Company applies the fair value option for eligible instruments, including certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell, loans and lending commitments, equity method investments, Deposits (structured certificate of deposits), Short-term borrowings (primarily structured notes), Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Other secured financings and Long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes).

 

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy.

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the Company. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions the Company believes other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

 

Level 1.  Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

 

Level 2.  Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

 

Level 3.  Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

 

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are

 

LOGO   130    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

The Company considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 3).

 

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.

 

For assets and liabilities that are transferred between Levels in the fair value hierarchy during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.

 

Valuation Techniques.

 

Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a party is willing to accept for an asset. The Company carries positions at the point within the bid-ask range that meet its best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within the bid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

 

Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Company, option volatility and currency rates.

 

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk (bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty and concentration risk. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model-derived mid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for the bid-mid or mid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position. Bid-mid and mid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions.

 

The Company applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Company considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair value for short-term and long-term borrowings. For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Company’s and the counterparty’s credit rating is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Company simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party credit default swap (“CDS”) spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Company also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate its exposure to each counterparty.

 

Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible. The Company generally subjects all valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

 

    131   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company may apply a concentration adjustment to certain of its OTC derivatives portfolios to reflect the additional cost of closing out a particularly large risk exposure. Where possible, these adjustments are based on observable market information, but in many instances, significant judgment is required to estimate the costs of closing out concentrated risk exposures due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace.

 

During 2014, the Company incorporated funding valuation adjustments (“FVA”) into the fair value measurements of OTC uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivatives and in collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the reuse of the collateral received. The Company’s implementation of FVA reflects the inclusion of FVA in the pricing and valuations by the majority of market participants involved in its principal exit market for these instruments. In general, FVA reflects a market funding risk premium inherent in the noted derivative instruments. The methodology for measuring FVA leverages the Company’s existing credit-related valuation adjustment calculation methodologies, which apply to both assets and liabilities.

 

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, assumptions are set to reflect those that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Where the Company manages a group of financial assets and financial liabilities on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the Company measures the fair value of that group of financial instruments consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.

 

See Note 3 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.

 

Certain of the Company’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value.

 

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

 

Valuation Process.

 

The Valuation Review Group (“VRG”) within the Company’s Financial Control Group (“FCG”) is responsible for the Company’s fair value valuation policies, processes and procedures. VRG is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), who has final authority over the valuation of the Company’s financial instruments. VRG implements valuation control processes to validate the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments measured at fair value, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to assure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to ensure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

 

The Company’s control processes apply to financial instruments categorized in Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, unless otherwise noted. These control processes include:

 

Model Review.    VRG, in conjunction with the Market Risk Department (“MRD”) and, where appropriate, the Credit Risk Management Department, both of which report to the Chief Risk Officer, independently review valuation models’ theoretical soundness, the appropriateness of the valuation methodology and calibration techniques developed by the business units using observable inputs. Where inputs are not observable, VRG reviews the appropriateness of the proposed valuation

 

LOGO   132    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

methodology to ensure it is consistent with how a market participant would arrive at the unobservable input. The valuation methodologies utilized in the absence of observable inputs may include extrapolation techniques and the use of comparable observable inputs. As part of the review, VRG develops a methodology to independently verify the fair value generated by the business unit’s valuation models. All of the Company’s valuation models are subject to an independent annual review.

 

Independent Price Verification.    The business units are responsible for determining the fair value of financial instruments using approved valuation models and valuation methodologies. Generally on a monthly basis, VRG independently validates the fair values of financial instruments determined using valuation models by determining the appropriateness of the inputs used by the business units and by testing compliance with the documented valuation methodologies approved in the model review process described above.

 

VRG uses recently executed transactions, other observable market data such as exchange data, broker-dealer quotes, third-party pricing vendors and aggregation services for validating the fair value of financial instruments generated using valuation models. VRG assesses the external sources and their valuation methodologies to determine if the external providers meet the minimum standards expected of a third-party pricing source. Pricing data provided by approved external sources are evaluated using a number of approaches; for example, by corroborating the external sources’ prices to executed trades, by analyzing the methodology and assumptions used by the external source to generate a price and/or by evaluating how active the third-party pricing source (or originating sources used by the third-party pricing source) is in the market. Based on this analysis, VRG generates a ranking of the observable market data to ensure that the highest-ranked market data source is used to validate the business unit’s fair value of financial instruments.

 

For financial instruments categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, VRG reviews the business unit’s valuation techniques to ensure these are consistent with market participant assumptions.

 

The results of this independent price verification and any adjustments made by VRG to the fair value generated by the business units are presented to management of the Company’s three business segments (i.e., Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management), the CFO and the Chief Risk Officer on a regular basis.

 

Review of New Level 3 Transactions.    VRG reviews the models and valuation methodology used to price all new material Level 3 transactions, and both FCG and MRD management must approve the fair value of the trade that is initially recognized.

 

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring and non-recurring basis, see Note 3.

 

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments.

 

In connection with its derivative activities, the Company generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Company with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty.

 

However, in certain circumstances: the Company may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime may not support the enforceability of the master netting agreement or collateral agreement; or the Company may not have sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agreement. In cases where the Company has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset in the tabular disclosures (see Note 4).

 

The Company’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables it to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Company’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits.

 

    133   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For information related to offsetting of derivatives and certain collateral transactions, see Notes 4 and 6, respectively.

 

Hedge Accounting.

 

The Company applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments for the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the parent company (net investment hedges). These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

For all hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, effectiveness testing and other procedures to ensure the ongoing validity of the hedges are performed at least monthly.

 

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk.

 

The Company’s designated fair value hedges consisted primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of fixed rate senior long-term borrowings. The Company uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the fair values of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the hedged item (debt liability) change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%. The Company considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to its own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

 

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the changes in the fair value of the hedged liability provide offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recorded in Interest expense. When a derivative is de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liability is amortized to Interest expense over the remaining life of the liability using the effective interest method.

 

Net Investment Hedges.

 

The Company uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument relates to the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the parent’s functional currency, no hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings. If these exchange rates are not the same, the Company uses regression analysis to assess the prospective and retrospective effectiveness of the hedge relationships, and any ineffectiveness is recognized in Interest income. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is deferred and reported within Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and are recorded in Interest income.

 

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets.

 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Company has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as a collateralized financing, in certain cases referred to as “failed sales.” Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 6). Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried on the consolidated statements of financial condition at the amounts of cash paid or received, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the Company has elected the

 

LOGO   134    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

fair value option (see Note 3). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

 

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs.

 

Premises, equipment and software costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power generation assets, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and software costs are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—39 years; furniture and fixtures—7 years; computer and communications equipment—3 to 9 years; power generation assets—15 to 29 years; and terminals, pipelines and equipment—3 to 30 years. Estimated useful lives for software costs are generally 3 to 10 years.

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or, where applicable, the remaining term of the lease, but generally not exceeding: 25 years for building structural improvements and 15 years for other improvements.

 

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with current accounting guidance.

 

Income Taxes.

 

The Company accounts for income tax expense (benefit) using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

The Company recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If the Company determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

 

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes.

 

Earnings per Common Share.

 

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested restricted stock units (“RSUs”) where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

 

    135   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to the two-class method. Share-based payment awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

 

The Company has granted performance-based stock units (“PSUs”) that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if it satisfies predetermined performance and market goals. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period.

 

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16.

 

Deferred Compensation.

 

Stock-Based Compensation.

 

The Company measures compensation cost for stock-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation cost over the service period, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company determines the fair value of RSUs (including RSUs with non-market performance conditions) based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as the volume-weighted average price on the date of grant. RSUs with market-based conditions are valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model and the single grant life method. Under the single grant life method, option awards with graded vesting are valued using a single weighted average expected option life.

 

Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met.

 

The Company recognizes the expense for stock-based awards over the requisite service period. These awards generally contain clawback and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Company discretion to cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Compensation expense for those awards is adjusted to fair value based on the Company’s common stock price or the relevant valuation model, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration. For anticipated year-end stock-based awards granted to employees expected to be retirement-eligible under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Company accrues the estimated cost of these awards over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date. The Company believes that this method of recognition for retirement-eligible employees is preferable because it better reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

 

Employee Stock Trusts.

 

The Company maintains and utilizes at its discretion, trusts, referred to as the “Employee stock trusts,” in connection with certain stock-based compensation plans. The assets of the Employee stock trusts are consolidated and, as such, are accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding are offset by an equal amount in Common stock issued to employee stock trusts. The Company uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognition of the assets in the Employee stock trusts. Subsequent changes in the fair value are not recognized as the Company’s stock-based compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation.

 

The Company also maintains various deferred cash-based compensation plans for the benefit of certain current and former employees that provide a return to the participating employees based upon the performance of various referenced

 

LOGO   136    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues.

 

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in the fair value of the referenced investments. For unvested awards, the expense is recognized over the service period using the graded vesting attribution method. Changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Company. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on the Company’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period. For vested awards with only notional earnings on the referenced investments, the expense is fully recognized in the current period.

 

Translation of Foreign Currencies.

 

Assets and liabilities of operations having non-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated at year-end rates of exchange, and amounts recognized in the income statement are translated at the rate of exchange on the respective date of recognition for each amount. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in AOCI, a separate component of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income.

 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets.

 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. The Company tests for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then performing the two-step impairment test is not required. However, if the Company concludes otherwise, then it is required to perform the first step of the two-step impairment test. Goodwill impairment is determined by comparing the estimated fair value of a reporting unit with its respective carrying value. If the estimated fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not deemed to be impaired. If the estimated fair value is below carrying value, however, further analysis is required to determine the amount of the impairment. Additionally, if the carrying value of a reporting unit is zero or a negative value and it is determined that it is more likely than not the goodwill is impaired, further analysis is required. The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Company believes market participants would use for each of the reporting units.

 

The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporate price-to-book and price-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

 

Goodwill is not amortized and is reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income. There are no indefinite-lived intangible assets for years 2015 and 2014.

 

Investment Securities—Available for Sale and Held to Maturity.

 

AFS securities are reported at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition with unrealized gains and losses reported in AOCI, net of tax. Interest and dividend income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is

 

    137   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

included in Interest income in the consolidated statements of income. Realized gains and losses on AFS securities are reported in the consolidated statements of income (see Note 5). The Company utilizes the “first-in, first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

 

Held to maturity (“HTM”) securities are reported at amortized cost in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on HTM securities, is included in Interest income in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Other-than-temporary impairment.

 

AFS debt securities and HTM securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Company’s periodic assessment of temporary versus other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at the individual security level. A temporary impairment is recognized in AOCI. OTTI is recognized in the consolidated statements of income with the exception of the non-credit portion related to a debt security that the Company does not intend to sell and is not likely to be required to sell, which is recognized in AOCI.

 

For AFS debt securities that the Company either has the intent to sell or that the Company is likely to be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary.

 

For those AFS debt securities that the Company does not have the intent to sell or is not likely to be required to sell, and for all HTM securities, the Company evaluates whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. If the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of those AFS debt securities or HTM securities, the impairment is considered other-than-temporary and the Company determines what portion of the impairment relates to a credit loss and what portion relates to non-credit factors.

 

A credit loss exists if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the security or discounted at the effective yield for securities that incorporate changes in prepayment assumptions) is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss. When determining if a credit loss exists, the Company considers relevant information including the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis; adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry or geographic area; changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, or in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors; the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security; the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future; failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments; any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency; and recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date. When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the issuer(s), expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.

 

For AFS equity securities, the Company considers various factors, including the intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value in evaluating whether an OTTI exists. If the equity security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire OTTI (i.e., the difference between the fair value recorded on the balance sheet and the cost basis) will be recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Loans.

 

The Company accounts for loans based on the following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.

 

Loans Held for Investment.

 

Loans held for investment are reported as outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

 

LOGO   138    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Interest Income.    Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.    The allowance for loan losses estimates probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investment loan portfolio.

 

The Company utilizes the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention substandard, doubtful and loss categories as credit quality indicators. For further information on the credit indicators, see Note 7. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when determining impairment include payment status, fair value of collateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired.

 

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the specific allowance component and the inherent allowance component.

 

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses for non-homogeneous exposures that have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Company and determined to be impaired. When a loan is specifically identified for impairment, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Company recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

 

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includes non-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans. The Company maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio for non-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment around the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level reasonable to ensure that it can adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio. The Company recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings.    The Company may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Company would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered to be impaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Company’s specific allowance methodology. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may only be returned to accrual status after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.

 

Nonaccrual Loans.    The Company places loans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt, unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are categorized as nonaccrual.

 

    139   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of principal (i.e., cost recovery method). If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not in doubt, interest income is recognized on a cash basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are on accrual status and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are on nonaccrual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

 

Charge-offs.    The Company charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. A loan is collateral-dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer, any reduction in the loan value is reflected as a charge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

 

Loan Commitments.    The Company records the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans disclosed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the expected utilization of the undrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the consolidated statements of financial condition, and the expense is recorded in Other non-interest expenses in the consolidated statements of income. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 12.

 

Loans Held for Sale.

 

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Company determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. However, increases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

 

Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a contra loan account until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees and discounts or premiums are an adjustment to the basis of the loan and, therefore, are included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/or the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

 

Loans held for sale are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above. Because loans held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for loan losses and charge-off policies does not apply to these loans.

 

Loans at Fair Value.

 

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of recording an allowance for loan losses. For further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilities, see Note 3.

 

For further information on loans, see Note 7.

 

Accounting Standards Adopted.

 

Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings and Disclosures.

 

In June 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) issued an accounting update requiring repurchase-to-maturity transactions be accounted for as secured borrowings consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements.

 

LOGO   140    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

This accounting update also requires separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty (a repurchase financing), which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement. This guidance became effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2015. In addition, new disclosures are required for sales of financial assets where the Company retains substantially all the exposure throughout the term and for the collateral pledged and remaining maturity of repurchase and securities lending agreements, which were effective January 1, 2015 and April 1, 2015, respectively. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements. For further information on the adoption of this guidance, see Notes 6 and 13.

 

Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset Value per Share (or Its Equivalent).

 

In May 2015, the FASB issued an accounting update that removes the requirement to categorize within the fair value hierarchy all investments for which fair value is measured at net asset value (“NAV”) per share, or its equivalent using the practical expedient. The Company adopted this guidance retrospectively during the second quarter of 2015, as early adoption is permitted. For further information on the adoption of this guidance, see Note 3.

 

3.    Fair Values.

 

Fair Value Measurements.

 

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities

               

U.S. Government and Agency Securities

           

U.S. Treasury Securities

    Fair value is determined using quoted market prices; valuation adjustments are not applied.    

 

• Generally Level 1

U.S. Agency Securities

     

Composed of three main categories consisting of:

1. Agency-issued debt

-  Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices.

-  Callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for identical or comparable securities.

2. Agency mortgage pass-through pool securities

-  Fair value is model-driven based on spreads of the comparable to-be-announced security.

3. Collateralized mortgage obligations

-  Fair value is determined based on quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for identical or comparable securities.

     

 

 

 

 

• Generally Level 1—actively traded non-callable agency-issued debt securities

 

• Generally Level 2—callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

      Fair value is determined using quoted prices in active markets when available.      

• Generally Level 1

 

• Level 2—if the market is less active or prices are dispersed

 

• Level 3—in instances where the inputs are unobservable

 

    141   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

Corporate and Other Debt

           

State and Municipal Securities

   

Fair value is determined using:

-  recently executed transactions

-  market price quotations

-  pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or CDS spreads and volatility

   

• Generally Level 2

Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (“RMBS”), Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (“CMBS”) and other Asset-Backed Securities (“ABS”)

   

RMBS, CMBS and other ABS may be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers.

 

When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to similar instruments, and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. In evaluating the fair value of each security, the Company considers security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) scores and the level of documentation for the loan are considered.

 

Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category.

 

Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

 

Auction Rate Securities (“ARS”)

 

The Company primarily holds investments in Student Loan Auction Rate Securities (“SLARS”) and Municipal Auction Rate Securities (“MARS”), which are floating rate instruments for which the rates reset through periodic auctions. SLARS are ABS backed by pools of student loans. MARS are municipal bonds often wrapped by municipal bond insurance.

 

The fair value of ARS is primarily determined using recently executed transactions and market price quotations obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers, where available. The Company uses an internally developed methodology to discount for the lack of liquidity and non-performance risk where independent external market data are not available.

 

Inputs that impact the valuation of SLARS are:

 

-independent external market data

-recently executed transactions of comparable ARS

-underlying collateral types

-level of seniority in the capital structure

-amount of leverage in each structure

-credit rating and liquidity considerations

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Generally Level 2

 

• Level 3 - if external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance and other inputs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Generally Level 2 - as the valuation technique relies on observable external data

 

LOGO   142    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

       

Inputs that impact the valuation of MARS are:

 

-recently executed transactions

-the maximum rate

-quality of underlying issuers/insurers

-evidence of issuer calls/prepayment

 

SLARS and MARS are presented within ABS and State and municipal securities, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy table.

       

Corporate Bonds

   

Fair value is determined using:

-  recently executed transactions

-  market price quotations (where observable)

-  bond spreads

-  CDS spreads

-  at the money volatility and/or volatility skew obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments

 

The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When position-specific external price data are not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to similar instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single name CDS spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs.

   

 

• Generally Level 2

 

• Level 3 - if prices, spreads or any of the other aforementioned key inputs are unobservable

Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDO”) and Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLO”)

   

The Company holds cash CDOs/CLOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single name CDS spreads collateralized by corporate bonds (“credit-linked notes”) or cash portfolio of asset-backed securities/loans (“asset-backed CDOs/CLOs”).

 

Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of credit-linked notes, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. The other credit-linked note model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable.

 

Asset-backed CDOs/CLOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each asset-backed CDO/CLO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.

   

• Level 2 - when either the credit correlation input is insignificant or comparable market transactions are observable

 

• Level 3 - when either the credit correlation input is deemed to be significant or comparable market transactions are unobservable

Loans and Lending Commitments

   

 

Corporate Loans and Lending Commitments

 

Fair value of corporate loans is determined using:

-  recently executed transactions

-  market price quotations (where observable)

-  implied yields from comparable debt

-  market observable CDS spread levels obtained from independent external parties such as vendors and brokers adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable

   

• Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for identical or comparable instruments

 

• Level 3 - in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable

 

    143   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

   

The fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract.

   
     

Mortgage Loans

 

Fair value is determined using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available.

 

Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using its best estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.

   

 

 

• Level 2 - if value is based on observable market data for identical or comparable instruments

 

• Level 3 - if observable prices are not available due to the subjectivity involved in the comparability assessment related to mortgage loan vintage, geographical concentration, prepayment speed and projected loss assumptions

Corporate Equities    

Exchange-Traded Equity Securities

 

Fair value is generally determined based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied.

 

Unlisted Equity Securities

 

Fair value is determined based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.

   

 

• Level 1 - if actively traded

 

• Level 2 or Level 3 - if not actively traded

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Generally Level 3

     

 

Fund Units

 

Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price.

 

Listed fund units if not actively traded and unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV.

   

• Level 1 - listed fund units if actively traded on an exchange

 

• Certain fund units that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.

Derivative and Other Contracts

   

Listed Derivative Contracts

 

   
   

Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

 

Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approaches as those applied to OTC derivatives.

   

• Level 1 - listed derivatives that are actively traded

 

• Level 2 - listed derivatives that are not actively traded

 

LOGO   144    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

   

OTC Derivative Contracts

 

OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

 

Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be either observed or modeled using a series of techniques and model inputs from comparable benchmarks, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment, and the pricing inputs are observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, certain option contracts and certain CDS. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Company are widely accepted by the financial services industry.

 

Other derivative products, including complex products that have become illiquid, require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique applied due to the complexity of the valuation assumptions and the reduced observability of inputs. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure and credit derivatives, including CDS on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities and basket CDS, where direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable.

 

Derivative interests in CDS on certain mortgage-backed or asset-backed securities, for which observability of external price data is limited, are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from similar positions as indicated by primary and secondary market activity. Each position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels as well as a cash synthetic basis or the underlying collateral performance and pricing, behavior of the tranche under various cumulative loss and prepayment scenarios, deal structures (e.g., non-amortizing reference obligations, call features, etc.) and liquidity. While these factors may be supported by historical and actual external observations, the determination of their value as it relates to specific positions nevertheless requires significant judgment.

 

For basket CDS, the correlation input between reference credits is unobservable for each specific swap or position and is benchmarked to standardized proxy baskets for which correlation data are available. The other model inputs such as credit spread, interest rates and recovery rates are observable.

 

The Company trades various derivative structures with commodity underlyings. Depending on the type of structure,

   

• Generally Level 2 - OTC derivative products valued using pricing models; basket CDS if the correlation input is not deemed to be significant; commodity derivatives

 

• Level 3 - OTC derivative products with significant unobservable inputs; basket CDS if the correlation input is deemed to be significant; commodity derivatives in instances where significant inputs are unobservable

 

 

    145   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

       

the model inputs generally include interest rate yield curves, commodity underlier price curves, implied volatility of the underlying commodities and, in some cases, the implied correlation between these inputs. The fair value of these products is determined using executed trades and broker and consensus data to provide values for the aforementioned inputs. Where these inputs are unobservable, relationships to observable commodities and data points, based on historic and/or implied observations, are employed as a technique to estimate the model input values.

 

For further information on the valuation techniques for OTC derivative products, see Note 2.

 

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

       

Investments

     

Investments include direct investments in equity securities as well as investments in private equity funds, real estate funds and hedge funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

 

Direct investments are presented in the fair value hierarchy table as Principal investments and Other. Initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Company as the exit price and is its best estimate of fair value.

 

After initial recognition, in determining the fair value of non-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Company generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value. For non-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable company transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors. Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

     

• Level 1 - exchange-traded direct equity investments in an active market

 

• Level 2 - non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds if valued based on rounds of financing or third-party transactions; exchange-traded direct equity investments if not actively traded

 

• Level 3 - non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in private equity and real estate funds where rounds of financing or third-party transactions are not available

 

Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value” herein.

Physical Commodities

     

The Company trades various physical commodities, including crude oil and refined products, natural gas, base and precious metals, and agricultural products.

 

Fair value is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices.

     

• Generally Level 2

 

• Level 3 - in instances where significant inputs are unobservable

 

LOGO   146    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

     

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

Investment Securities

       

AFS Securities

     

AFS securities are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and collateralized mortgage obligations), CMBS, Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FFELP”) student loan ABS, auto loan ABS, corporate bonds, CLOs and actively traded equity securities.

 

For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability valuation technique described herein.

 

For further information on AFS securities, see Note 5.

     

• Generally Level 1 - actively traded U.S. Treasury securities, non-callable agency-issued debt securities and equity securities

 

• Generally Level 2 - callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, CMBS, FFELP student loan ABS, auto loan ABS, corporate bonds and CLOs

Deposits

    Certificates of Deposit    

• Generally Level 2

       

 

The Company issues Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including:

-prices to which the deposits are linked

-interest rate yield curves

-option volatility and currency rates

-equity prices

-the impact of the Company’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates

     

Short-Term Borrowings/Long-Term Borrowings

    Structured Notes    

• Generally Level 2

       

 

The Company issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities.

 

Fair value of structured notes is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including:

 

-prices to which the notes are linked

-interest rate yield curves

-option volatility and currency

-commodity or equity prices

 

Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are considered as well. The impact of the Company’s own credit spreads is also included based on observed secondary bond market spreads.

     

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

     

Fair value is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.

 

The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interest rate yield curves and option volatilities.

     

• Generally Level 2

 

• Level 3 - in instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant

 

    147   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

 

 
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2015
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

         

Trading assets:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 17,658      $      $      $      $ 17,658   

U.S. agency securities

    797        17,886                      18,683   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    18,455        17,886                      36,341   

Other sovereign government obligations

    13,559        7,400        4               20,963   

Corporate and other debt:

         

State and municipal securities

           1,651        19               1,670   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

           1,456        341               1,797   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

           1,520        72               1,592   

Asset-backed securities

           494        25               519   

Corporate bonds

           9,959        267               10,226   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

           284        430               714   

Loans and lending commitments(1)

           4,682        5,936               10,618   

Other debt

           2,263        448               2,711   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

           22,309        7,538               29,847   

Corporate equities(2)

    106,296        379        433               107,108   

Derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    406        323,586        2,052               326,044   

Credit contracts

           22,258        661               22,919   

Foreign exchange contracts

    55        64,608        292               64,955   

Equity contracts

    653        38,552        1,084               40,289   

Commodity contracts

    3,140        10,654        3,358               17,152   

Other

           219                      219   

Netting(3)

    (3,840     (380,443     (3,120     (55,562     (442,965
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

    414        79,434        4,327        (55,562     28,613   

Investments(4):

         

Principal investments

    20        44        486               550   

Other

    163        310        221               694   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

    183        354        707               1,244   

Physical commodities

           321                      321   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading assets(4)

    138,907        128,083        13,009        (55,562     224,437   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AFS securities

    34,351        32,408                      66,759   

Securities received as collateral

    11,221        3        1               11,225   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

           806                      806   

Intangible assets

                  5               5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

  $ 184,479      $ 161,300      $ 13,015      $ (55,562   $ 303,232   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities at Fair Value

         

Deposits

  $      $ 106      $ 19      $      $ 125   

Short-term borrowings

           1,647        1               1,648   

Trading liabilities:

         

U.S. government and agency securities:

         

U.S. Treasury securities

    12,932                             12,932   

U.S. agency securities

    854        127                      981   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

    13,786        127                      13,913   

Other sovereign government obligations

    10,970        2,558                      13,528   

Corporate and other debt:

         

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

           2                      2   

Corporate bonds

           5,035                      5,035   

Lending commitments

           3                      3   

Other debt

           5        4               9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

           5,045        4               5,049   

Corporate equities(2)

    47,123        35        17               47,175   

Derivative and other contracts:

         

Interest rate contracts

    466        305,151        1,792               307,409   

Credit contracts

           22,160        1,505               23,665   

Foreign exchange contracts

    22        65,177        151               65,350   

Equity contracts

    570        42,447        3,115               46,132   

Commodity contracts

    3,012        9,431        2,308               14,751   

Other

           43                      43   

Netting(3)

    (3,840     (380,443     (3,120     (40,473     (427,876
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

    230        63,966        5,751        (40,473     29,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

    72,109        71,731        5,772        (40,473     109,139   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

    19,312        3        1               19,316   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

           532        151               683   

Other secured financings

           2,393        461               2,854   

Long-term borrowings

           31,058        1,987               33,045   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

  $ 91,421      $ 107,470      $ 8,392      $ (40,473   $ 166,810   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   148    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Counterparty
and Cash
Collateral
Netting
    Balance at
December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

          

Trading assets:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 16,961      $      $      $      $ 16,961   

U.S. agency securities

     850        18,193                      19,043   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     17,811        18,193                      36,004   

Other sovereign government obligations

     15,149        7,888        41               23,078   

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

            2,049                      2,049   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

            1,991        175               2,166   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

            1,484        96               1,580   

Asset-backed securities

            583        76               659   

Corporate bonds

            15,800        386               16,186   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

            741        1,152               1,893   

Loans and lending commitments(1)

            6,088        5,874               11,962   

Other debt

            2,167        285               2,452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

            30,903        8,044               38,947   

Corporate equities(2)

     112,490        1,357        272               114,119   

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     663        495,026        2,484               498,173   

Credit contracts

            30,813        1,369               32,182   

Foreign exchange contracts

     83        72,769        249               73,101   

Equity contracts(5)

     571        45,967        1,586               48,124   

Commodity contracts

     4,105        18,042        2,268               24,415   

Other

            376                      376   

Netting(3)

     (4,910     (564,127     (4,220     (66,720     (639,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     512        98,866        3,736        (66,720     36,394   

Investments(4):

          

Principal investments

     58        3        835               896   

Other

     225        198        323               746   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total investments

     283        201        1,158               1,642   

Physical commodities

            1,608                      1,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading assets(4)

     146,245        159,016        13,251        (66,720     251,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

AFS securities

     37,200        32,016                      69,216   

Securities received as collateral

     21,265        51                      21,316   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

            1,113                      1,113   

Intangible assets

                   6               6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 204,710      $ 192,196      $ 13,257      $ (66,720   $ 343,443   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities at Fair Value

          

Short-term borrowings

   $      $ 1,765      $      $      $ 1,765   

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. government and agency securities:

          

U.S. Treasury securities

     14,199                             14,199   

U.S. agency securities

     1,274        85                      1,359   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     15,473        85                      15,558   

Other sovereign government obligations

     11,653        2,109                      13,762   

Corporate and other debt:

          

State and municipal securities

            1                      1   

Corporate bonds

            5,943        78               6,021   

Lending commitments

            10        5               15   

Other debt

            63        38               101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

            6,017        121               6,138   

Corporate equities(2)

     31,340        326        45               31,711   

Derivative and other contracts:

          

Interest rate contracts

     602        469,319        2,657               472,578   

Credit contracts

            29,997        2,112               32,109   

Foreign exchange contracts

     21        72,233        98               72,352   

Equity contracts(5)

     416        51,405        3,751               55,572   

Commodity contracts

     4,817        15,584        1,122               21,523   

Other

            172                      172   

Netting(3)

     (4,910     (564,127     (4,220     (40,837     (614,094
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative and other contracts

     946        74,583        5,520        (40,837     40,212   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trading liabilities

     59,412        83,120        5,686        (40,837     107,381   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     25,629        56                      25,685   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

            459        153               612   

Other secured financings

            4,355        149               4,504   

Long-term borrowings

            29,840        1,934               31,774   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ 85,041      $ 119,595      $ 7,922      $ (40,837   $ 171,721   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    149   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

At December 31, 2015, Loans and lending commitments held at fair value consisted of $7,286 million of corporate loans, $1,885 million of residential real estate loans and $1,447 million of wholesale real estate loans. At December 31, 2014, Loans and lending commitments held at fair value consisted of $7,093 million of corporate loans, $1,682 million of residential real estate loans and $3,187 million of wholesale real estate loans.

(2)

For trading purposes, the Company holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

(3)

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Counterparty and Cash Collateral Netting.” For contracts with the same counterparty, counterparty netting among positions classified within the same level is included within that shared level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

(4)

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the fair value of these investments was $3,843 million and $5,009 million, respectively. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value” herein.

(5)

The balance of Level 3 asset derivative equity contracts increased by $57 million with a corresponding decrease in the balance of Level 2 asset derivative equity contracts, and the balance of Level 3 liability derivative equity contracts increased by $842 million with a corresponding decrease in the balance of Level 2 liability derivative equity contracts to correct the fair value level assigned to these contracts at December 31, 2014. The total amount of asset and liability derivative equity contracts remained unchanged.

 

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

 

The following tables present additional information about Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Level 3 instruments may be hedged with instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, the realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Company within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

 

Additionally, both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that the Company has classified within the Level 3 category. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the tables below may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities) inputs.

 

LOGO   150    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Roll-forward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2014
    Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases
(2)
    Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net Transfers     Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2015
    Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2015
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 41      $ (1   $ 2      $ (30   $      $      $ (8   $ 4      $   

Corporate and other debt:

                 

State and municipal securities

           2        3                             14        19        2   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    175        24        176        (83                   49        341        12   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    96        (28     27        (23                          72        (32

Asset-backed securities

    76        (9     23        (30                   (35     25          

Corporate bonds

    386        (44     374        (381            (53     (15     267        (44

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,152        123        325        (798            (344     (28     430        (19

Loans and lending commitments

    5,874        (42     3,216        (207            (2,478     (427     5,936        (76

Other debt

    285        (23     131        (5            (81     141        448        (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    8,044        3        4,275        (1,527            (2,956     (301     7,538        (166

Corporate equities

    272        (1     373        (333                   122        433        11   

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (173     (51     58               (54     207        273        260        20   

Credit contracts

    (743     (172     19               (121     196        (23     (844     (179

Foreign exchange contracts

    151        53        4               (2     (18     (47     141        52   

Equity contracts(4)

    (2,165     166        81        (1     (310     22        176        (2,031     62   

Commodity contracts

    1,146        433        35               (222     (116     (226     1,050        402   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    (1,784     429        197        (1     (709     291        153        (1,424     357   

Investments:

                 

Principal investments

    835        11        32        (133            (188     (71     486        6   

Other

    323        (12     1        (6                   (85     221        (7

Securities received as collateral

                  1                                    1          

Intangible assets

    6                                    (1            5          

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Deposits

  $      $ (1   $      $      $ 18      $      $      $ 19      $ (1

Short-term borrowings

                                1                      1          

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Corporate bonds

    78               (19     6               (65                     

Lending commitments

    5        5                                                  5   

Other debt

    38               (1     7               (39     (1     4          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    121        5        (20     13               (104     (1     4        5   

Corporate equities

    45        79        (86     32                      105        17        79   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

                         1                             1          

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    153        2                                           151        2   

Other secured financings

    149        192                      327        (232     409        461        181   

Long-term borrowings

    1,934        61                      881        (364     (403     1,987        52   

 

    151   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2013
    Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases
(2)
    Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net Transfers     Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2014
    Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2014
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 27      $ 1      $ 48      $ (34   $      $      $ (1   $ 41      $   

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    47        9        105        (14                   28        175        4   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    108        65        16        (102                   9        96        45   

Asset-backed securities

    103        3        66        (96                          76        9   

Corporate bonds

    522        86        106        (306                   (22     386        66   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,468        142        644        (964            (143     5        1,152        27   

Loans and lending commitments

    5,129        (87     3,784        (415            (2,552     15        5,874        (191

Other debt

    27        21        274        (35            (2            285        20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,404        239        4,995        (1,932            (2,697     35        8,044        (20

Corporate equities

    190        20        146        (102                   18        272        (3

Net derivative and other contracts(3)(5):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    113        (258     18               (14     (43     11        (173     (349

Credit contracts

    (147     (408     68               (179     (15     (62     (743     (474

Foreign exchange contracts

    68        (13     7                      108        (19     151        (17

Equity contracts(4)

    (831     (527     339        (2     (562     (46     (536     (2,165     (600

Commodity contracts

    880        158        287               (52     (127            1,146        72   

Other

    (4                                 4                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    79        (1,048     719        (2     (807     (119     (606     (1,784     (1,368

Investments:

                 

Principal investments

    2,160        53        36        (181            (1,258     25        835        49   

Other

    538        17        17        (29                   (220     323        24   

Intangible assets

    8                                    (2            6        (1

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Short-term borrowings

  $ 1      $      $      $      $      $ (1   $      $      $   

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Corporate bonds

    22        1        (46     117                      (14     78        2   

Lending commitments

    2        (3                                        5        (3

Other debt

    48        7        (8                          5        38        (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    72        5        (54     117                      (9     121        (3

Corporate equities

    8               (3     39                      1        45          

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    154        1                                           153        1   

Other secured financings

    278        (9                   21        (201     42        149        (6

Long-term borrowings

    1,887        109                      791        (391     (244     1,934        102   

 

LOGO   152    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2012
    Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)(1)
    Purchases
(2)
    Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Net Transfers     Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2013
    Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
for Level 3
Assets/
Liabilities
Outstanding at
December 31,
2013
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets at Fair Value

                 

Trading assets:

                 

Other sovereign government obligations

  $ 6      $ (18   $ 41      $ (7   $      $      $ 5      $ 27      $ (18

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    45        25        54        (51                   (26     47        (6

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    232        13        57        (187            (7            108        4   

Asset-backed securities

    109               6        (12                          103          

Corporate bonds

    660        (20     324        (371            (19     (52     522        (55

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

    1,951        363        742        (960            (626     (2     1,468        131   

Loans and lending commitments

    4,694        (130     3,744        (448            (3,096     365        5,129        (199

Other debt

    45        (1     20        (36                   (1     27        (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    7,736        250        4,947        (2,065            (3,748     284        7,404        (127

Corporate equities

    288        (63     113        (127                   (21     190        (72

Net derivative and other contracts(3):

                 

Interest rate contracts

    (82     28        6               (34     135        60        113        36   

Credit contracts

    1,822        (1,674     266               (703     (295     437        (147     (1,723

Foreign exchange contracts

    (359     130                             281        16        68        124   

Equity contracts

    (1,144     463        170        (74     (318     (11     83        (831     61   

Commodity contracts

    709        200        41               (36     (29     (5     880        174   

Other

    (7     (6                          9               (4     (7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net derivative and other contracts

    939        (859     483        (74     (1,091     90        591        79        (1,335

Investments:

                 

Principal investments

    2,833        110        111        (445                   (449     2,160        3   

Other

    486        76        13        (36                   (1     538        77   

Intangible assets

    7        9                             (8            8        3   

Liabilities at Fair Value

                 

Short-term borrowings

  $ 19      $      $      $      $      $ (1   $ (17   $ 1      $   

Trading liabilities:

                 

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    4        4                                                  4   

Corporate bonds

    177        28        (64     43                      (106     22        28   

Lending commitments

    46        44                                           2        44   

Other debt

    49        2               5               (6     2        48        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

    276        78        (64     48               (6     (104     72        78   

Corporate equities

    5        1        (26     29                      1        8        3   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    151        (3                                        154        (3

Other secured financings

    406        11                      19        (136            278        4   

Long-term borrowings

    2,789        (162                   877        (606     (1,335     1,887        (138

 

(1)

Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income except for Trading assets—Investments, which is included in Investments revenues.

(2)

Loan originations are included in purchases.

(3)

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

(4)

Net liability Level 3 derivative equity contracts increased by $785 million to correct the fair value level assigned to these contracts at December 31, 2014. The total amount of derivative equity contracts remained unchanged at December 31, 2014.

(5)

During 2014, the Company incurred a charge of approximately $468 million related to the implementation of FVA, which was recognized in Trading revenues. For further information on the implementation of FVA, see Note 2.

 

    153   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Long-term borrowings.

 

During 2013, the Company reclassified approximately $1.3 billion of certain long-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, from Level 3 to Level 2. The Company reclassified the structured notes as the unobservable embedded derivative component became insignificant to the overall valuation.

 

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements.

 

The disclosures below provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. The following disclosures also include qualitative information on the sensitivity of the fair value measurements to changes in the significant unobservable inputs.

 

Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs.

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2015
    

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                     

Assets at Fair Value

           

Trading assets:

                               

Corporate and other debt:

           

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 341      

Comparable pricing:

     
             

Comparable bond price / (A)

     0 to 75 points         32 points   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     72      

Comparable pricing:

     
             

Comparable bond price / (A)

     0 to 9 points         2 points   

Corporate bonds

     267      

Comparable pricing(3):

     
     

Comparable bond price / (A)

     3 to 119 points         90 points   
     

Comparable pricing:

     
     

EBITDA multiple / (A)

     7 to 9 times         8 times   
     

Structured bond model:

     
             

Discount rate / (C)

     15%         15%   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     430      

Comparable pricing(3):

     
     

Comparable bond price / (A)

     47 to 103 points         67 points   
     

Correlation model:

     
             

Credit correlation / (B)

     39% to 60%         49%   

Loans and lending commitments

     5,936      

Corporate loan model:

     
     

Credit spread / (C)

     250 to 866 bps         531 bps   
     

Margin loan model(3):

     
     

Credit spread / (C)(D)

     62 to 499 bps         145 bps   
     

Volatility skew / (C)(D)

     14% to 70%         33%   
     

Discount rate / (C)(D)

     1% to 4%         2%   
     

Option model:

     
     

Volatility skew / (C)

     -1%         -1%   
     

Comparable pricing:

     
     

Comparable loan price / (A)

     35 to 100 points         88 points   
     

Discounted cash flow:

     
     

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

     6% to 8%         7%   
             

Capitalization rate / (C)(D)

     4% to 10%         4%   

 

LOGO   154    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2015
   

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                    

Other debt

     448     

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Comparable loan price / (A)

     4 to 84 points         59 points   
    

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Comparable bond price / (A)

     8 points         8 points   
    

Option model:

     
    

At the money volatility / (C)

     16% to 53%         53%   
    

Margin loan model(3):

     
            

Discount rate / (C)

     1%         1%   

Corporate equities

     433     

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Comparable price / (A)

     50% to 80%         72%   
    

Comparable pricing(3):

     
    

Comparable equity price / (A)

     100%         100%   
    

Market approach:

     
            

EBITDA multiple / (A)

     9 times         9 times   

Net derivative and other contracts(4):

          

Interest rate contracts

     260     

Option model:

     
    

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

     0 to 3 times         2 times   
    

Interest rate-Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

     25% to 62%           43% / 43%(5)   
    

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

     29% to 82%           43% / 40%(5)   
    

Interest rate quanto correlation /(A)(D)

     -8% to 36%             5% / -6%(5)   
    

Interest rate curve correlation / (C)(D)

     24% to 95%          60% / 69%(5)   
    

Inflation volatility / (A)(D)

     58%           58% / 58%(5)   
            

Interest rate-Inflation correlation / (A)(D)

     -41% to -39%          -41% / -41%(5)   

Credit contracts

     (844  

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)

     5 to 12 points         9 points   
    

Comparable bond price / (C)(D)

     0 to 75 points         24 points   
    

Correlation model(3):

     
            

Credit correlation / (B)

     39% to 97%         57%   

Foreign exchange contracts(6)

     141     

Option model:

     
    

Interest rate-Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

     25% to 62%         43% / 43%(5)   
    

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

     29% to 82%         43% / 40%(5)   
            

Interest rate curve / (A)(D)

     0%         0% / 0%(5)   

Equity contracts(6)

     (2,031  

Option model:

     
    

At the money volatility / (A)(D)

     16% to 65%         32%   
    

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

     -3% to 0%         -1%   
    

Equity-Equity correlation / (C)(D)

     40% to 99%         71%   
    

Equity-Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

     -60% to -11%         -39%   
            

Equity-Interest rate correlation /(C)(D)

     -29% to 50%         16% / 8%(5)   

Commodity contracts

     1,050     

Option model:

     
    

Forward power price / (C)(D)

     $3 to $91 per         $32 per   
          megawatt hour         megawatt hour   
    

Commodity volatility / (A)(D)

     10% to 92%         18%   
            

Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)

     43% to 99%         93%   

 

    155   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2015
    

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /

Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes

in the Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                     

Investments:

           

Principal investments

     486      

Discounted cash flow:

     
     

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

     16%         16%   
     

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

     8 to 14 times         9 times   
     

Capitalization rate / (C)(D)

     5% to 9%         6%   
     

Equity discount rate / (C)(D)

     20% to 35%         26%   
     

Market approach(3):

     
     

EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)

     8 to 20 times         11 times   
     

Forward capacity price / (A)(D)

     $5 to $9         $7   
     

Comparable pricing:

     
             

Comparable equity price / (A)

     43% to 100%         81%   
Other      221      

Discounted cash flow:

     
     

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

     10%         10%   
     

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

     13 times         13 times   
     

Market approach:

     
     

EBITDA multiple / (A)

     7 to 14 times         12 times   
     

Comparable pricing(3):

     
             

Comparable equity price / (A)

     100%         100%   
Liabilities at Fair Value            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     151      

Discounted cash flow:

     
             

Funding spread / (A)

     86 to 116 bps         105 bps   
Other secured financings      461      

Option model:

     
     

Volatility skew / (C)

     -1%         -1%   
     

Discounted cash flow(3):

     
     

Discount rate / (C)

     4% to 13%         4%   
     

Discounted cash flow:

     
             

Funding spread / (A)

     95 to 113 bps         104 bps   
Long-term borrowings      1,987      

Option model(3):

     
     

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

     20% to 50%         29%   
     

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

     -1% to 0%         -1%   
     

Equity-Equity correlation / (A)(D)

     40% to 97%         77%   
     

Equity-Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

     -70% to -11%         -39%   
     

Option model:

     
     

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

     50%         50%   
     

Equity volatility discount / (A)(D)

     10%         10%   
     

Correlation model:

     
     

Credit correlation / (B)

     40% to 60%         52%   
     

Comparable pricing:

     
             

Comparable equity price / (A)

     100%         100%   

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2014
    

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes in the
Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                     
Assets at Fair Value            
Trading assets:                                

Corporate and other debt:

           

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   $ 175      

Comparable pricing:

     
             

Comparable bond price / (A)

     3 to 90 points         15 points   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     96      

Comparable pricing:

     
             

Comparable bond price / (A)

     0 to 7 points         1 point   

 

LOGO   156    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2014
   

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes in the
Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                    

Asset-backed securities

     76     

Comparable pricing:

     
            

Comparable bond price / (A)

     0 to 62 points         23 points   

Corporate bonds

     386     

Comparable pricing:

     
            

Comparable bond price / (A)

     1 to 160 points         90 points   

Collateralized debt and loan obligations

     1,152     

Comparable pricing(3):

     
    

Comparable bond price / (A)

     20 to 100 points         66 points   
    

Correlation model:

     
            

Credit correlation / (B)

     47% to 65%         56%   

Loans and lending commitments

     5,874     

Corporate loan model:

     
    

Credit spread / (C)

     36 to 753 bps         373 bps   
    

Margin loan model:

     
    

Credit spread / (C)(D)

     150 to 451 bps         216 bps   
    

Volatility skew / (C)(D)

     3% to 37%         21%   
    

Discount rate / (C)(D)

     2% to 3%         3%   
    

Option model:

     
    

Volatility skew / (C)

     -1%         -1%   
    

Comparable pricing(3):

     
            

Comparable loan price / (A)

     15 to 105 points         89 points   

Other debt

     285     

Comparable pricing(3):

     
    

Comparable loan price / (A)

     0 to 75 points         39 points   
    

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Comparable bond price / (A)

     15 points         15 points   
    

Option model:

     
            

At the money volatility / (A)

     15% to 54%         15%   

Corporate equities

     272     

Net asset value:

     
    

Discount to net asset value / (C)

     0% to 71%         36%   
    

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Comparable price / (A)

     83% to 96%         85%   
    

Comparable pricing(3):

     
    

Comparable equity price / (A)

     100%         100%   
    

Market approach:

     
    

EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)

     6 to 9 times         8 times   
            

Price / Book ratio / (A)(D)

     0 times         0 times   

Net derivative and other contracts(4):

          

Interest rate contracts

     (173  

Option model:

     
    

Interest rate volatility concentration liquidity multiple / (C)(D)

     0 to 3 times         2 times   
    

Interest rate-Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

     28% to 62%         44% /  42%(5)   
    

Interest rate volatility skew / (A)(D)

     38% to 104%           86% / 60%(5)   
    

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

     -9% to 35%             6% /-6%(5)   
    

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

     44% to 87%           73% / 80%(5)   
    

Inflation volatility / (A)(D)

     69% to 71%           70% / 71%(5)   
            

Interest rate-Inflation correlation / (A)(D)

     -44% to -40%         -42% / -43%(5)   

Credit contracts

     (743  

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Cash synthetic basis / (C)(D)

     5 to 13 points         9 points   
    

Comparable bond price / (C)(D)

     0 to 55 points         18 points   
    

Correlation model(3):

     
            

Credit correlation / (B)

     42% to 95%         63%   

 

    157   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2014
   

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes in the
Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                    

Foreign exchange contracts(6)

     151     

Option model:

     
    

Interest rate quanto correlation / (A)(D)

     -9% to 35%             6% / - 6%(5)   
    

Interest rate-Credit spread correlation / (A)(D)

     -54% to -2%         -17% / - 11%(5)   
    

Interest rate curve correlation / (A)(D)

     44% to 87%           73% / 80%(5)   
    

Interest rate-Foreign exchange correlation / (A)(D)

     28% to 62%           44% /42%(5)   
            

Interest rate curve / (A)(D)

     0% to 2%                1% / 1 %(5)   

Equity contracts(6)(7)

     (2,165  

Option model:

     
    

At the money volatility / (A)(D)

     14% to 51%         29%   
    

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

     -2% to 0%         -1%   
    

Equity-Equity correlation / (C)(D)

     40% to 99%         72%   
    

Equity-Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

     -50% to 10%         -16%   
            

Equity-Interest rate correlation / (C)(D)

     -18% to 81%           26% /11%(5)   

Commodity contracts

     1,146     

Option model:

     
    

Forward power price / (C)(D)

     $5 to $106 per         $38 per   
          megawatt hour         megawatt hour   
    

Commodity volatility / (A)(D)

     11% to 90%         19%   
            

Cross commodity correlation / (C)(D)

     33% to 100%         93%   

Investments:

          

Principal investments

     835     

Discounted cash flow:

     
    

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

     11%         11%   
    

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

     10 times         10 times   
    

Discounted cash flow:

     
    

Equity discount rate / (C)

     25%         25%   
    

Market approach(3):

     
    

EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)

     4 to 14 times         10 times   
    

Price / Earnings ratio / (A)(D)

     23 times         23 times   
    

Forward capacity price / (A)(D)

     $5 to $7         $7   
    

Comparable pricing:

     
            

Comparable equity price / (A)

     64% to 100%         95%   

Other

     323     

Discounted cash flow:

     
    

Implied weighted average cost of capital / (C)(D)

     10% to 13%         11%   
    

Exit multiple / (A)(D)

     6 to 9 times         9 times   
    

Market approach:

     
    

EBITDA multiple / (A)(D)

     9 to 13 times         10 times   
    

Comparable pricing(3):

     
            

Comparable equity price / (A)

     100%         100%   
Liabilities at Fair Value           
Trading liabilities:                               

Corporate and other debt:

          

Corporate bonds

   $ 78     

Option model:

     
    

Volatility skew / (C)(D)

     -1%         -1%   
            

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

     10%         10%   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     153     

Discounted cash flow:

     
            

Funding spread / (A)

     75 to 91 bps         86 bps   
Other secured financings      149     

Comparable pricing:

     
    

Comparable bond price / (A)

     99 to 101 points         100 points   
    

Discounted cash flow(3):

     
            

Funding spread / (A)

     82 to 98 bps         95 bps   

 

LOGO   158    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Balance at
December 31, 2014
    

Valuation Technique(s) /

Significant Unobservable Input(s) /
Sensitivity of the Fair Value to Changes in the
Unobservable Inputs

   Range(1)          Averages(2)      
     (dollars in millions)                     
Long-term borrowings      1,934      

Option model(3):

     
     

At the money volatility / (C)(D)

     18% to 32%         27%   
     

Volatility skew / (A)(D)

     -1% to 0%         0%   
     

Equity - Equity correlation / (A)(D)

     40% to 90%         68%   
     

Equity - Foreign exchange correlation / (C)(D)

     -73% to 30%         -32%   
     

Option model:

     
     

Equity alpha / (A)

     0% to 94%         67%   
     

Correlation model:

     
             

Credit correlation / (B)

     48% to 65%         51%   

 

bps—Basis points.

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization.

(1)

The range of significant unobservable inputs is represented in points, percentages, basis points, times or megawatt hours. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 75 points would be 75% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 866 bps would equal 8.66%.

(2)

Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided (see footnote 5 below). Weighted averages are calculated by weighting each input by the fair value of the respective financial instruments except for collateralized debt and loan obligations, principal investments, other debt, corporate bonds, long-term borrowings and derivative instruments where some or all inputs are weighted by risk.

(3)

This is the predominant valuation technique for this major asset or liability class.

(4)

Credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”) and FVA are included in the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Input(s) in the table above. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

(5)

The data structure of the significant unobservable inputs used in valuing interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts and certain equity contracts may be in a multi-dimensional form, such as a curve or surface, with risk distributed across the structure. Therefore, a simple average and median, together with the range of data inputs, may be more appropriate measurements than a single point weighted average.

(6)

Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

(7)

Net liability Level 3 derivative equity contracts increased by $785 million to correct the fair value level assigned to these contracts at December 31, 2014. This correction did not result in a change to the Valuation Technique(s), Significant Unobservable Inputs, Range or Averages.

 

Sensitivity of the fair value to changes in the unobservable inputs:

(A)

Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly higher (lower) fair value measurement.

(B)

Significant changes in credit correlation may result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement. Increasing (decreasing) correlation drives a redistribution of risk within the capital structure such that junior tranches become less (more) risky and senior tranches become more (less) risky.

(C)

Significant increase (decrease) in the unobservable input in isolation would result in a significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement.

(D)

There are no predictable relationships between the significant unobservable inputs.

 

The following provides a description of significant unobservable inputs included in the December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 tables above for all major categories of assets and liabilities:

 

   

Capitalization rate—the ratio between net operating income produced by an asset and its market value at the projected disposition date.

 

   

Cash synthetic basis—the measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

 

   

Comparable bond price—a pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds such as maturity or credit quality.

 

    159   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and bond being valued in order to establish the value of the bond. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond (i.e., as the bond becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to use price-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question. Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for RMBS, CMBS, ABS, CDOs, CLOs, Other debt, interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, Other secured financings and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately for non-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

 

   

Comparable equity price—a price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.

 

   

Correlation—a pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables (i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

 

   

Credit spread—the difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”).

 

   

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple—the ratio of the Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

 

   

Equity alpha—a parameter used in the modeling of equity hybrid prices.

 

   

Funding spread—the difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements and certain other secured financings are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding overnight indexed swap (“OIS”) or LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

 

   

Implied weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”)—the WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors.

 

   

Interest rate curve—the term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

 

   

Price / Book ratio—the ratio used to compare a stock’s market value with its book value. The ratio is calculated by dividing the current closing price of the stock by the latest book value per share. This multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective.

 

LOGO   160    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Price / Earnings ratio—the ratio used to measure a company’s equity value in relation to its earnings. The ratio is calculated by dividing the equity value per share by the latest historical or forward-looking earnings per share. The ratio results in a standardized metric that allows comparison between companies, after also considering the effects of different leverage ratios and taxation rates.

 

   

Volatility—the measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

 

   

Volatility skew—the measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

 

Fair Value of Investments Measured at Net Asset Value.

 

Investments in Certain Funds Measured at NAV per Share.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     Fair Value      Commitment      Fair Value      Commitment  
     (dollars in millions)  

Private equity funds

   $ 1,917       $ 538       $ 2,569       $ 613   

Real estate funds

     1,337         128         1,753         112   

Hedge funds(1):

           

Long-short equity hedge funds

     422                 433           

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds

     71                 76           

Event-driven hedge funds

     2                 39           

Multi-strategy hedge funds

     94         4         139         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,843       $ 670       $ 5,009       $ 728   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fixed income/credit-related hedge funds, event-driven hedge funds and multi-strategy hedge funds are redeemable at least on a three-month period basis, primarily with a notice period of 90 days or less. At December 31, 2015, approximately 34% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds was redeemable at least quarterly, 51% is redeemable every six months and 15% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. At December 31, 2014, approximately 36% of the fair value amount of long-short equity hedge funds was redeemable at least quarterly, 47% is redeemable every six months and 17% of these funds have a redemption frequency of greater than six months. The notice period for long-short equity hedge funds at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was primarily greater than six months.

 

Private Equity Funds and Real Estate Funds.

 

Private Equity Funds.     Amount includes several private equity funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions.

 

Real Estate Funds.     Amount includes several real estate funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign regions.

 

Investments in these funds generally are not redeemable due to the closed-ended nature of these funds. Instead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are disposed and monetized.

 

    161   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Certain Funds Estimated to Be Liquidated Over Time.

 

     At December 31, 2015  

Fund Type

   Less than 5 years      5-10 years      Over 10 years      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Private equity funds

   $ 142       $ 1,095       $ 680       $ 1,917   

Real estate funds

     128         753         456         1,337   

 

Hedge Funds.

 

Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial period lock-up restrictions or gates. A hedge fund lock-up provision is a provision that provides that, during a certain initial period, an investor may not make a withdrawal from the fund. The purpose of a gate is to restrict the level of redemptions that an investor in a particular hedge fund can demand on any redemption date.

 

Long-Short Equity Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest, long or short, in equities. Equity value and growth hedge funds purchase stocks perceived to be undervalued and sell stocks perceived to be overvalued.

 

Fixed Income / Credit-Related Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that employ long-short, distressed or relative value strategies in order to benefit from investments in undervalued or overvalued securities that are primarily debt or credit related.

 

Event-Driven Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that invest in event-driven situations such as mergers, hostile takeovers, reorganizations or leveraged buyouts. This may involve the simultaneous purchase of stock in companies being acquired and the sale of stock in its acquirer, with the expectation to profit from the spread between the current market price and the ultimate purchase price of the target company.

 

Multi-strategy Hedge Funds.    Amount includes investments in hedge funds that pursue multiple strategies to realize short- and long-term gains. Management of the hedge funds has the ability to overweight or underweight different strategies to best capitalize on current investment opportunities.

 

Lock-up Restrictions and Gates by Hedge Fund Type.

 

         At December 31, 2015      

Hedge Fund Type

   Fair Value  
     (dollars in millions)  

Long-short equity(1)

   $ 422   

Fixed income/credit-related(2)

     71   

Event-driven

     2   

Multi-strategy(3)(4)

     94   

 

(1)

Investments representing approximately 12% of the fair value of investments cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at December 31, 2015.

(2)

Investments representing approximately 80% of the fair value of investments cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at December 31, 2015.

(3)

Investments representing approximately 16% of the fair value of investments cannot be redeemed currently because the investments include certain initial period lock-up restrictions. The remaining restriction period subject to lock-up restrictions was primarily over three years at December 31, 2015.

(4)

Investments representing approximately 3% of the fair value of investments cannot be redeemed currently because an exit restriction has been imposed by the hedge fund manager. The restriction period for these investments subject to an exit restriction was indefinite at December 31, 2015.

 

Fair Value Option.

 

The Company elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

 

LOGO   162    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Impact on Earnings of Transactions Under the Fair Value Option Election.

 

     Trading
Revenues
    Interest
Income
(Expense)
    Gains (Losses)
Included in
Net Revenues
 
     (dollars in millions)  

2015

      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ (6   $ 10      $ 4   

Short-term borrowings(1)

     63        —          63   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     13        (6     7   

Long-term borrowings(1)

     2,404        (528     1,876   

2014

      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ (4   $ 9      $ 5   

Short-term borrowings(1)

     (136     1        (135

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (5     (6     (11

Long-term borrowings(1)

     1,867        (638     1,229   

2013

      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ (1   $ 6      $ 5   

Deposits

     52        (60     (8

Short-term borrowings(1)

     181        (8     173   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     (3     (6     (9

Long-term borrowings(1)

     664        (971     (307

 

(1)

Of the total gains (losses) recorded in Trading revenues for short-term and long-term borrowings for 2015, 2014 and 2013, $618 million, $651 million and $(681) million, respectively, are attributable to changes in the credit quality of the Company and other credit factors, and the respective remainder is attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for structured notes before the impact of related hedges.

 

In addition to the amounts in the above table, as discussed in Note 2, instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value. The amounts in the above table are included within Net revenues and do not reflect gains or losses on related hedging instruments, if any.

 

Short-Term and Long-Term Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis.

 

Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management

   At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Equity

   $ 17,789       $ 17,253   

Interest rates

     14,255         13,545   

Credit and foreign exchange

     2,266         2,105   

Commodities

     383         636   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,693       $ 33,539   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Gains (Losses) due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk.

 

     2015     2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Short-term and long-term borrowings(1)

   $ 618      $ 651       $ (681

Loans and other debt(2)

     (193     179         137   

Lending commitments(3)

     12        30         255   

 

(1)

The change in the fair value of short-term and long-term borrowings (primarily structured notes) includes an adjustment to reflect the change in credit quality of the Company based upon observations of its secondary bond market spreads and changes in other credit factors.

 

    163   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2)

Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding the non-credit components of gains and losses, such as those due to changes in interest rates.

(3)

Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the differential between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respective period-end.

 

Net Difference of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Loans and other debt(1)

   $ 14,095       $ 14,990   

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status(1)(2)

     11,651         12,916   

Short-term and long-term borrowings(3)

     508         (670

 

(1)

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt emanates from the distressed debt trading business, which purchases distressed debt at amounts well below par.

(2)

The aggregate fair value of loans that were in nonaccrual status, which includes all loans 90 or more days past due, was $1,853 million and $1,367 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The aggregate fair value of loans that were 90 or more days past due was $885 million and $643 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

(3)

Short-term and long-term borrowings do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in the reference price or index.

 

The tables above exclude non-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.

 

Certain assets and liabilities were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are not included in the tables above.

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis.

 

    Carrying Value
at December 31,
2015
    Fair Value Measurements Using:     Total Gains
(Losses) for
2015(1)
 
        Level 1         Level 2         Level 3      
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets:

         

Loans(2)

  $ 5,850      $      $ 3,400      $ 2,450      $ (220

Other investments(3)

                                (3

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

                                (44

Other assets(4)

    31               31               (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 5,881      $      $ 3,431      $ 2,450      $ (289
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

         

Other liabilities and accrued expenses(2)

  $ 476      $      $ 418      $ 58      $ (207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 476      $      $ 418      $ 58      $ (207
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   164    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Carrying Value
at December 31,
2014
    Fair Value Measurements Using:     Total Gains
(Losses) for
2014(1)
 
        Level 1         Level 2         Level 3      
    (dollars in millions)  

Assets:

         

Loans(2)

  $ 3,336      $      $ 2,386      $ 950      $ (165

Other investments(3)

    46                      46        (38

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

                                (58

Intangible assets(3)

    46                      46        (6

Other assets(4)

                                (9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 3,428      $      $ 2,386      $ 1,042      $ (276
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

         

Other liabilities and accrued expenses(2)

  $ 219      $      $ 178      $ 41      $ (165
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

  $ 219      $      $ 178      $ 41      $ (165
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Carrying Value
at December 31,
2013
    Fair Value Measurements Using:     Total Gains
(Losses) for

2013(1)
 
      Level 1     Level 2     Level 3    
    (dollars in millions)  

Loans(2)

  $ 1,822      $      $ 1,616      $ 206      $ (71

Other investments(3)

    46                      46        (38

Premises, equipment and software costs(4)

    8                      8        (133

Intangible assets(3)

    92                      92        (44
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 1,968      $      $ 1,616      $ 352      $ (286
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Changes in the fair value of Loans and losses related to Other investments are recorded within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. Losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs, Intangible assets and Other assets are recorded within Other expenses if not held for sale and within Other revenues if held for sale. Losses related to Other liabilities and accrued expenses are recorded within Other revenues and represent non-recurring fair value adjustments for certain lending commitments designated as held for sale.

(2)

Non-recurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments held for investment or held for sale were calculated using recently executed transactions; market price quotations; valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and credit default swap spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments; or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

(3)

Losses related to Other investments and Intangible assets were determined primarily using discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.

(4)

Losses related to Premises, equipment and software costs and Other assets were determined primarily using a default recovery analysis.

 

There were no significant liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis during 2013.

 

    165   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

 

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Not Measured at Fair Value.

 

Asset/Liability

     

Valuation Technique

The following longer dated instruments:

-Securities purchased under agreements to resell

-Securities borrowed

-Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

-Securities loaned

-Other secured financings

 

   

Fair value is determined using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.

 

The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

 

HTM securities

   

Fair value is determined using quoted market prices.

Loans

   

The fair value of consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable is determined based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level.

 

The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using the following:

-recently executed transactions

-market price quotations (where observable)

-implied yields from comparable debt

-market observable credit default swap spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable

Long-term borrowings

   

The fair value is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

 

The carrying values of the remaining assets and liabilities not measured at fair value in the tables below approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.

 

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value.

 

The tables below exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and all non-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit customers.

 

    At December 31, 2015     Fair Value Measurements Using:  
    Carrying
Value
    Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (dollars in millions)  

Financial Assets:

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 19,827      $ 19,827      $       19,827      $      $   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    34,256        34,256        34,256                 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

    31,469        31,469        31,469                 

Investment securities—HTM securities

    5,224        5,188        998        4,190          

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    86,851        86,837               86,186        651   

Securities borrowed

    142,416        142,414               142,266        148   

Customer and other receivables(1)

    41,676        41,576               36,752        4,824   

Loans(2)

    85,759        86,423               19,241              67,182   

 

LOGO   166    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    At December 31, 2015     Fair Value Measurements Using:  
    Carrying
Value
    Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (dollars in millions)  

Financial Liabilities:

         

Deposits

  $         155,909      $       156,163      $      $       156,163      $   

Short-term borrowings

    525        525               525          

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    36,009        36,060               34,150        1,910   

Securities loaned

    19,358        19,382               19,192        190   

Other secured financings

    6,610        6,610               5,333        1,277   

Customer and other payables(1)

    183,895        183,895               183,895          

Long-term borrowings

    120,723        123,219               123,219          

 

    At December 31, 2014     Fair Value Measurements Using:  
    Carrying
Value
    Fair Value     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (dollars in millions)  

Financial Assets:

         

Cash and due from banks

  $ 21,381      $ 21,381      $       21,381      $      $   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

    25,603        25,603        25,603                 

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements

    40,607        40,607        40,607                 

Investment securities—HTM securities

    100        100        100                 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    82,175        82,165               81,981        184   

Securities borrowed

    136,708        136,708               136,696        12   

Customer and other receivables(1)

    45,116        45,028               39,945        5,083   

Loans(2)

    66,577        67,800               18,212              49,588   

Financial Liabilities:

         

Deposits

  $         133,544      $       133,572      $      $       133,572      $   

Short-term borrowings

    496        496               496          

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    69,337        69,433               63,921        5,512   

Securities loaned

    25,219        25,244               24,740        504   

Other secured financings

    7,581        7,881               5,465        2,416   

Customer and other payables(1)

    178,373        178,373               178,373          

Long-term borrowings

    120,998        124,961               124,150        811   

 

(1)

Accrued interest, fees, and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

(2)

Amounts include all loans measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, notional amounts of approximately $99.5 billion and $86.8 billion, respectively, of the Company’s lending commitments were held for investment and held for sale, which are not included in the above table. The estimated fair value of such lending commitments was a liability of $2,172 million and $1,178 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. Had these commitments been accounted for at fair value, $1,791 million would have been categorized in Level 2 and $381 million in Level 3 as of December 31, 2015, and $928 million would have been categorized in Level 2 and $250 million in Level 3 as of December 31, 2014.

 

4.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.

 

The Company trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, currencies, investment grade and non-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, asset-backed security indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, and real estate loan products. The Company uses these instruments for market-making, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

 

The Company manages its trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options).

 

    167   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company manages the market risk associated with its trading activities on a Company-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

 

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments.

 

Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Assets and Liabilities.

 

    Derivative Assets
at December 31, 2015
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 2,825      $ 1,442      $      $ 4,267      $ 36,999      $ 35,362      $      $ 72,361   

Foreign exchange contracts

    166        1               167        5,996        167               6,163   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    2,991        1,443               4,434        42,995        35,529               78,524   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

               

Interest rate contracts

    220,289        101,276        212        321,777        4,348,002        5,748,525        1,218,645        11,315,172   

Credit contracts

    19,310        3,609               22,919        585,731        139,301               725,032   

Foreign exchange contracts

    64,438        295        55        64,788        1,907,290        13,402        7,715        1,928,407   

Equity contracts

    20,212               20,077        40,289        316,770               229,859        546,629   

Commodity contracts

    13,114               4,038        17,152        67,449               82,313        149,762   

Other

    219                      219        5,684                      5,684   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    337,582        105,180        24,382        467,144        7,230,926        5,901,228        1,538,532        14,670,686   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $     340,573      $     106,623      $     24,382      $     471,578      $     7,273,921      $     5,936,757      $     1,538,532      $     14,749,210   

Cash collateral netting

    (50,335     (1,037            (51,372                            

Counterparty netting

    (265,707     (104,294     (21,592     (391,593                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 24,531      $ 1,292      $ 2,790      $ 28,613      $ 7,273,921      $ 5,936,757      $ 1,538,532      $ 14,749,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Derivative Liabilities
at December 31, 2015
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 20      $ 250      $      $ 270      $ 3,560      $ 9,869      $      $ 13,429   

Foreign exchange contracts

    56        6               62        4,604        455               5,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    76        256               332        8,164        10,324               18,488   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(1):

               

Interest rate contracts

    203,004        103,852        283        307,139        4,030,039        5,682,322        1,077,710        10,790,071   

Credit contracts

    19,942        3,723               23,665        562,027        131,388               693,415   

Foreign exchange contracts

    65,034        232        22        65,288        1,868,015        13,322        2,655        1,883,992   

Equity contracts

    25,708               20,424        46,132        332,734               229,266        562,000   

Commodity contracts

    10,864               3,887        14,751        59,169               62,974        122,143   

Other

    43                      43        4,114                      4,114   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    324,595        107,807        24,616        457,018        6,856,098        5,827,032        1,372,605        14,055,735   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $     324,671      $     108,063      $     24,616      $     457,350          $ 6,864,262      $     5,837,356      $     1,372,605      $     14,074,223   

Cash collateral netting

    (33,332     (2,951            (36,283                            

Counterparty netting

    (265,707     (104,294     (21,592     (391,593                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 25,632      $ 818      $ 3,024      $ 29,474      $ 6,864,262      $ 5,837,356      $ 1,372,605      $ 14,074,223   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   168    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Derivative Assets
at December 31, 2014
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 3,947      $ 1,053      $      $ 5,000      $ 44,324      $ 27,692      $      $ 72,016   

Foreign exchange contracts

    498        6               504        9,362        261               9,623   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    4,445        1,059               5,504        53,686        27,953               81,639   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    281,214        211,552        407        493,173        4,854,953        9,187,454        1,467,056        15,509,463   

Credit contracts

    27,776        4,406               32,182        806,441        167,390               973,831   

Foreign exchange contracts

    72,362        152        83        72,597        1,955,343        11,538        9,663        1,976,544   

Equity contracts

    23,208               24,916        48,124        299,363               271,164        570,527   

Commodity contracts

    17,698               6,717        24,415        115,792               156,440        272,232   

Other

    376                      376        5,179                      5,179   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    422,634        216,110        32,123        670,867        8,037,071        9,366,382        1,904,323        19,307,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $     427,079      $     217,169      $     32,123      $     676,371      $     8,090,757      $     9,394,335      $     1,904,323      $     19,389,415   

Cash collateral netting

    (58,541     (4,654            (63,195                            

Counterparty netting

    (338,041     (210,922     (27,819     (576,782                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $ 30,497      $ 1,593      $ 4,304      $ 36,394      $ 8,090,757      $ 9,394,335      $ 1,904,323      $ 19,389,415   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    Derivative Liabilities
at December 31, 2014
 
    Fair Value     Notional  
    Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total     Bilateral
OTC
    Cleared
OTC
    Exchange
Traded
    Total  
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

               

Interest rate contracts

  $ 125      $ 99      $      $ 224      $ 2,024      $ 7,588      $      $ 9,612   

Foreign exchange contracts

    5        1               6        1,491        121               1,612   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

    130        100               230        3,515        7,709               11,224   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges(2):

               

Interest rate contracts

    264,579        207,482        293        472,354        4,615,886        9,138,417        1,714,021        15,468,324   

Credit contracts

    28,165        3,944               32,109        714,181        154,054               868,235   

Foreign exchange contracts

    72,156        169        21        72,346        1,947,178        11,477        1,761        1,960,416   

Equity contracts

    30,061               25,511        55,572        339,884               302,205        642,089   

Commodity contracts

    14,740               6,783        21,523        93,019               132,136        225,155   

Other

    172                      172        5,478                      5,478   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

    409,873        211,595        32,608        654,076        7,715,626        9,303,948        2,150,123        19,169,697   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivatives

  $     410,003      $     211,695      $     32,608      $     654,306      $     7,719,141      $     9,311,657      $     2,150,123      $     19,180,921   

Cash collateral netting

    (37,054     (258            (37,312                            

Counterparty netting

    (338,041     (210,922     (27,819     (576,782                            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 34,908      $ 515      $ 4,789      $ 40,212      $ 7,719,141      $ 9,311,657      $ 2,150,123      $ 19,180,921   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $1,009.5 billion and $653.0 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $1,145 million and $437 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

(2)

Notional amounts include gross notionals related to open long and short futures contracts of $685.3 billion and $1,122.3 billion, respectively. The unsettled fair value on these futures contracts (excluded from the table above) of $472 million and $21 million is included in Customer and other receivables and Customer and other payables, respectively, in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

    169   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments.

 

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments and Related Collateral.

 

    At December 31, 2015  
    Gross
Amounts(1)
    Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Amounts Not Offset in the
Consolidated Statements of
Financial Condition(2)
    Net Exposure  
          Financial
Instruments
Collateral
    Other Cash
Collateral
   
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivative assets

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 340,573      $ (316,042   $ 24,531      $ (9,190   $ (9   $ 15,332   

Cleared OTC

    106,623        (105,331     1,292                      1,292   

Exchange traded

    24,382        (21,592     2,790                      2,790   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $         471,578      $     (442,965   $     28,613      $           (9,190   $                 (9)      $           19,414   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 324,671      $ (299,039   $ 25,632      $ (5,384   $ (5   $ 20,243   

Cleared OTC

    108,063        (107,245     818                      818   

Exchange traded

    24,616        (21,592     3,024        (405            2,619   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 457,350      $ (427,876   $ 29,474      $ (5,789   $ (5   $ 23,680   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    At December 31, 2014  
    Gross
Amounts(1)
    Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Amounts Not Offset in the
Consolidated Statements of
Financial Condition(2)
    Net Exposure  
          Financial
Instruments
Collateral
    Other Cash
Collateral
   
    (dollars in millions)  

Derivative assets

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 427,079      $ (396,582   $ 30,497      $ (9,844   $ (19   $ 20,634   

Cleared OTC

    217,169        (215,576     1,593                      1,593   

Exchange traded

    32,123        (27,819     4,304                      4,304   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative assets

  $         676,371      $     (639,977   $     36,394      $           (9,844   $                 (19   $           26,531   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivative liabilities

           

Bilateral OTC

  $ 410,003      $ (375,095   $ 34,908      $ (11,192   $ (179   $ 23,537   

Cleared OTC

    211,695        (211,180     515               (6     509   

Exchange traded

    32,608        (27,819     4,789        (726            4,063   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total derivative liabilities

  $ 654,306      $ (614,094   $ 40,212      $ (11,918   $ (185   $ 28,109   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include $4.2 billion of derivative assets and $5.2 billion of derivative liabilities at December 31, 2015 and $6.5 billion of derivative assets and $6.9 billion of derivative liabilities at December 31, 2014, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable. See also “Fair Value and Notional of Derivative Instruments” herein, for additional disclosure about gross fair values and notionals for derivative instruments by risk type.

(2)

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements, that have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6.

 

At December 31, 2015, cash collateral payables of $86 million and at December 31, 2014, cash collateral receivables and payables of $21 million and $30 million, respectively, were not offset against certain contracts that did not meet the definition of a derivative.

 

LOGO   170    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Gains (Losses) on Fair Value Hedges.

 

     Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Interest Expense
 

Product Type

   2015     2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Derivatives

   $ (700   $ 1,462      $ (4,332

Borrowings

     461        (1,616     4,335   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (239   $ (154   $ 3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Gains (Losses) on Derivatives Designated as Net Investment Hedges.

 

     Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Other Comprehensive
Income (effective portion)
 

Product Type

     2015          2014          2013    
     (dollars in millions)  

Foreign exchange contracts(1)

   $ 434       $ 606       $ 448   

 

(1)

Losses of $149 million, $186 million and $154 million related to the forward points on the hedging instruments were excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and recognized in Interest income during 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Gains (Losses) on Trading Instruments.

 

The table below summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the consolidated statements of income from trading activities. These activities include revenues related to derivative and non-derivative financial instruments. The Company generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with their market-making and related risk management strategies. Accordingly, the trading revenues presented below are not representative of the manner in which the Company manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

 

     Gains (Losses)
Recognized in Trading Revenues
 

Product Type

   2015      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest rate contracts

   $ 1,249       $ 1,065       $ 820   

Foreign exchange contracts

     984         729         963   

Equity security and index contracts(1)

     5,695         4,603         5,044   

Commodity and other contracts(2)

     793         1,055         688   

Credit contracts

     775         1,274         2,525   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

   $ 9,496       $ 8,726       $     10,040   

Debt valuation adjustment

     618         651         (681
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     10,114       $ 9,377       $ 9,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

(2)

Other contracts represent contracts not reported as interest rate, foreign exchange, equity security and index or credit contracts.

 

    171   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

OTC Derivative Products—Trading Assets.

 

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Contract Maturity of the Fair Value of OTC Derivative Assets.

 

     At December 31, 2015(1)  
     Years to Maturity      Cross-Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net  Exposure
Post-cash
Collateral
     Net  Exposure
Post-
collateral(4)
 

Credit Rating(2)

   Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5          
     (dollars in millions)  

AAA

   $ 203       $ 453       $ 827       $ 3,665       $ (4,319   $ 829       $ 715   

AA

     2,689         2,000         1,876         9,223         (10,981     4,807         2,361   

A

     9,748         8,191         4,774         20,918         (34,916     8,715         5,448   

BBB

     3,614         4,863         1,948         11,801         (15,086     7,140         4,934   

Non-investment grade

     3,982         2,333         1,157         3,567         (6,716     4,323         3,166   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   20,236       $   17,840       $   10,582       $   49,174       $ (72,018   $ 25,814       $   16,624   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2014(1)  
     Years to Maturity      Cross-Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting(3)
    Net Exposure
Post-cash
Collateral
     Net Exposure
Post-
collateral(4)
 

Credit Rating(2)

   Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5          
     (dollars in millions)  

AAA

   $ 499       $ 246       $ 1,313       $ 4,281       $ (5,009   $ 1,330       $ 1,035   

AA

     2,679         2,811         2,704         14,137         (15,415     6,916         4,719   

A

     11,733         10,833         7,585         23,968         (43,644     10,475         6,520   

BBB

     5,119         3,753         2,592         13,132         (15,844     8,752         6,035   

Non-investment grade

     3,196         3,089         1,541         2,499         (5,727     4,598         3,918   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $   23,226       $   20,732       $   15,735       $   58,017       $   (85,639   $   32,071       $     22,227   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair values shown represent the Company’s net exposure to counterparties related to its OTC derivative products.

(2)

Obligor credit ratings are determined by the Credit Risk Management Department.

(3)

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

(4)

Fair value is shown, net of collateral received (primarily cash and U.S. government and agency securities).

 

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies.

 

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Company may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Company.

 

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted.

 

The following table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Company has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

 

         At December 31, 2015      
     (dollars in millions)  

Net derivative liabilities

   $ 23,526   

Collateral posted

     19,070   

 

LOGO   172    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). The table below shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event of one-notch or two-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

 

Incremental Collateral or Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade.

 

         At December 31, 2015(1)      
     (dollars in millions)  

One-notch downgrade

   $ 1,224   

Two-notch downgrade

     1,146   

 

(1)

Amounts include $1,573 million related to bilateral arrangements between the Company and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are a risk management tool used extensively by the Company as credit exposures are reduced if counterparties are downgraded.

 

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts.

 

The Company enters into credit derivatives, principally through credit default swaps, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Company’s counterparties are banks, broker-dealers and insurance and other financial institutions.

 

Notional and Fair Value of Protection Sold and Protection Purchased through Credit Default Swaps.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  
     Protection Sold     Protection Purchased  
     Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
    Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps

   $ 420,806       $ 1,980      $ 405,361       $ (2,079

Index and basket credit default swaps

     199,688         (102     173,936         (82

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

     69,025         (1,093     149,631             2,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $     689,519       $         785      $     728,928       $ (39
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     At December 31, 2014  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional  
     Protection Sold     Protection Purchased  
     Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
    Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/Liability
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps

   $ 535,415       $ (2,479   $ 509,872       $ 1,641   

Index and basket credit default swaps

     276,465         (1,777     229,789         1,563   

Tranched index and basket credit default swaps

     96,182         (2,355     194,343         3,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 908,062       $ (6,611   $ 934,004       $ 6,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    173   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Ratings of Reference Obligation and Maturities of Credit Protection Sold.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)
 
     Years to Maturity     
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total     
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps(2):

                 

Investment grade

   $ 84,543       $ 138,467       $ 63,754       $ 12,906       $ 299,670       $ (1,831

Non-investment grade

     38,054         56,261         24,432         2,389         121,136         3,811   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 122,597       $ 194,728       $ 88,186       $ 15,295       $ 420,806       $     1,980   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(2):

                 

Investment grade

   $ 33,507       $ 59,403       $ 45,505       $ 5,327       $ 143,742       $ (1,977

Non-investment grade

     52,590         43,899         15,480         13,002         124,971         782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 86,097       $ 103,302       $ 60,985       $ 18,329       $ 268,713       $ (1,195
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

   $ 208,694       $ 298,030       $ 149,171       $ 33,624       $ 689,519       $ 785   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other credit contracts

     19         107         2         332         460         (24
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

   $   208,713       $   298,137       $   149,173       $   33,956       $   689,979       $ 761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Maximum Potential Payout/Notional      Fair Value
(Asset)/
Liability(1)
 
     Years to Maturity     
     Less than 1      1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total     
     (dollars in millions)  

Single name credit default swaps(2):

                 

Investment grade

   $ 82,873       $ 199,776       $ 103,628       $ 20,490       $ 406,767       $ (4,252

Non-investment grade

     29,857         66,066         29,011         3,714         128,648         1,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 112,730       $ 265,842       $ 132,639       $ 24,204       $ 535,415       $ (2,479
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Index and basket credit default swaps(2):

                 

Investment grade

   $ 49,877       $ 85,052       $ 78,276       $ 12,507       $ 225,712       $ (4,624

Non-investment grade

     25,750         88,105         22,971         10,109         146,935             492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 75,627       $ 173,157       $ 101,247       $ 22,616       $ 372,647       $ (4,132
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit default swaps sold

   $ 188,357       $ 438,999       $ 233,886       $ 46,820       $ 908,062       $ (6,611
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other credit contracts

     51         539         1         620         1,211         (500
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

   $   188,408       $   439,538       $   233,887       $   47,440       $   909,273       $ (7,111
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair value amounts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting.

(2)

In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the credit default swaps, a breakdown of credit default swaps based on the Company’s internal credit ratings by investment grade and non-investment grade is provided. During 2015, the Company began utilizing its internal credit ratings as compared with 2014 where external agency ratings, if available, were utilized. The change in the rating methodology did not have a significant impact on investment grade versus non-investment grade classifications or the fair values.

 

LOGO   174    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Single Name Credit Default Swaps.

 

A credit default swap protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Company in turn will have to perform under a credit default swap if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.

 

Index and Basket Credit Default Swaps.

 

Index and basket credit default swaps are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single name credit default swaps. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Company will have to pay a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the credit default swap.

 

The Company also enters into tranched index and basket credit default swaps where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

 

Credit Protection Sold through CLNs and CDOs.

 

The Company has invested in credit-linked notes (“CLNs”) and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Company.

 

Purchased Credit Protection with Identical Underlying Reference Obligations.

 

For single name credit default swaps and non-tranched index and basket credit default swaps, the Company has purchased protection with a notional amount of approximately $577.7 billion and $731.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, compared with a notional amount of approximately $619.5 billion and $804.7 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, of credit protection sold with identical underlying reference obligations.

 

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Company risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Company manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name, non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Company under credit default swaps where credit protection was sold.

 

    175   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

5.

Investment Securities.

 

AFS and HTM Securities.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
     (dollars in millions)  

AFS debt securities:

           

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 31,555       $ 5       $ 143       $ 31,417   

U.S. agency securities(1)

     21,103         29         156         20,976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     52,658         34         299         52,393   

Corporate and other debt:

           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

     1,906         1         60         1,847   

Non-agency

     2,220         3         25         2,198   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

     2,556                 9         2,547   

Corporate bonds

     3,780         5         30         3,755   

Collateralized loan obligations

     502                 7         495   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

     3,632                 115         3,517   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     14,596         9         246         14,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

     67,254         43         545         66,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

     15                 8         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

     67,269         43         553         66,759   

HTM securities:

           

U.S. government securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

     1,001                 3         998   

U.S. agency securities(1)

     4,223         1         34         4,190   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

     5,224         1         37         5,188   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

   $     72,493       $     44       $     590       $     71,947   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   176    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
     (dollars in millions)  

AFS debt securities:

           

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $  35,855       $ 42       $ 67       $ 35,830   

U.S. agency securities(1)

     18,030         77         72         18,035   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     53,885         119         139         53,865   

Corporate and other debt:

           

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

           

Agency

     2,288         1         76         2,213   

Non-agency

     1,820         11         6         1,825   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

     2,433                 5         2,428   

Corporate bonds

     3,640         10         22         3,628   

Collateralized loan obligations

     1,087                 20         1,067   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities(2)

     4,169         18         8         4,179   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     15,437         40         137         15,340   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

     69,322         159         276         69,205   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

     15                 4         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

     69,337         159         280         69,216   

HTM securities:

           

U.S. government securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

     100                         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

     100                         100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

   $ 69,437       $ 159       $ 280       $ 69,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

U.S. agency securities are composed of three main categories consisting of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and collateralized mortgage obligations.

(2)

Amounts are backed by a guarantee from the U.S. Department of Education of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.

 

    177   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Less than 12 Months      12 Months or Longer      Total  
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
     (dollars in millions)  

AFS debt securities:

                 

U.S. government and agency securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 25,994       $ 126       $ 2,177       $ 17       $ 28,171       $ 143   

U.S. agency securities

     14,242         135         639         21         14,881         156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     40,236         261         2,816         38         43,052         299   

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Agency

     1,185         44         422         16         1,607         60   

Non-agency

     1,479         21         305         4         1,784         25   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

     1,644         7         881         2         2,525         9   

Corporate bonds

     2,149         19         525         11         2,674         30   

Collateralized loan obligations

     352         5         143         2         495         7   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

     2,558         79         929         36         3,487         115   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     9,367         175         3,205         71         12,572         246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

     49,603         436         6,021         109         55,624         545   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

     7         8                         7         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS securities

     49,610         444         6,021         109         55,631         553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

HTM securities:

                 

U.S. government and agency securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury securities

     898         3                         898         3   

U.S. agency securities

     3,677         34                         3,677         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total HTM securities

     4,575         37                         4,575         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

   $ 54,185       $ 481       $ 6,021       $ 109       $ 60,206       $ 590   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   178    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Less than 12 Months      12 Months or Longer      Total  
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
     (dollars in millions)  

AFS debt securities:

                 

U.S. government and agency securities:

                 

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 11,410       $ 14       $ 5,924       $ 53       $ 17,334       $ 67   

U.S. agency securities

     2,739         6         4,133         66         6,872         72   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     14,149         20         10,057         119         24,206         139   

Corporate and other debt:

                 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

                 

Agency

     42                 1,822         76         1,864         76   

Non-agency

     706         3         346         3         1,052         6   

Auto loan asset-backed securities

     2,034         5                         2,034         5   

Corporate bonds

     905         6         1,299         16         2,204         22   

Collateralized loan obligations

                     1,067         20         1,067         20   

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities

     1,523         6         393         2         1,916         8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     5,210         20         4,927         117         10,137         137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total AFS debt securities

     19,359         40         14,984         236         34,343         276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

AFS equity securities

     11         4                         11         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Investment securities

   $ 19,370       $ 44       $ 14,984       $ 236       $ 34,354       $ 280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company believes that there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are deemed to be other-than-temporarily-impaired at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 for the reasons discussed below.

 

For AFS debt securities, the Company does not intend to sell the securities and is not likely to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of amortized cost basis. For AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as the net unrealized losses reported in the table above are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased. Additionally, the Company does not expect to experience a credit loss based on consideration of the relevant information (as discussed in Note 2), including for U.S. government and agency securities, the existence of an explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. The risk of credit loss on securities in an unrealized loss position is considered minimal because all of the Company’s agency securities as well as the Company’s asset-backed securities, CMBS and CLOs are highly rated and because the Company’s corporate bonds are all investment grade.

 

For AFS equity securities, the Company has the intent and ability to hold these securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

 

    179   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amortized Cost, Fair Value and Annualized Average Yield of Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity Dates.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Amortized Cost          Fair Value          Annualized
Average  Yield
 
     (dollars in millions)  

AFS debt securities:

        

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities:

        

Due within 1 year

   $ 6,209       $ 6,205         0.7

After 1 year through 5 years

     24,900         24,765         1.0

After 5 years through 10 years

     446         447         2.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     31,555         31,417      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

U.S. agency securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     2,986         2,984         0.6

After 5 years through 10 years

     1,652         1,650         1.9

After 10 years

     16,465         16,342         1.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     21,103         20,976      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     52,658         52,393         1.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate and other debt:

        

Commercial mortgage-backed securities:

        

Agency:

        

Due within 1 year

     49         50         0.7

After 1 year through 5 years

     570         567         0.9

After 5 years through 10 years

     213         209         1.5

After 10 years

     1,074         1,021         1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,906         1,847      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Non-agency:

        

After 10 years

     2,220         2,198         1.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     2,220         2,198      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Auto loan asset-backed securities:

        

Due within 1 year

     64         64         0.9

After 1 year through 5 years

     2,302         2,294         1.2

After 5 years through 10 years

     190         189         1.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     2,556         2,547      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Corporate bonds:

        

Due within 1 year

     412         412         1.1

After 1 year through 5 years

     2,615         2,595         1.6

After 5 years through 10 years

     753         748         2.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     3,780         3,755      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Collateralized loan obligations:

        

After 5 years through 10 years

     502         495         1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     502         495      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

LOGO   180    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Amortized Cost      Fair Value      Annualized
Average  Yield
 
     (dollars in millions)  

FFELP student loan asset-backed securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

   $ 88       $ 88         0.6

After 5 years through 10 years

     776         759         0.9

After 10 years

     2,768         2,670         0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     3,632         3,517      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total corporate and other debt

     14,596         14,359         1.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total AFS debt securities

     67,254         66,752         1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

AFS equity securities

     15         7         —  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total AFS securities

     67,269         66,759         1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

HTM securities:

        

U.S. government securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities:

        

After 1 year through 5 years

     1,001         998         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     1,001         998      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

U.S. agency securities:

        

After 10 years

     4,223         4,190         2.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

     4,223         4,190      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total HTM securities

     5,224         5,188         2.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Investment securities

   $ 72,493       $ 71,947         1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

See Note 13 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, non-agency CMBS, auto loan ABS, CLO and FFELP student loan ABS.

 

Gross Realized Gains and Gross Realized (Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities.

 

     2015       2014         2013   
     (dollars in millions)  

Gross realized gains

   $ 116      $ 41      $ 49   

Gross realized (losses)

     (32     (1     (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84      $ 40      $ 45   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

6.

Collateralized Transactions.

 

The Company enters into reverse repurchase agreements, repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions.

 

The Company manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with counterparties that provide the Company, in the event of a counterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the Company against the net amount owed by the counterparty.

 

    181   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed, and to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation). In certain cases, the Company may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a tri-party arrangement that enables the Company to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The Company also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized. The risk related to a decline in the market value of collateral (pledged or received) is managed by setting appropriate market-based haircuts. Increases in collateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowed transactions with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Company may request lower quality collateral pledged be replaced with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the underlying agreements.

 

The Company actively manages its secured financing in a manner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets. The Company considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with counterparties, as defined by its fundability criteria. The Company utilizes shorter-term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption.

 

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Gross
Amounts(1)
     Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
     Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Exposure  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

            

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 135,714       $ (48,057   $ 87,657       $ (84,752   $ 2,905   

Securities borrowed

     147,445         (5,029     142,416         (134,250     8,166   

Liabilities

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 84,749       $ (48,057   $ 36,692       $ (31,604   $ 5,088   

Securities loaned

     24,387         (5,029     19,358         (18,881     477   

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Gross
Amounts(1)
     Amounts Offset
in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
    Net Amounts
Presented

in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition
     Financial
Instruments Not
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statements of
Financial
Condition(2)
    Net Exposure  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

            

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   $ 148,234       $ (64,946   $ 83,288       $ (79,343   $ 3,945   

Securities borrowed

     145,556         (8,848     136,708         (128,282     8,426   

Liabilities

            

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 134,895       $ (64,946   $ 69,949       $ (56,454   $ 13,495   

Securities loaned

     34,067         (8,848     25,219         (24,252     967   

 

(1)

Amounts include $2.6 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $3.0 billion of Securities borrowed and $4.9 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase at December 31, 2015 and $3.9 billion of Securities purchased under agreements to resell, $4.2 billion of Securities borrowed, $15.6 billion of Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and $0.7 billion of Securities loaned at December 31, 2014, which are either not subject to master netting agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Company has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.

 

LOGO   182    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2)

Amounts relate to master netting agreements, that have been determined by the Company to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

 

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

 

Secured Financing Transactions—Maturities and Collateral Pledged.

 

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Remaining Contractual Maturity  
     Overnight
and Open
     Less than
30 Days
     30-90 Days      Over
90 Days
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

   $ 20,410       $ 25,245       $ 13,221       $ 25,873       $ 84,749   

Securities loaned(1)

     12,247         478         2,156         9,506         24,387   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the above offsetting disclosure

   $ 32,657       $ 25,723       $ 15,377       $ 35,379       $ 109,136   

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

     19,316         —           —           —           19,316   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 51,973       $ 25,723       $ 15,377       $ 35,379       $ 128,452   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged.

 

     At
December 31,  2015
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase(1)

  

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ 36,609   

State and municipal securities

     173   

Other sovereign government obligations

     24,820   

Asset-backed securities

     441   

Corporate and other debt

     4,020   

Corporate equities

     18,473   

Other

     213   
  

 

 

 

Total securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 84,749   
  

 

 

 

Securities loaned(1)

  

Other sovereign government obligations

   $ 7,336   

Corporate and other debt

     71   

Corporate equities

     16,972   

Other

     8   
  

 

 

 

Total securities loaned

   $ 24,387   
  

 

 

 

Gross amount of secured financing included in the above offsetting disclosure

   $ 109,136   
  

 

 

 

Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  

Corporate equities

   $ 19,313   

Corporate and other debt

     3   
  

 

 

 

Total obligation to return securities received as collateral

   $ 19,316   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 128,452   
  

 

 

 

 

    183   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

Amounts are presented on a gross basis, prior to netting in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Trading Assets Pledged.

 

The Company pledges its trading assets to collateralize repurchase agreements and other secured financings. Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying value of Trading assets by the Company that have been loaned or pledged to counterparties where those counterparties do not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral were $35.0 billion and $31.3 billion, respectively.

 

Collateral Received.

 

The Company receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with reverse repurchase agreements, securities borrowed and derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure repurchase agreements, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions. The Company additionally receives securities as collateral in connection with certain securities-for-securities transactions in which it is the lender. In instances where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, it reports the fair value of the collateral received and the related obligation to return the collateral in its consolidated statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the total fair value of financial instruments received as collateral where the Company is permitted to sell or repledge the securities was $522.6 billion and $545.7 billion, respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been sold or repledged was $398.1 billion and $403.4 billion, respectively.

 

Concentration Risk.

 

The Company is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry. Trading assets owned by the Company include U.S. government and agency securities and securities issued by other sovereign governments (principally the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Japan, Brazil and Hong Kong), which, in the aggregate, represented approximately 7% of the Company’s total assets at both December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014. In addition, substantially all of the collateral held by the Company for resale agreements or bonds borrowed, which together represented approximately 15% and 17% of the Company’s total assets at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, consists of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations. Positions taken and commitments made by the Company, including positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments made in connection with its private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including non-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Company may originate or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with high loan-to-value ratios.

 

Other.

 

The Company also engages in margin lending to clients that allows the client to borrow against the value of qualifying securities and is included within Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Under these agreements and transactions, the Company receives collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Company. The Company monitors

 

LOGO   184    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

required margin levels and established credit limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

 

Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk. Additionally, transactions relating to concentrated or restricted positions require a review of any legal impediments to liquidation of the underlying collateral.

 

Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Company’s collateral policies significantly limits its credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The Company may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the amounts related to margin lending were approximately $25.3 billion and $29.0 billion, respectively.

 

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 11 and 13).

 

Cash and Securities Deposited with Clearing Organizations or Segregated.

 

     At
December 31,  2015
     At
December 31, 2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements(1)

   $ 31,469       $ 40,607   

Securities(2)

     14,390         14,630   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 45,859       $ 55,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

In 2015, the Company made amendments to certain arrangements by which it acts in the capacity of a clearing member to clear derivatives on behalf of customers. These amendments resulted in approximately $3.8 billion related to cash initial margin received from customers and remitted to clearing organizations or third-party custodian banks no longer qualifying for recognition in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

(2)

Securities deposited with clearing organizations or segregated under federal and other regulations or requirements are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

7.

Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses.

 

Loans.

 

The Company’s loan portfolio consists of the following:

 

 

Corporate.    Corporate loans primarily include commercial and industrial lending used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity, event-driven loans and asset-backed lending products. Event-driven loans support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization, or project finance activities. Corporate loans are structured as revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities, term loans and bridge loans. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for corporate loans include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion, covenants and counterparty type.

 

 

Consumer.    Consumer loans include unsecured loans and securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying

 

    185   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of consumer loans are structured as revolving lines of credit and letter of credit facilities and are primarily offered through the Company’s Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) programs. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan as well as the borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities or restricted stock).

 

 

Residential Real Estate.    Residential real estate loans mainly include non-conforming loans and home equity lines of credit. The allowance methodology for non-conforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including, but not limited to, loan-to-value ratio, FICO score, home price index and delinquency status. The methodology for home equity lines of credit considers credit limits and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered for non-conforming residential mortgages.

 

 

Wholesale Real Estate.    Wholesale real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factors for determining the allowance for wholesale real estate loans are the underlying collateral type, loan-to-value ratio and debt service ratio.

 

Loans Held for Investment and Held for Sale.

 

    At December 31, 2015     At December 31, 2014  

Loans by Product Type

  Loans Held for
Investment
    Loans Held
for Sale
    Total
Loans(1)(2)
    Loans Held for
Investment
    Loans Held
for Sale
    Total
Loans(1)(2)
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Corporate loans

  $     23,554      $     11,924      $     35,478      $     19,659      $     8,200      $     27,859   

Consumer loans

    21,528               21,528        16,576               16,576   

Residential real estate loans

    20,863        104        20,967        15,735        114        15,849   

Wholesale real estate loans

    6,839        1,172        8,011        5,298        1,144        6,442   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, gross of allowance for loan losses

    72,784        13,200        85,984        57,268        9,458        66,726   

Allowance for loan losses

    (225            (225     (149            (149
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans, net of allowance for loan losses

  $ 72,559      $ 13,200      $ 85,759      $ 57,119      $ 9,458      $ 66,577   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include loans that are made to non-U.S. borrowers of $9,789 million and $7,017 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

(2)

Loans at fixed interest rates and floating or adjustable interest rates were $8,471 million and $77,288 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $6,663 million and $59,914 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

 

See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value.

 

Credit Quality.

 

The Credit Risk Management Department evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements; assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality; market capitalization and access to capital markets; cash flow projections and debt service requirements; and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable. The Credit Risk Management Department also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect an obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics, including property type, loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization rates, and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral, loan-to-value ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

 

LOGO   186    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company utilizes the following credit quality indicators, which are consistent with U.S. banking regulators’ definitions of criticized exposures, in its credit monitoring process for loans held for investment:

 

   

Pass.    A credit exposure rated pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.

 

   

Special Mention.    Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention and, if left uncorrected, may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral position.

 

   

Substandard.    Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected.

 

   

Doubtful.    Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, and the amount of loss is uncertain.

 

   

Loss.    Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.

 

Loans considered as doubtful or loss are considered impaired. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. When a loan is impaired, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. For further information, see Note 2.

 

Credit Quality Indicators for Loans Held for Investment, Gross of Allowance for Loan Losses, by Product Type.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Pass

   $ 22,040       $ 21,528       $ 20,828       $ 6,839       $ 71,235   

Special mention

     300                                 300   

Substandard

     1,202                 35                 1,237   

Doubtful

     12                                 12   

Loss

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 23,554       $ 21,528       $ 20,863       $ 6,839       $ 72,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     At December 31, 2014  
     Corporate      Consumer      Residential
Real Estate
     Wholesale
Real Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Pass

   $ 17,847       $ 16,576       $ 15,688       $ 5,298       $ 55,409   

Special mention

     1,683                                 1,683   

Substandard

     127                 47                 174   

Doubtful

     2                                 2   

Loss

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 19,659       $ 16,576       $ 15,735       $ 5,298       $ 57,268   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    187   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Impaired and Past Due Loans Held for Investment.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  

Loans by Product Type

   Corporate      Residential
Real  Estate
     Total      Corporate      Residential
Real  Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans with allowance

   $ 39       $       $ 39       $       $       $   

Impaired loans without allowance(1)

     89         17         106         2         17         19   

Impaired loans unpaid principal balance

     130         19         149         2         17         19   

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     1         21         22         2         25         27   

 

(1)

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, no allowance was outstanding for these loans as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  

Loans by Region

   Americas      EMEA      Asia-
Pacific
     Total      Americas      EMEA      Asia-
Pacific
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Impaired loans

   $ 108       $ 12       $ 25       $ 145       $ 19       $       $       $ 19   

Past due 90 days loans and on nonaccrual

     22                         22         27                         27   

Allowance for loan losses

     183         34         8         225         121         20         8         149   

 

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa.

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings.

 

At December 31, 2015, the impaired loans and lending commitments within held for investment include TDRs of $44.0 million and $34.8 million, respectively, within corporate loans. The Company recorded an allowance of $5.1 million against these TDRs. These restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants, and payment extensions. At December 31, 2014, TDRs were not significant.

 

LOGO   188    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Allowance for Credit Losses on Lending Activities.

 

     Corporate     Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
    Wholesale
Real Estate
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Allowance for Loan Losses.

            

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 118      $ 2       $ 8      $ 21       $ 149   

Gross charge-offs

                    (1             (1

Gross recoveries

     1                               1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net recoveries/(charge-offs)

     1                (1               
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

     58        3         10        16         87   

Other(1)

     (11                            (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 166      $ 5       $ 17      $ 37       $ 225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses by Impairment Methodology.

            

Inherent

   $ 156      $ 5       $ 17      $ 37       $ 215   

Specific

     10                               10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2015

   $ 166      $ 5       $ 17      $ 37       $ 225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(2).

            

Inherent

   $ 23,426      $ 21,528       $ 20,846      $ 6,839       $ 72,639   

Specific

     128                17                145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated at December 31, 2015

   $ 23,554      $ 21,528       $ 20,863      $ 6,839       $ 72,784   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments.

            

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 147      $       $      $ 2       $ 149   

Provision for lending commitments

     33        1                2         36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 180      $ 1       $      $ 4       $ 185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments by Impairment Methodology.

            

Inherent

   $ 173      $ 1       $      $ 4       $ 178   

Specific

     7                               7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending commitments at December 31, 2015

   $ 180      $ 1       $      $ 4       $ 185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lending Commitments Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(2).

            

Inherent

   $ 63,873      $ 4,856       $ 312      $ 381       $ 69,422   

Specific

     126                               126   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total lending commitments evaluated at December 31, 2015

   $ 63,999      $ 4,856       $ 312      $ 381       $ 69,548   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    189   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Corporate     Consumer      Residential
Real  Estate
     Wholesale
Real Estate
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Allowance for Loan Losses.

            

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 137      $ 1       $ 4       $ 14      $ 156   

Gross charge-offs

     (3                     (3     (6

Gross recoveries

                            1        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net recoveries/(charge-offs)

     (3                     (2     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision (release) for loan losses

     (13     1         4         9        1   

Other(1)

     (3                            (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 118      $ 2       $ 8       $ 21      $ 149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses by Impairment Methodology.

            

Inherent

   $ 118      $ 2       $ 8       $ 21      $ 149   

Specific

                                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2014

   $ 118      $ 2       $ 8       $ 21      $ 149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(2).

            

Inherent

   $ 19,657      $ 16,576       $ 15,718       $ 5,298      $ 57,249   

Specific

     2                17                19   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loan evaluated at December 31, 2014

   $ 19,659      $ 16,576       $ 15,735       $ 5,298      $ 57,268   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments.

            

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 125      $       $       $ 2      $ 127   

Provision for lending commitments

     22                               22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 147      $       $       $ 2      $ 149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Lending Commitments by Impairment Methodology.

            

Inherent

   $ 147      $       $       $ 2      $ 149   

Specific

                                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for lending commitments at December 31, 2014

   $ 147      $       $       $ 2      $ 149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Lending Commitments Evaluated by Impairment Methodology(2).

            

Inherent

   $ 65,987      $ 3,484       $ 283       $ 367      $ 70,121   

Specific

     26                               26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total lending commitments evaluated at December 31, 2014

   $ 66,013      $ 3,484       $ 283       $ 367      $ 70,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amount includes the impact related to the transfer to loans held for sale and foreign currency translation adjustments.

(2)

Loan balances are gross of the allowance for loan losses, and lending commitments are gross of the allowance for lending commitments.

 

Employee Loans.

 

Employee loans are granted primarily in conjunction with a program established in the Wealth Management business segment to retain and recruit certain employees. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the consolidated statements of financial condition. These loans are full recourse, generally require periodic payments and have repayment terms ranging from 2 to 12 years. The Company establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider

 

LOGO   190    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. At December 31, 2015, the Company had $4,923 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $108 million. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $5,130 million of employee loans, net of an allowance of approximately $116 million.

 

8.

Equity Method Investments.

 

Overview.

 

The Company has investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1) of $3,144 million and $3,332 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, included in Other investments in the consolidated statements of financial condition. Income from equity method investments was $114 million, $156 million and $451 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Japanese Securities Joint Venture.

 

The Company holds a 40% voting interest (“40% interest”) and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds a 60% voting interest in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). The Company accounts for its equity method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded income from its 40% interest of $220 million, $224 million and $570 million, respectively, within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the book value of this investment was $1,457 million and $1,415 million, respectively. The book value of this investee exceeds the Company’s share of net assets, reflecting equity method intangible assets and equity method goodwill. In addition to MUMSS, the Company held other equity method investments that were not individually significant.

 

In 2015 and 2014, MUMSS paid a dividend of approximately $424 million and $594 million, respectively, of which the Company received its proportionate share of approximately $170 million and $238 million.

 

Summarized Financial Data for MUMSS.

 

     At December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total assets

   $ 135,398       $ 111,053   

Total liabilities

     132,492         108,263   

Noncontrolling interests

     29         37   

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Net revenues

   $ 2,961       $ 2,961       $ 3,305   

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     845         908         1,325   

Net income

     589         595         1,459   

Net income applicable to MUMSS

     565         582         1,441   

 

9.

Goodwill and Net Intangible Assets.

 

Goodwill.

 

The Company completed its annual goodwill impairment testing on July 1, 2015 and July 1, 2014. The Company’s impairment testing for each period did not indicate any goodwill impairment as each of the Company’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value. However, adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

 

    191   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill, Net of Accumulated Impairment Losses.

 

     Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
     Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Goodwill at December 31, 2013(1)

   $ 293      $ 5,533       $ 769       $ 6,595   

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     (14                     (14

Goodwill acquired during the period

     7                        7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2014(1)

   $ 286      $ 5,533       $ 769       $ 6,588   

Foreign currency translation adjustments and other

     (15                     (15

Goodwill acquired during the period

     11                        11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill at December 31, 2015(1)

   $ 282      $ 5,533       $ 769       $ 6,584   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

The amount of the Company’s goodwill before accumulated impairments of $700 million, which included $673 million related to the Institutional Securities business segment and $27 million related to the Investment Management business segment, was $7,284 million and $7,288 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Net Intangible Assets.

 

Changes in Carrying Amount of Net Intangible Assets.

 

     Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   $ 56      $ 3,182      $ 40      $ 3,278   

Mortgage servicing rights

            8               8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   $ 56      $ 3,190      $ 40      $ 3,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2013

   $ 56      $ 3,182      $ 40      $ 3,278   

Disposal

     (4                   (4

Intangible assets acquired during the period

     182                      182   

Amortization expense

     (13     (274     (10     (297

Impairment losses(1)

            (3     (3     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2014

     221        2,905        27        3,153   

Mortgage servicing rights

            6               6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2014

   $ 221      $ 2,911      $ 27      $ 3,159   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2014

   $ 221      $ 2,905      $ 27      $ 3,153   

Intangible assets acquired during the period(2)

     160                      160   

Amortization expense

     (26     (273     (7     (306

Other

     (28                   (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortizable net intangible assets at December 31, 2015

     327        2,632        20        2,979   

Mortgage servicing rights

            5               5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net intangible assets at December 31, 2015

   $ 327      $ 2,637      $ 20      $ 2,984   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

(2)

Includes a $159 million net increase in Intangible assets related to a Commodities division transaction, which also resulted in a gain of $78 million recorded in Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

 

LOGO   192    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Amortizable Intangible Assets.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Trademarks

   $ 1       $ 0       $ 7       $ 6   

Tradename

     280         31         280         21   

Customer relationships

     4,059         1,686         4,048         1,430   

Management contracts

     478         250         268         170   

Other

     291         163         374         197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amortizable intangible assets

   $ 5,109       $ 2,130       $ 4,977       $ 1,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Amortization expense associated with intangible assets is estimated to be approximately $294 million per year over the next five years.

 

10.

Deposits.

 

Deposits.

 

     At
December 31,  2015(1)
     At
December 31,  2014(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Savings and demand deposits

   $ 153,346       $ 132,159   

Time deposits(2)

     2,688         1,385   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total(3)

   $ 156,034       $ 133,544   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total deposits subject to the FDIC insurance at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $113 billion and $99 billion, respectively. Of the total time deposits subject to the FDIC insurance at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, $14 million and $2 million, respectively, met or exceeded the FDIC insurance limit.

(2)

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).

(3)

The Company’s deposits were primarily held in the U.S.

 

Interest bearing deposits at December 31, 2015 included $153,338 million of savings deposits payable upon demand and $2,599 million of time deposits maturing in 2016, $59 million of time deposits maturing in 2017 and $9 million of time deposits maturing in 2018.

 

The vast majority of deposits in MSBNA and MSPBNA (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”) are sourced from the Company’s retail brokerage accounts. Concurrent with the acquisition of the remaining 35% stake in the purchase of the retail securities joint venture between the Company and Citigroup Inc. (“Citi”) (the “Wealth Management JV”) in 2013, the deposit sweep agreement between Citi and the Company was terminated. The transfer of deposits previously held by Citi to the Company’s depository institutions relating to the Company’s customer accounts was completed on June 30, 2015. During 2015, $8.7 billion of deposits were transferred by Citi to the Company’s depository institutions.

 

    193   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

11.

Borrowings and Other Secured Financings.

 

Short-Term Borrowings.

 

At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had $2,173 million and $2,261 million, respectively, of Short-term borrowings, and the average balance was $2,187 million and $1,923 million, respectively. In 2015, the Company calculated its average balances based on daily amounts. In 2014, the Company calculated its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances were unavailable, month-end balances were used. These borrowings included bank loans, bank notes and structured notes with original maturities of 12 months or less. Certain structured short-term borrowings are carried at fair value under the fair value option (see Note 3).

 

Long-Term Borrowings.

 

Maturities and Terms of Long-Term Borrowings.

 

     Parent Company      Subsidiaries      At
December  31,
2015(2)(3)
     At
December  31,
2014
 
     Fixed Rate      Variable
Rate(1)
     Fixed Rate      Variable
Rate(1)
       
     (dollars in millions)  

Due in 2015

   $       $       $       $       $       $ 20,740   

Due in 2016

     9,883         8,227         24         4,262         22,396         20,643   

Due in 2017

     14,550         6,611         13         1,092         22,266         24,000   

Due in 2018

     13,118         3,981         15         823         17,937         17,679   

Due in 2019

     11,219         6,740         47         562         18,568         17,571   

Due in 2020

     11,289         4,713         14         989         17,005         8,190   

Thereafter

     45,173         8,586         308         1,529         55,596         43,949   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 105,232       $ 38,858       $ 421       $ 9,257       $ 153,768       $ 152,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average coupon at period-end(4)

     4.5%         1.0%         6.1%         N/M         4.0%         4.2%   

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

(1)

Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including LIBOR and federal funds rates. Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.

(2)

Amounts include an increase of approximately $2.7 billion at December 31, 2015 to the carrying amount of certain of the long-term borrowings associated with fair value hedges. The increase to the carrying value associated with fair value hedges by year due was approximately $0.1 billion due in 2016, $0.5 billion due in 2017, $0.3 billion due in 2018, $0.5 billion due in 2019, $0.4 billion due in 2020 and $0.9 billion due thereafter.

(3)

Amounts include a decrease of approximately $0.5 billion at December 31, 2015 to the carrying amounts of certain of the long-term borrowings for which the fair value option was elected (see Note 3).

(4)

Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected. Virtually all of the variable rate notes issued by subsidiaries are carried at fair value so a weighted average coupon is not meaningful.

 

Components of Long-term Borrowings.

 

     At
December 31,  2015
     At
December 31,  2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Senior debt

   $ 140,494       $ 139,565   

Subordinated debt

     10,404         8,339   

Junior subordinated debentures

     2,870         4,868   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 153,768       $ 152,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

During 2015 and 2014, the Company issued notes with a principal amount of approximately $34.2 billion and $36.7 billion, respectively, and approximately $27.3 billion and $33.1 billion, respectively, in aggregate long-term borrowings matured or retired.

 

LOGO   194    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Senior debt securities often are denominated in various non-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index (e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Company or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities. Debt containing provisions that effectively allow the holders to put or extend the notes aggregated $2,902 million at December 31, 2015 and $2,175 million at December 31, 2014. In addition, in certain circumstances, certain purchasers may be entitled to cause the repurchase of the notes. The aggregated value of notes subject to these arrangements was $650 million at December 31, 2015 and $551 million at December 31, 2014. Subordinated debt and junior subordinated debentures generally are issued to meet the capital requirements of the Company or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily are U.S. dollar denominated.

 

During 2015, Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts VI and VII redeemed all of their issued and outstanding 6.60% Capital Securities, respectively, and the Company concurrently redeemed the related underlying junior subordinated debentures.

 

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings.

 

The Company’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowings include various structured instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index (e.g., Standard & Poor’s 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures. To minimize the exposure resulting from movements in the underlying index, equity, credit or other position, the Company has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR. The Company generally carries the entire structured borrowings at fair value. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Note 3 for further information on structured borrowings.

 

Subordinated Debt and Junior Subordinated Debentures.

 

Included in the long-term borrowings are subordinated notes of $10,404 million having a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.45% at December 31, 2015 and $8,339 million having a contractual weighted average coupon of 4.57% at December 31, 2014. Junior subordinated debentures outstanding by the Company were $2,870 million at December 31, 2015 having a contractual weighted average coupon of 6.22% at December 31, 2015 and $4,868 million at December 31, 2014 having a contractual weighted average coupon of 6.37% at December 31, 2014. Maturities of the subordinated and junior subordinated notes range from 2022 to 2067, while maturities of certain junior subordinated debentures can be extended to 2052 at the Company’s option.

 

Asset and Liability Management.

 

In general, securities inventories that are not financed by secured funding sources and the majority of the Company’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding, floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. Fixed assets are generally financed with fixed rate long-term debt. The Company uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Company’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, for non-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Company has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations.

 

The Company’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affected its effective average borrowing rate.

 

Effective Average Borrowing Rate.

 

    2015     2014     2013  

Weighted average coupon of long-term borrowings at period-end(1)

    4.0%        4.2%        4.4%   

Effective average borrowing rate for long-term borrowings after swaps at period-end(1)

    2.1%        2.3%        2.2%   

 

    195   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

Included in the weighted average and effective average calculations are U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates.

 

Other.

 

The Company, through several of its subsidiaries, maintains funded and unfunded committed credit facilities to support various businesses, including the collateralized commercial and residential mortgage whole loan, derivative contracts, warehouse lending, emerging market loan, structured product, corporate loan, investment banking and prime brokerage businesses.

 

Other Secured Financings.

 

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, pledged commodities, certain equity-linked notes and other secured borrowings. See Note 13 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

 

Other Secured Financings.

 

    At
December 31,  2015
     At
December 31,  2014
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Secured financings with original maturities greater than one year

  $ 7,629       $ 10,346   

Secured financings with original maturities one year or less(1)

    1,435         1,395   

Failed sales(2)

    400         344   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

  $ 9,464       $ 12,085   
 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts include approximately $1,401 million of variable rate financings and approximately $34 million in fixed rate financings at December 31, 2015 and approximately $1,299 million of variable rate financings and approximately $96 million in fixed rate financings at December 31, 2014.

(2)

For more information on failed sales, see Note 13.

 

Maturities and Terms of Secured Financings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At
December  31,
2014
 
     Fixed Rate      Variable
Rate(1)
     Total     
     (dollars in millions)  

Due in 2015

   $       $       $       $ 3,341   

Due in 2016

             2,333         2,333         4,705   

Due in 2017

             2,122         2,122         881   

Due in 2018

             1,553         1,553         786   

Due in 2019

     1         1,147         1,148         194   

Due in 2020

     58         84         142         56   

Thereafter

     84         247         331         383   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 143       $ 7,486       $ 7,629       $ 10,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average coupon rate at period-end(2)

     3.9%         1.2%         1.2%         0.8%   

 

(1)

Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of indices, including LIBOR. Amounts include borrowings that are equity-linked, credit-linked, commodity-linked or linked to some other index.

(2)

Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. and non-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes secured financings that are linked to non-interest indices and for which fair value option was elected.

 

LOGO   196    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Maturities and Terms of Failed Sales.

 

     At
December  31,
2015
     At
December  31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Due in 2015

   $       $ 32   

Due in 2016

     69         90   

Due in 2017

     168         148   

Due in 2018

     1         14   

Due in 2019

     54         10   

Due in 2020

     104           

Thereafter

     4         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 400       $ 344   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

For more information on failed sales, see Note 13.

 

12.    Commitments,

Guarantees and Contingencies.

 

Commitments.

 

The Company’s commitments are summarized below by years to maturity. Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

 

Commitments.

 

     Years to Maturity at December 31, 2015         
     Less
than 1
     1-3      3-5      Over 5      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees obtained to satisfy collateral requirements

   $ 172       $ 7       $       $ 107       $ 286   

Investment activities

     544         78         36         398         1,056   

Corporate lending commitments(1)

     14,912         25,124         48,655         7,025         95,716   

Consumer lending commitments

     4,846         5                 4         4,855   

Residential real estate lending commitments

     24         99         63         246         432   

Wholesale real estate lending commitments

     82         265         41         2         390   

Forward-starting reverse repurchase agreements and securities borrowing agreements(2)(3)

     33,485                                 33,485   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 54,065       $ 25,578       $ 48,795       $ 7,782       $ 136,220   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Due to the nature of the Company’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties of $4.2 billion.

(2)

The Company enters into forward-starting reverse repurchase and securities borrowing agreements that primarily settle within three business days of the trade date, and of the total amount at December 31, 2015, $25.6 billion settled within three business days.

(3)

The Company also has a contingent obligation to provide financing to a clearinghouse through which it clears certain transactions. The financing is required only upon the default of a clearinghouse member. The financing takes the form of a reverse repurchase facility, with a maximum amount of approximately $2.2 billion.

 

Type of Commitments.

 

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Obtained to Satisfy Collateral Requirements.    The Company has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Company’s

 

    197   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

counterparties. The Company is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities borrowed and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

 

Investment Activities.    The Company enters into commitments associated with its real estate, private equity and principal investment activities, which include alternative products.

 

Lending Commitments.    Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for different types of loan transactions. For syndications led by the Company, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Company participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Company expects it will be allocated from the lead, syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Company’s obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties. See Note 7 for further information.

 

Forward-Starting Reverse Repurchase Agreements.    The Company has entered into forward-starting securities purchased under agreements to resell (agreements that have a trade date at or prior to December 31, 2015 and settle subsequent to period-end) that are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations.

 

The Company sponsors several non-consolidated investment funds for third-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Company’s employees, including its senior officers as well as the Company’s Directors, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Company forms primarily for client investment, except that the Company may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Company has contractual capital commitments, guarantees, lending facilities and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment funds.

 

Premises and Equipment.    The Company has non-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment (excluding commodity operating leases, shown separately). At December 31, 2015, future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of subleases, principally on office rentals) were as follows:

 

Operating Premises Leases.

 

     At December 31,
            2015            
 
     (dollars in millions)  

2016

   $ 612   

2017

     642   

2018

     570   

2019

     485   

2020

     438   

Thereafter

     3,127   

 

The total of minimum rental income to be received in the future under non-cancelable operating subleases at December 31, 2015 was $26 million.

 

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges. Total rent expense, net of sublease rental income, was $705 million, $715 million and $742 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

LOGO   198    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Guarantees.

 

Obligations Under Guarantee Arrangements at December 31, 2015.

 

    Maximum Potential Payout/Notional              
    Years to Maturity                    
    Less than 1     1-3     3-5     Over 5     Total     Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
    Collateral/
Recourse
 
    (dollars in millions)  

Credit derivative contracts(1)

  $ 208,694      $   298,030      $ 149,171      $ 33,624      $ 689,519      $ 785      $   

Other credit contracts

    19        107        2        332        460        (24       

Non-credit derivative contracts(1)

    1,103,014          760,769          321,557          567,755          2,753,095        61,401          

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued(2)

    822        1,361        1,174        5,870        9,227        (175     7,633   

Market value guarantees

    11        166        224        29        430        (3     6   

Liquidity facilities

    3,079                             3,079        (5     4,875   

Whole loan sales guarantees

                  1        23,451        23,452        9          

Securitization representations and warranties

                         65,000        65,000        98          

General partner guarantees

    25        41        87        467        620        29          

 

(1)

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

(2)

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties totaling $0.7 billion due to the nature of the Company’s obligations under these arrangements.

 

The Company has obligations under certain guarantee arrangements, including contracts and indemnification agreements, that contingently require a guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in an underlying measure (such as an interest or foreign exchange rate, security or commodity price, an index, or the occurrence or non-occurrence of a specified event) related to an asset, liability or equity security of a guaranteed party. Also included as guarantees are contracts that contingently require the guarantor to make payments to the guaranteed party based on another entity’s failure to perform under an agreement, as well as indirect guarantees of the indebtedness of others.

 

Types of Guarantees.

 

Derivative Contracts.    Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and credit default swaps (see Note 4 regarding credit derivatives in which the Company has sold credit protection to the counterparty). Although the Company’s derivative arrangements do not specifically identify whether the derivative counterparty retains the underlying asset, liability or equity security, the Company has disclosed information regarding all derivative contracts that could meet the accounting definition of a guarantee. The maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options, cannot be estimated, as increases in interest or foreign exchange rates in the future could possibly be unlimited. Therefore, in order to provide information regarding the maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under certain derivative contracts, the notional amount of the contracts has been disclosed. In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Company for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Company sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Company may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Company under the derivative contract.

 

The Company records all derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Company also manages its exposure to these derivative

 

    199   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Company believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

 

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued.    In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Company provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Company’s standby letters of credit are provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

 

Market Value Guarantees.    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Company may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

 

Liquidity Facilities.    The Company has entered into liquidity facilities with special purpose entities (“SPEs”) and other counterparties, whereby the Company is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Company acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Company on specified dates at a specified price. The Company often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

 

Whole Loan Sale Guarantees.    The Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Company’s maximum potential payout related to such representations and warranties is equal to the current unpaid principal balance (“UPB”) of such loans. The Company has information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout of $23.5 billion includes the current UPB where known of $4.5 billion and the UPB at the time of sale of $18.9 billion when the current UPB is not known. The UPB at the time of the sale of all loans covered by these representations and warranties was approximately $42.7 billion. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

 

Securitization Representations and Warranties.    As part of the Company’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Company may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB where known and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

 

Between 2004 and 2015, the Company sponsored approximately $148.0 billion of RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans that were outstanding at December 31, 2015. Of that amount, the Company made representations and warranties relating to approximately $47.0 billion of loans and agreed to be responsible for the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent, on approximately $21.0 billion of loans. At December 31, 2015, the Company had recorded $101 million in its consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these residential mortgages. At December 31, 2015, the current UPB for all the residential assets subject to such representations and warranties was approximately $13.5 billion, and

 

LOGO   200    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the cumulative losses associated with U.S. RMBS were approximately $14.7 billion. The Company did not make, or otherwise agree to be responsible for, the representations and warranties made by third-party sellers on approximately $79.9 billion of residential loans that it securitized during that time period.

 

The Company also made representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized in CMBS. Between 2004 and 2015, the Company originated approximately $67.6 billion and $7.2 billion of U.S. and non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, respectively, that were placed into CMBS sponsored by the Company that were outstanding at December 31, 2015. At December 31, 2015, the Company had not accrued any amounts in the consolidated financial statements for payments owed as a result of breach of representations and warranties made in connection with these commercial mortgages. At December 31, 2015, the current UPB for all U.S. commercial mortgage loans subject to such representations and warranties was $35.0 billion. For the non-U.S. commercial mortgage loans, the amount included in the above table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB when known of $1.3 billion and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known of $0.4 billion.

 

General Partner Guarantees.    As a general partner in certain private equity and real estate partnerships, the Company receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Company, from time to time, may be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

 

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Company may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Company provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Company believes the likelihood of any payment by the Company under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence associated with its role as investment banking advisor.

 

Other Guarantees and Indemnities.    In the normal course of business, the Company provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications related to trust preferred securities, indemnities, and exchange/clearinghouse member guarantees are described below:

 

   

Trust Preferred Securities.    The Company has established Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts for the limited purpose of issuing trust preferred securities to third parties and lending such proceeds to the Company in exchange for junior subordinated debentures. The Morgan Stanley Capital Trusts are SPEs, and only the Parent provides a guarantee for the trust preferred securities. The Company has directly guaranteed the repayment of the trust preferred securities to the holders in accordance with the terms thereof. See Note 11 for details on the Company’s junior subordinated debentures.

 

   

Indemnities.    The Company provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

   

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its

 

    201   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

membership, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general the Company’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources. In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse. The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Company’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the consolidated financial statements.

 

Contingencies.

 

Legal.    In the normal course of business, the Company has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis related matters. Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Company expects that it may become the subject of increased claims for damages and other relief and, while the Company has identified below any individual proceedings where the Company believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

 

The Company contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the Company can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Company accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Company incurred legal expenses of $563 million in 2015, $3,364 million in 2014 and $1,941 million in 2013. The Company’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Company.

 

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

 

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Company cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or governmental entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal

 

LOGO   202    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

 

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Company can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued, but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

 

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Company, styled China Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million credit default swap referencing the super senior portion of the STACK 2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Company misrepresented the risks of the STACK 2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Company knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the credit default swap with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the credit default swap, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

 

On August 7, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-4SL against the Company. The matter is styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-4SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and is pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had an original principal balance of approximately $303 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreement underlying the transaction, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $149 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-4SL against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and $305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $527 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

On September 28, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-13ARX v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on January 17, 2013, which asserts claims for breach of contract and

 

    203   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $609 million, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, declaratory judgment relief, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. By order dated September 30, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On July 13, 2015, the plaintiff perfected its appeal from the court’s September 30, 2014 decision. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $170 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

On January 10, 2013, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-10SL against the Company styled Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-10SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $300 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, an order requiring the Company to comply with the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, and interest. On August 8, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $197 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs in Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al. filed a complaint against the Company, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Company to plaintiff currently at issue in this action was approximately $644 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Company for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. The Company perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015. At December 25, 2015, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $269 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $83 million. Based on currently available information, the Company believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $269 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Company, or upon sale, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Company may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

 

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Company styled U.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2007-2AX (MSM 2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and Greenpoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

LOGO   204    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I 2007-1, filed a complaint against the Company styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Company styled Deutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust 2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC as Successor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On October 20, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Company’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Company believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Company received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that the Company did not repurchase, plus pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

 

13.

Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities.

 

Overview.

 

The Company is involved with various SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

 

The Company’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Company’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

   

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, including re-securitization transactions.

 

   

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

   

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

   

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

   

Structuring of CLNs or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

   

Other structured transactions designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

    205   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Company and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Company and other parties.

 

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Company considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Company does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Company serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Company analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest of the VIE.

 

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, who serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the “B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

 

For many transactions, such as re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Company focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. Based upon factors, which include an analysis of the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Company and the extent of the information available to the Company and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Company and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Company, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Company and by other investors, the Company concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Company and the initial investors. The Company focused its control decision on any right held by the Company or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Most re-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

 

Consolidated VIEs.

 

Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings and managed real estate partnerships in the tables below, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets and the liabilities of the entities in Other secured financings in its consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Premises, equipment and software costs, and Other assets in its consolidated statements of financial condition. For consolidated VIEs included in managed real estate partnerships, the Company accounts for the assets held by the entities primarily in Trading assets in its consolidated statements of financial condition. Except for consolidated VIEs included in other structured financings, the assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings.

 

The assets owned by many consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities issued by many consolidated VIEs are non-recourse to the Company. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Company either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

LOGO   206    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As part of the Institutional Securities business segment’s securitization and related activities, the Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 12).

 

Consolidated VIE Assets and Liabilities.

 

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented after intercompany eliminations and include assets financed on a non-recourse basis:

 

    At December 31, 2015     At December 31, 2014  
          VIE Assets                 VIE Liabilities                 VIE Assets                 VIE Liabilities        
    (dollars in millions)  

Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations

  $ 375        $ 234        $ 563        $ 337     

Managed real estate partnerships(1)

    38          1          288          4     

Other structured financings

    787          13          928          80     

Credit-linked notes and Other

    1,400          189          1,199          —     

 

(1)

During 2015 and 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $191 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, in net assets previously attributable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests that were primarily related to or associated with real estate funds sponsored by the Company.

 

In general, the Company’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’s assets recognized in its financial statements, net of losses absorbed by third-party holders of the VIE’s liabilities. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, managed real estate partnerships reflected nonredeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of $37 million and $240 million, respectively. The Company also had additional maximum exposure to losses of approximately $72 million and $105 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, primarily related to certain derivatives, commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement.

 

    207   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Non-consolidated VIEs.

 

The tables below include all VIEs in which the Company has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria. Most of the VIEs included in the tables below are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Company’s involvement generally is the result of its secondary market-making activities and securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5):

 

    At December 31, 2015  
    Mortgage- and
Asset-Backed
   Securitizations  
      Collateralized  
Debt
Obligations
    Municipal
Tender
Option Bonds
    Other
Structured
  Financings  
            Other          
    (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate
(unpaid principal balance)(1)

  $ 126,872       $ 8,805       $ 4,654       $ 2,201       $ 20,775    

Maximum exposure to loss:

         

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $ 13,361       $ 1,259       $      $ 1,129       $ 3,854    

Derivative and other contracts

    —         —         2,834         —         67    

Commitments, guarantees and other

    494         231         —         361         222    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $ 13,855       $ 1,490       $ 2,835       $ 1,490       $ 4,143    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

         

Debt and equity interests(2)

  $ 13,361       $ 1,259       $      $ 685       $ 3,854    

Derivative and other contracts

    —         —                —         13    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $ 13,361       $ 1,259       $      $ 685       $ 3,867    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

         

Derivative and other contracts

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 15    

Commitments, guarantees and other

    —         —         —                —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $      $ 15    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   208    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    At December 31, 2014  
    Mortgage-  and
Asset-Backed
Securitizations
    Collateralized
Debt
Obligations
    Municipal
Tender
Option
Bonds
    Other
Structured
Financings
    Other  
    (dollars in millions)  

VIE assets that the Company does not consolidate (unpaid principal balance)(3)

  $ 174,548      $ 26,567      $ 3,449      $ 2,040      $ 19,237   

Maximum exposure to loss:

         

Debt and equity interests(4)

  $ 15,028      $ 3,062      $ 13      $ 1,158      $ 3,884   

Derivative and other contracts

    15        2        2,212               164   

Commitments, guarantees and other

    1,054        432               617        429   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total maximum exposure to loss

  $ 16,097      $ 3,496      $ 2,225      $ 1,775      $ 4,477   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets:

         

Debt and equity interests(4)

  $ 15,028      $ 3,062      $ 13      $ 741      $ 3,884   

Derivative and other contracts

    15        2        4               74   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

  $ 15,043      $ 3,064      $ 17      $ 741      $ 3,958   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities:

         

Derivative and other contracts

  $      $      $      $      $ 57   

Commitments, guarantees and other

                         5          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

  $      $      $      $ 5      $ 57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $13.8 billion of residential mortgages; $57.3 billion of commercial mortgages; $13.2 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $42.5 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

(2)

Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.0 billion of residential mortgages; $2.9 billion of commercial mortgages; $2.8 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $6.7 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

(3)

Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE assets as follows: $30.8 billion of residential mortgages; $71.9 billion of commercial mortgages; $20.6 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $51.2 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

(4)

Mortgage- and asset-backed securitizations include VIE debt and equity interests as follows: $1.9 billion of residential mortgages; $2.4 billion of commercial mortgages; $4.0 billion of U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations; and $6.8 billion of other consumer or commercial loans.

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Company. The maximum exposure to loss is dependent on the nature of the Company’s variable interest in the VIEs and is limited to the notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, other credit support, total return swaps, written put options, and the fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Company has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally are non-recourse to the Company. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write-downs already recorded by the Company.

 

The Company’s maximum exposure to loss does not include the offsetting benefit of any financial instruments that the Company may utilize to hedge these risks associated with its variable interests. In addition, the Company’s maximum exposure to loss is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

 

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Company owned additional securities issued by securitization SPEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds. These additional securities totaled $12.9 billion and $14.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These securities were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Company, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities or held as AFS securities in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5). At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, these securities consisted of securities backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans or other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables,

 

    209   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

automobile loans and student loans, and CDOs or CLOs. The Company’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Company, with the risk highest on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These securities generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Company does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the securities owned.

 

The Company’s transactions with VIEs primarily include securitizations, municipal tender option bond trusts, credit protection purchased through CLNs, other structured financings, collateralized loan and debt obligations, equity-linked notes, managed real estate partnerships and asset management investment funds. The Company’s continuing involvement in VIEs that it does not consolidate can include ownership of retained interests in Company-sponsored transactions, interests purchased in the secondary market (both for Company-sponsored transactions and transactions sponsored by third parties), derivatives with securitization SPEs (primarily interest rate derivatives in commercial mortgage and residential mortgage securitizations and credit derivatives in which the Company has purchased protection in synthetic CDOs). Such activities are further described below.

 

Securitization Activities.

 

In a securitization transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Company transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

 

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S., the Company serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Company also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

 

Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. As a market maker, the Company offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, although these beneficial interests generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

 

The Company enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure. See Note 4 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

 

Available for Sale Securities.

 

In the AFS securities within the Investment securities portfolio, the Company holds securities issued by VIEs not sponsored by the Company. These securities include government guaranteed securities issued in transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and the most senior securities issued by VIEs in which the securities are backed by student loans, automobile loans, commercial mortgage loans or CLOs (see Note 5).

 

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts.

 

In a municipal tender option bond transaction, the Company, generally on behalf of a client, transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Company, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their

 

LOGO   210    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

short-term interests. In some programs, the Company provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility. The Company may purchase short-term securities in its role either as remarketing agent or as liquidity provider. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation generally is collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Company consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest.

 

Credit Protection Purchased through CLNs.

 

In a CLN transaction, the Company transfers assets (generally high-quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writes protection on an unrelated reference asset or group of assets, through a credit default swap, a total return swap or similar instrument, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE. In some transactions, the Company may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE. Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the reference asset, the SPE will deliver collateral securities as payment to the Company. The Company is generally exposed to price changes on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions, the assets and liabilities of the SPE are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of financial condition. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities is accounted for as a sale of assets, and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment.

 

The derivatives in CLN transactions consist of total return swaps, credit default swaps or similar contracts in which the Company has purchased protection on a reference asset or group of assets. Payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives with non-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Company’s overall exposure.

 

Other Structured Financings.

 

The Company primarily invests in equity interests issued by entities that develop and own low-income communities (including low-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The equity interests entitle the Company to its share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Company has issued guarantees to investors in certain low-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Company is also involved with entities designed to provide tax-efficient yields to the Company or its clients.

 

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations.

 

A CLO or a CDO is an SPE that purchases a pool of assets, consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, asset-backed securities or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives, and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Company underwrites the securities issued in CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Company sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. If necessary, the Company may retain unsold securities issued in these transactions. Although not obligated, the Company generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.

 

Equity-Linked Notes.

 

In an equity-linked note (“ELN”) transaction, the Company typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Company, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index, or other index or

 

    211   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 2015 and at December 31, 2014.

 

Managed Real Estate Partnerships.

 

The Company sponsors funds that invest in real estate assets. Certain of these funds are classified as VIEs, primarily because the Company has provided financial support through lending facilities and other means. The Company also serves as the general partner for these funds and owns limited partnership interests in them. These funds were consolidated at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

 

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement.

 

Transactions with SPEs in which the Company, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment are shown below.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
     Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
     Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(2)

   $ 22,440       $ 72,760       $ 17,978       $ 12,235   

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $       $ 238       $ 649       $   

Non-investment grade

     160         63                 1,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 160       $ 301       $ 649       $ 1,136   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $       $ 88       $ 99       $   

Non-investment grade

     60         63                 10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 60       $ 151       $ 99       $ 10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $       $ 343       $       $ 151   

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

                             449   

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Residential
Mortgage
Loans
     Commercial
Mortgage
Loans
     U.S. Agency
Collateralized
Mortgage
Obligations
     Credit-
Linked
Notes
and Other(1)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

SPE assets (unpaid principal balance)(2)

   $ 26,549       $ 58,660       $ 20,826       $ 24,011   

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 10       $ 117       $ 1,019       $ 57   

Non-investment grade

     98         120                 1,264   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $ 108       $ 237       $ 1,019       $ 1,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $ 32       $ 129       $ 61       $ 423   

Non-investment grade

     32         72                 59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $ 64       $ 201       $ 61       $ 482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $       $ 495       $       $ 138   

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

                             86   

 

LOGO   212    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

(2)

Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      
     (dollars in millions)  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $       $ 886       $ 1       $ 887   

Non-investment grade

             17         1,342         1,359   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $       $ 903       $ 1,343       $ 2,246   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $       $ 187       $       $ 187   

Non-investment grade

             112         21         133   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $       $ 299       $ 21       $ 320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $       $ 466       $ 28       $ 494   

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

             110         339         449   

 

     At December 31, 2014  
         Level 1              Level 2              Level 3              Total      
     (dollars in millions)  

Retained interests (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $       $ 1,166       $ 37       $ 1,203   

Non-investment grade

             123         1,359         1,482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retained interests (fair value)

   $       $ 1,289       $ 1,396       $ 2,685   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value):

           

Investment grade

   $       $ 644       $ 1       $ 645   

Non-investment grade

             129         34         163   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

   $       $ 773       $ 35       $ 808   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivative assets (fair value)

   $       $ 559       $ 74       $ 633   

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

             82         4         86   

 

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The Company may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles. Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions. The Company may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are included in the consolidated statements of financial condition at fair value. Any changes in the fair value of such retained interests are recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

 

Net gains on sale of assets in securitization transactions at the time of the sale were not material in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Retained Interests in Securitization Transactions.

 

          2015                  2014                  2013        
     (dollars in millions)  

Proceeds received from new securitization transactions

   $     21,243       $     20,553       $     24,889   

Proceeds from retained interests in securitization transactions

     3,062         3,041         4,614   

 

The Company has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Company (see Note 12).

 

    213   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Proceeds from Sales to CLO Entities Sponsored by Non-Affiliates.

 

           2015                  2014                  2013        
     (dollars in millions)  

Proceeds from sale of corporate loans sold to those SPEs

   $     1,110       $     2,388       $     2,347   

 

Net gains on sale of corporate loans to CLO transactions at the time of sale were not material in 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

The Company also enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains the exposure to the securities. For transactions where the derivatives were outstanding at December 31, 2015, the carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and the gross cash proceeds were $7.9 billion. In addition, the fair value at December 31, 2015 of the assets sold was $7.9 billion, while the fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31, 2015 was $97.0 million and $39.8 million, respectively (see Note 4).

 

Failed Sales.

 

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Company continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Company recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the consolidated statements of financial condition (see Note 11).

 

The assets transferred to unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Company and are not generally available to the Company. The related liabilities are also non-recourse to the Company. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Company has the right to remove assets or provide additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

 

Carrying Value of Assets and Liabilities Related to Failed Sales.

 

    At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
    Carrying Value of:      Carrying Value of:  
        Assets              Liabilities              Assets              Liabilities      
    (dollars in millions)  

Failed sales

  $             400       $             400       $             352       $             344   

 

14.

Regulatory Requirements.

 

Regulatory Capital Framework.

 

The Company is a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Company, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Company’s compliance with such capital requirements. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) establishes similar capital requirements and standards for the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The U.S. banking regulators have comprehensively revised their risk-based and leverage capital framework to implement many aspects of the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”). The U.S. banking regulators’ revised capital framework is referred to herein as “U.S. Basel III.” The Company and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries became subject to U.S. Basel III on January 1, 2014.

 

Calculation of Risk-Based Capital Ratios.

 

The Company is required to calculate and hold capital against credit, market and operational risk-weighted assets (“RWAs”). RWAs reflect both on- and off-balance sheet risk of the Company. Credit risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from a borrower, counterparty or issuer failing to meet its financial obligations. Market risk RWAs

 

LOGO   214    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from adverse changes in market prices and other factors. Operational risk RWAs reflect capital charges attributable to the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed processes, people and systems or from external events (e.g., fraud; theft; legal, regulatory and compliance risks; or damage to physical assets). The Company may incur operational risks across the full scope of its business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing). In addition, given the evolving regulatory and litigation environment across the financial services industry and the fact that operational risk RWAs incorporate the impact of such related matters, operational risk RWAs may increase in future periods.

 

On February 21, 2014, the Federal Reserve and the OCC approved the Company’s and its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ respective use of the U.S. Basel III advanced internal ratings-based approach for determining credit risk capital requirements and advanced measurement approaches for determining operational risk capital requirements to calculate and publicly disclose their risk-based capital ratios beginning with the second quarter of 2014, subject to the “capital floor” discussed below (the “Advanced Approach”). As a U.S. Basel III Advanced Approach banking organization, the Company is required to compute risk-based capital ratios calculated using both (i) standardized approaches for calculating credit risk RWAs and market risk RWAs (the “Standardized Approach”); and (ii) an advanced internal ratings-based approach for calculating credit risk RWAs, an advanced measurement approach for calculating operational risk RWAs, and an advanced approach for calculating market risk RWAs under U.S. Basel III.

 

To implement a provision of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, U.S. Basel III subjects Advanced Approach banking organizations that have been approved by their regulators to exit the parallel run, such as the Company, to a permanent “capital floor.” Beginning on January 1, 2015, as a result of the capital floor, the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes are the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach or the Standardized Approach under U.S. Basel III. The U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach modifies certain U.S. Basel I-based methods for calculating RWAs and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain types of assets and exposures. In 2014, the Company’s binding risk-based capital ratios for regulatory purposes were the lower of the capital ratios computed under the Advanced Approach under U.S. Basel III or U.S. banking regulators’ U.S. Basel I-based rules (“U.S. Basel I”) as supplemented by rules that implemented the Basel Committee’s market risk capital framework amendment, commonly referred to as “Basel 2.5”. The capital floor applies to the calculation of the minimum risk-based capital requirements, the capital conservation buffer, the countercyclical capital buffer (if deployed by banking regulators), and the global systemically important bank capital surcharge.

 

The methods for calculating each of the Company’s risk-based capital ratios will change through January 1, 2022 as aspects of U.S. Basel III are phased in. These ongoing methodological changes may result in differences in the Company’s reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of changes to its capital base, asset composition, off-balance sheet exposures or risk profile.

 

The Company’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company’s risk-based capital ratios were lower under the Advanced Approach transitional rules; however, the risk-based capital ratios for its U.S. Bank Subsidiaries were lower under the Standardized Approach transitional rules.

 

    215   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Capital Measures and Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios.

 

     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     Amount           Ratio           Minimum
Regulatory
Capital
    Ratio(1)    
     Amount           Ratio           Minimum
Regulatory
Capital
    Ratio(1)    
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Regulatory capital and capital ratios:

                 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 59,409         15.5%         4.5%       $ 57,324         12.6%         4.0%   

Tier 1 capital

     66,722         17.4%         6.0%         64,182         14.1%         5.5%   

Total capital

     79,403         20.7%         8.0%         74,972         16.4%         8.0%   

Tier 1 leverage(2)

             8.3%         4.0%                 7.9%         4.0%   

Assets:

                 

Total RWAs

   $     384,162         N/A         N/A       $     456,008         N/A         N/A   

Adjusted average assets(3)

     803,574         N/A         N/A         810,524         N/A         N/A   

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

(1)

Percentages represent minimum regulatory capital ratios under U.S. Basel III transitional rules.

(2)

Tier 1 leverage ratios are calculated under U.S. Basel III Standardized Approach transitional rules.

(3)

Beginning with the first quarter of 2015, in accordance with U.S. Basel III, adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidated on-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the calendar quarter, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

 

The Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

 

The Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to similar regulatory capital requirements as the Company. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, each of the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

 

Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios for the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

 

     Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.  
     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     U.S. Basel III Transitional/
Standardized Approach
     Required
Capital
     Ratio(1)      
     U.S. Basel III Transitional/
Basel I + Basel 2.5 Approach
     Required
Capital
     Ratio(1)      
 
           Amount                 Ratio                  Amount                Ratio           
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $       13,333         15.1%         6.5%       $         12,355         12.2%         6.5%   

Tier 1 capital

     13,333         15.1%         8.0%         12,355         12.2%         8.0%   

Total capital

     15,097         17.1%         10.0%         14,040         13.9%         10.0%   

Tier 1 leverage

     13,333         10.2%         5.0%         12,355         10.2%         5.0%   

 

     Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association  
     At December 31, 2015      At December 31, 2014  
     U.S. Basel III  Transitional/
Standardized Approach
     Required
Capital
     Ratio(1)      
     U.S. Basel III  Transitional/
Basel I + Basel 2.5 Approach
     Required
Capital
     Ratio(1)      
 
           Amount                 Ratio                  Amount                Ratio           
     (dollars in millions)  

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   $ 4,197         26.5%         6.5%       $         2,468         20.3%         6.5%   

Tier 1 capital

     4,197         26.5%         8.0%         2,468         20.3%         8.0%   

Total capital

     4,225         26.7%         10.0%         2,480         20.4%         10.0%   

Tier 1 leverage

     4,197         10.5%         5.0%         2,468         9.4%         5.0%   

 

LOGO   216    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

Capital ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

 

Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions, in order to be considered well-capitalized, must maintain certain minimum capital ratios. Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Company must be well-capitalized in order for the Company to continue to qualify as a financial holding company and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries maintained capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the U.S. federal banking regulators.

 

MS&Co. and Other Broker-Dealers.

 

MS&Co. is a registered broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MS&Co.’s net capital totaled $10,254 million and $6,593 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $8,458 million and $4,928 million, respectively. MS&Co. is required to hold tentative net capital in excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of $500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule 15c3-1. In addition, MS&Co. is required to notify the SEC in the event that its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, MS&Co. had tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and the notification requirements.

 

MSSB LLC is a registered broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements. MSSB LLC’s net capital totaled $3,613 million and $4,620 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, which exceeded the amount required by $3,459 million and $4,460 million, respectively.

 

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Prudential Regulation Authority, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

 

Other Regulated Subsidiaries.

 

Certain other U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries of the Company are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

 

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Company, may restrict the Company’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, approximately $28.6 billion and $31.8 billion, respectively, of net assets of consolidated subsidiaries may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the parent company.

 

    217   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

15.

Total Equity

 

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity.

 

Common Stock.

 

Changes in Shares of Common Stock Outstanding.

 

         2015             2014      
     (in millions)  

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

     1,951        1,945   

Treasury stock purchases(1)

     (78     (46

Other(2)

     47        52   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares outstanding at end of period

     1,920        1,951   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.

(2)

Other includes net shares issued to and forfeited from Employee stock trusts and issued for RSU conversions.

 

Dividends and Share Repurchases.    In March 2015, the Company received no objection from the Federal Reserve to its 2015 capital plan. The capital plan included a share repurchase of up to $3.1 billion of the Company’s outstanding common stock during the period that began April 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016. Additionally, the capital plan included an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.15 per share from $0.10 per share that began with the dividend declared on April 20, 2015. The cash dividends declared on the Company’s outstanding preferred stock were $452 million, $311 million and $271 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. During 2015 and 2014, the Company repurchased approximately $2,125 million and $900 million, respectively, of its outstanding common stock as part of its share repurchase program.

 

Pursuant to the share repurchase program, the Company considers, among other things, business segment capital needs as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Company deems appropriate subject to various factors, including the Company’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule 10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval.

 

Employee Stock Trusts.

 

The Company has established Employee stock trusts to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding RSUs. The assets of the Employee stock trusts are consolidated with those of the Company, and the value of the stock held in the Employee stock trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.

 

Preferred Stock.

 

The Company is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation.

 

LOGO   218    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Preferred Stock Outstanding.

 

     Shares Outstanding
At December 31,
2015
     Liquidation
Preference per
Share
     Carrying Value  

Series

         At
December 31,
2015
     At
December 31,
2014
 
     (shares in millions)             (dollars in millions)  

A

     44,000       $             25,000       $                 1,100       $                 1,100   

C(1)

                             519,882         1,000         408         408   

E

     34,500         25,000         862         862   

F

     34,000         25,000         850         850   

G

     20,000         25,000         500         500   

H

     52,000         25,000         1,300         1,300   

I

     40,000         25,000         1,000         1,000   

J

     60,000         25,000         1,500           
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

         $ 7,520       $ 6,020   
        

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Series C is comprised of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

 

The Company’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 14).

 

Preferred Stock Issuance Description.

 

Series

 

Issuance Date

 

Preferred Stock Issuance Description

  Redemption
Price

per  Share(1)
   

Redeemable on
or after Date

  Dividend
per Share(2)
 

A(3)

  July 2006   44,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th of a share of Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   $ 25,000      July 15, 2011   $ 255.56   

C(3)(4)

  October 13, 2008   10% Perpetual Non-Cumulative Non-Voting Preferred Stock     1,100      October 15, 2011     25.00   

E(5)

  September 30, 2013   34,500,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value     25,000      October 15, 2023     445.31   

F(5)

  December 10, 2013   34,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value     25,000      January 15, 2024     429.69   

G(5)

  April 29, 2014   20,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value     25,000      July 15, 2019     414.06   

H(5)(6)

  April 29, 2014   1,300,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value     25,000      July 15, 2019     681.25   

I(5)

  September 18, 2014   40,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value     25,000      October 15, 2024     398.44   

J(5)(7)

  March 19, 2015   1,500,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetual Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value     25,000      July 15, 2020     693.75   

 

(1)

The redemption price per share for Series A, E, F, G and I is equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share. The redemption price per share for Series H and J is equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share.

(2)

Quarterly (unless noted otherwise) dividend declared in December 2015 that was paid on January 15, 2016 to preferred shareholders of record on December 31, 2015.

(3)

The preferred stock is redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on or after the redemption date.

(4)

Dividends on the Series C preferred stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.

 

    219   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(5)

The preferred stock is redeemable at the Company’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).

(6)

Dividend on Series H preferred stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2019 and quarterly thereafter.

(7)

Dividend on Series J preferred stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2020 and quarterly thereafter. In addition to the redemption price per share, the redemption price includes any declared and unpaid dividends up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).

 

Changes in AOCI by Component, Net of Noncontrolling Interests.

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ (663   $ (73   $ (512   $ (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (300     (193     132        (361

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

            (53     6        (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

     (300     (246     138        (408
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ (963   $ (319   $ (374   $ (1,656
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (266   $ (282   $ (545   $ (1,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (397     233        24        (140

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

            (24     9        (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

     (397     209        33        (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ (663   $ (73   $ (512   $ (1,248
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Change in
Net Unrealized
Gains (Losses) on
AFS Securities
    Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ (123   $ 151      $ (544   $ (516
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (143     (406     (16     (565

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

            (27     15        (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss) during the period

     (143     (433     (1     (577
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ (266   $ (282   $ (545   $ (1,093
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company had no significant reclassifications out of AOCI for 2015, 2014 and 2013.

 

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.    Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Company uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. Increases or decreases in the value of net foreign investments generally are tax deferred for U.S. purposes, but the related hedge gains and losses are

 

LOGO   220    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

taxable currently. The Company may elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Company’s net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the table below.

 

Effects on Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments.

 

     At
December 31,
2015
    At
December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Net investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges

   $ 8,170      $ 9,110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from net investments in subsidiaries with a non-U.S. dollar functional currency

   $ (1,996   $ (1,262

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments resulting from realized or unrealized losses on hedges, net of tax

     1,033        599   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

   $ (963   $ (663
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Nonredeemable Noncontrolling Interests.

 

Nonredeemable noncontrolling interests were $1,002 million and $1,204 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The reduction in nonredeemable noncontrolling interests was primarily due to the deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund sponsored by the Company in the second quarter of 2015.

 

Wealth Management JV.

 

In June 2013, the Company purchased the remaining 35% stake in the Wealth Management JV for $4.725 billion, increasing the Company’s interest from 65% to 100%. The Company recorded a negative adjustment to retained earnings of approximately $151 million (net of tax) to reflect the difference between the purchase price for the remaining 35% interest in the Wealth Management JV and its carrying value. This adjustment negatively impacted the calculation of basic and diluted EPS in 2013 (see Note 16). Additionally, in conjunction with the purchase of the remaining 35% interest, in June 2013, the Company redeemed all of the Class A Preferred Interests in the Wealth Management JV owned by Citi and its affiliates for approximately $2.028 billion and repaid to Citi $880 million in senior debt.

 

Subsequent to June 2013, no results were attributed to Citi since the Company owned 100% of the Wealth Management JV. Prior to June 2013, Citi’s results related to its 35% interest were reported in net income (loss) applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests in the consolidated statements of income.

 

    221   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

16.    Earnings

per Common Share.

 

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS.

 

             2015                     2014                     2013          
     (in millions, except for per share data)  

Basic EPS:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 6,295      $ 3,681      $ 3,656   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (16     (14     (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     6,279        3,667        3,613   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

                   222   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     152        200        459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

     6,127        3,467        2,932   

Less: Preferred dividends

     (452     (311     (120

Less: Wealth Management JV redemption value adjustment

                   (151

Less: Allocation of (earnings) loss to participating RSUs(1)

     (4     (4     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 5,671      $ 3,152      $ 2,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,909        1,924        1,906   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.98      $ 1.65      $ 1.42   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per basic common share

   $ 2.97      $ 1.64      $ 1.39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted EPS:

      

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 5,671      $ 3,152      $ 2,655   

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     1,909        1,924        1,906   

Effect of dilutive securities:

      

Stock options and RSUs(1)

     44        47        51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

     1,953        1,971        1,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 2.91      $ 1.61      $ 1.38   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (0.01     (0.01     (0.02
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per diluted common share

   $ 2.90      $ 1.60      $ 1.36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

RSUs that are considered participating securities participate in all of the earnings of the Company in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted calculation.

 

Antidilutive Securities.

 

Securities that were considered antidilutive were excluded from the computation of diluted EPS.

 

Outstanding Antidilutive Securities at Period-End.

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     (shares in millions)  

Stock options

     11         13         33   

RSUs and performance-based stock units

     1         2         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12         15         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   222    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

17.    Interest Income and Interest Expense.

 

Interest Income and Interest Expense.

 

     2015     2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest income(1):

      

Trading assets(2)

   $ 2,262      $ 2,109      $ 2,292   

Investment securities

     876        613        447   

Loans

     2,163        1,690        1,121   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     108        109        129   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(3)

     (560     (298     (20

Customer receivables and Other(4)

     986        1,190        1,240   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

   $ 5,835      $ 5,413      $ 5,209   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense(1):

      

Deposits

   $ 78      $ 106      $ 159   

Short-term borrowings

     16        4        20   

Long-term borrowings

     3,481        3,609        3,758   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5)

     1,024        1,216        1,469   

Customer payables and Other(6)

     (1,857     (1,257     (975
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

   $ 2,742      $ 3,678      $ 4,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

   $ 3,093      $ 1,735      $ 778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest income and expense are recorded within the consolidated statements of income depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

(2)

Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction to Interest income on Trading assets.

(3)

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

(4)

Includes interest from customer receivables and other interest earning assets.

(5)

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

(6)

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

18.    Deferred

Compensation Plans.

 

The Company maintains various deferred compensation plans for the benefit of certain current and former employees. The two principal forms of deferred compensation are granted under several stock-based compensation and cash-based compensation plans.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans.

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense.

 

The components of the Company’s stock-based compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:

 

     2015     2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Restricted stock units(1)

   $ 1,080      $ 1,212       $ 1,140   

Stock options

     (3     5         15   

Performance-based stock units

     26        45         29   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,103      $ 1,262       $ 1,184   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts for 2015, 2014 and 2013 include $68 million, $31 million and $25 million, respectively, related to stock-based awards that were granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to employees who satisfied retirement-eligible requirements under award terms that do not contain a service period.

 

    223   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The tax benefit related to stock-based compensation expense was $369 million, $404 million and $371 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had $720 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock-based awards. Absent estimated or actual forfeitures or cancellations, this amount of unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as $448 million in 2016, $228 million in 2017 and $44 million thereafter. These amounts do not include 2015 performance year awards granted in January 2016, which will begin to be amortized in 2016 (see “2015 Performance Year Deferred Compensation Awards” herein).

 

In connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans, the Company is authorized to issue shares of its common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares. At December 31, 2015, approximately 96 million shares were available for future grants under these plans.

 

The Company generally uses treasury shares, if available, to deliver shares to employees and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards granted under its stock-based compensation plans. Share repurchases by the Company are subject to regulatory approval. See Note 15 for additional information on the Company’s share repurchase program.

 

Restricted Stock Units.

 

RSUs are generally subject to vesting over time, generally one to three years from the date of grant, contingent upon continued employment and to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until conversion to common stock. All or a portion of an award may be canceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant vesting period, and after the relevant vesting period in certain situations. Recipients of RSUs may have voting rights, at the Company’s discretion, and generally receive dividend equivalents.

 

Vested and Unvested RSU Activity.

 

     2015  
     Number of Shares     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 
     (shares in millions)        

RSUs at beginning of period

     121      $ 25.52   

Granted

     34        34.76   

Conversions to common stock

     (47     23.57   

Canceled

     (3     28.72   
  

 

 

   

RSUs at end of period(1)

     105        29.26   
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

At December 31, 2015, approximately 98 million RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $29.17 were vested or expected to vest.

 

The weighted average grant date fair value for RSUs granted during 2014 and 2013 was $32.58 and $22.72, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the Company’s outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.1 years.

 

At December 31, 2015, the intrinsic value of RSUs vested or expected to vest was $3,144 million.

 

The total intrinsic value of RSUs converted to common stock during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1,646 million, $1,461 million and $939 million, respectively.

 

LOGO   224    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Unvested RSU Activity.

 

     2015  
     Number of Shares     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
 
     (shares in millions)        

Unvested RSUs at beginning of period

     87      $ 26.44   

Granted

     34        34.76   

Vested

     (48     27.06   

Canceled

     (3     28.72   
  

 

 

   

Unvested RSUs at end of period(1)

     70        29.91   
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements. At December 31, 2015, approximately 63 million unvested RSUs with a weighted average grant date fair value of $29.84 were expected to vest.

 

The aggregate fair value of awards that vested during 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1,693 million, $1,517 million and $842 million, respectively.

 

Stock Options.

 

Stock options generally have an exercise price not less than the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, vest and become exercisable over a three-year period and expire five to 10 years from the date of grant, subject to accelerated expiration upon certain terminations of employment. Stock options have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs. The weighted average fair value of the Company’s stock options granted during 2013 was $5.41, utilizing the following weighted average assumptions.

 

Weighted Average Assumptions.

 

Grant Year

   Risk-Free Interest
Rate
    Expected
Life
     Expected Stock
Price Volatility
    Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2013

     0.6     3.9 years         32.0     0.9

 

No stock options were granted during 2015 or 2014.

 

The Company’s expected option life has been determined based upon historical experience. The expected stock price volatility assumption was determined using the implied volatility of exchange-traded options, in accordance with accounting guidance for share-based payments. The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues.

 

Stock Option Activity.

 

     2015  
     Number of Options     Weighted Average
Exercise  Price
 
     (options in millions)        

Options outstanding at beginning of period

     19      $ 51.30   

Expired

     (2     45.32   
  

 

 

   

Options outstanding at end of period(1)

     17        52.26   
  

 

 

   

Options exercisable at end of period

     15        55.02   
  

 

 

   

 

(1)

At December 31, 2015, approximately 16 million options with a weighted average exercise price of $52.43 were vested.

 

    225   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2015 and 2014 was $2 million per year, with a weighted average exercise price of $30.01 and $24.68 for 2015 and 2014, respectively. No stock options were exercised during 2013. At December 31, 2015, the intrinsic value of in the money exercisable stock options was $28 million.

 

Stock Options Outstanding and Exercisable.

 

    At December 31, 2015  
    Options Outstanding     Options Exercisable  

Range of Exercise Prices

  Number
Outstanding
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
    Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
    Number
Exercisable
    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
    Average
Remaining Life
(Years)
 
    (options in millions)  

$22.00 – $39.99

    6      $ 26.85        2.0        4      $ 28.13        2.0   

$50.00 – $59.99

    1        52.43        0.3        1        52.43        0.3   

$60.00 – $76.99

    10        66.75        0.9        10        66.75        0.9   
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total

    17            15       
 

 

 

       

 

 

     

 

Performance-Based Stock Units.

 

PSUs will vest and convert to shares of common stock at the end of the performance period only if the Company satisfies predetermined performance and market-based conditions over the three-year performance period that began on January 1 of the grant year and ends three years later on December 31. Under the terms of the award, the number of PSUs that will actually vest and convert to shares will be based on the extent to which the Company achieves the specified performance goals during the performance period. PSUs have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs.

 

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s average return on equity, excluding the impact of the fluctuation in its credit spreads and other credit factors for certain of its long-term and short-term borrowings, primarily structured notes, that are accounted for at fair value, certain gains or losses associated with the sale of specified businesses, specified goodwill impairments, certain gains or losses associated with specified legal settlements related to business activities conducted prior to January 1, 2011 and specified cumulative catch-up adjustments resulting from changes in an existing, or application of a new, accounting principle that is not applied on a fully retrospective basis (“MS Average ROE”). The number of PSUs ultimately earned for this portion of the awards will be determined by applying a multiplier within the following ranges:

 

   

Minimum

    

Maximum

 

Grant Year

 

MS Average ROE

  Multiplier     

MS Average ROE

  Multiplier  

2015

  Less than 5%     0.0       11.5% or more     1.5   

2014

  Less than 5%     0.0       11.5% or more     1.5   

2013

  Less than 5%     0.0       13% or more     2.0   

 

On the date of award, the fair value per share of this portion was $34.58, $32.81 and $22.85 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

One-half of the award will be earned based on the Company’s total shareholder return, relative to the total shareholder return of the S&P 500 Financial Sectors Index (“Relative TSR”). The number of PSUs ultimately earned for this portion of the award will be determined by applying a multiplier within the following ranges:

 

   

Minimum

    

Maximum

 

Grant Year

 

Relative TSR

  Multiplier     

Relative TSR

  Multiplier  

2015

  Less than -50%     0.0       25% or more     1.5   

2014

  Less than -50%     0.0       25% or more     1.5   

2013

  Less than -50%     0.0       50% or more     2.0   

 

LOGO   226    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

On the date of award, the fair value per share of this portion was $38.07, $37.72 and $34.65 for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions:

 

Grant Year

   Risk-Free Interest
Rate
    Expected Stock
Price Volatility
    Expected Dividend
Yield
 

2015

     0.9     29.6     0.0

2014

     0.8     44.2     0.0

2013

     0.4     45.4     0.0

 

The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues. The expected stock price volatility was determined using historical volatility. The expected dividend yield was based on historical dividend payments. A correlation coefficient was developed based on historical price data of the Company and the S&P 500 Financial Sectors Index.

 

PSU Activity.

 

     2015  
     Number of Shares  
     (in millions)  

PSUs at beginning of period

     4   

Awarded

     2   

Conversions to common stock

     (2
  

 

 

 

PSUs at end of period

     4   
  

 

 

 

 

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Plans.

 

Deferred cash-based compensation plans generally provide a return to the plan participants based upon the performance of various referenced investments. The Company often invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in value of such investments made by the Company are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues.

 

Deferred Compensation Expense.

 

The components of the Company’s deferred compensation expense (net of cancellations) are presented below:

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Deferred cash-based awards(1)

   $ 660       $ 1,757       $ 1,490   

Return on referenced investments

     112         408         772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 772       $ 2,165       $ 2,262   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts for 2015, 2014 and 2013 include $144 million, $92 million and $78 million, respectively, related to deferred cash-based awards that were granted in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively, to employees who satisfied retirement-eligible requirements under award terms that do not contain a service period.

 

At December 31, 2015, the Company had approximately $541 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested deferred cash-based awards (excluding unrecognized expense for returns on referenced investments). Absent actual cancellations and any future return on referenced investments, this amount of unrecognized compensation cost will be recognized as $291 million in 2016, $103 million in 2017 and $147 million thereafter. These amounts do not include 2015 performance year awards granted in January 2016, which will begin to be amortized in 2016 (see below).

 

    227   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2015 Performance Year Deferred Compensation Awards.

 

In January 2016, the Company granted approximately $0.8 billion of stock-based awards and $1.0 billion of deferred cash-based awards related to the 2015 performance year that contain a future service requirement. Absent estimated or actual forfeitures or cancellations or accelerations, and any future return on referenced investments, the annual compensation cost for these awards will be recognized as follows:

 

Annual Compensation Cost for 2015 Performance Year Awards.

 

     2016      2017      Thereafter      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Stock-based awards

   $ 453       $ 198       $ 162       $ 813   

Deferred cash-based awards

     545         298         128         971   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 998       $ 496       $ 290       $ 1,784   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

19.    

Employee Benefit Plans.

 

The Company sponsors various retirement plans for the majority of its U.S. and non-U.S. employees. The Company provides certain other postretirement benefits, primarily health care and life insurance, to eligible U.S. employees.

 

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.

 

Substantially all of the U.S. employees of the Company and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, a non-contributory, defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.

 

Unfunded supplementary plans (the “Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. Liabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Company and are funded when paid to the participant and beneficiaries. The Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (the “SEREP”), a non-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, ceased future benefit accruals after September 30, 2014. Any benefits earned by participants under the SEREP prior to October 1, 2014 will be payable in the future based on the SEREP’s provisions. The amendment did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Certain of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering substantially all of their employees.

 

The Company’s pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans.

 

The Company has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and medical insurance for their dependents. The Morgan Stanley Medical Plan was amended to change the health care plans offered after December 31, 2014 for retirees who are Medicare-eligible and age 65 or older. The amendment did not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

LOGO   228    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Components of the Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income).

 

     Pension Plans     Other Postretirement Plans  
     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

   $ 19      $ 20      $ 23      $ 1      $ 2      $ 4   

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

     152        154        151        3        5        7   

Expected return on plan assets

     (120     (110     (114                     

Net amortization of prior service credit

     (1                   (18     (14     (13

Net amortization of actuarial loss

     26        22        36                      3   

Curtailment loss

            3                               

Settlement loss

     2        2        1                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

   $ 78      $ 91      $ 97      $ (14   $ (7   $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Pre-Tax Amounts Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss (Income).

 

     Pension Plans     Other Postretirement Plans  
     2015     2014     2013     2015      2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Net loss (gain)

   $ (212   $ 18      $ 87      $ 3       $ 9      $ (52

Prior service cost (credit)

     (1     2        3        9         (64       

Amortization of prior service credit

     1                      18         14        13   

Amortization of net loss

     (28     (27     (37                    (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive loss (income)

   $ (240   $ (7   $ 53      $ 30       $ (41   $ (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company generally amortizes unrecognized net gains and losses into net periodic benefit expense to the extent that the gain or loss exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The amortization of the unrecognized net gains and losses is generally over the future service of active participants. The U.S. Qualified Plan and, effective October 1, 2014, the SEREP amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants.

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net Periodic Benefit Expense.

 

     Pension Plans     Other
Postretirement Plans
 
     2015     2014     2013     2015     2014     2013  

Discount rate(1)

     3.86     4.74     3.95     3.77     3.77     3.88

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     3.59     3.75     3.73     N/A        N/A        N/A   

Rate of future compensation increases

     2.85     1.06     0.98     N/A        N/A        N/A   

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

(1)

The Other postretirement plans’ discount rate for 2015 changed to 3.77% from 3.69% effective April 30, 2015 with the amendment and remeasurement of the Morgan Stanley Medical Plan.

 

The accounting for pension and postretirement plans involves certain assumptions and estimates. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is a long-term assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions. The expected long-term rate of return for the U.S. Qualified Plan was estimated by computing a weighted average of the underlying long-term expected returns based on the investment managers’ target allocations. The U.S. Qualified Plan is primarily invested in fixed income securities and related derivative instruments, including interest rate swap contracts. This asset allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and limit volatility of the Company’s contributions. Total

 

    229   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

U.S. Qualified Plan investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance to changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

 

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status.

 

Reconciliation of the Changes in the Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets.

 

     Pension Plans     Other Postretirement
Plans
 
     2015     2014     2015     2014  
     (dollars in millions)  

Reconciliation of benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 4,007      $ 3,330      $ 75      $ 128   

Service cost

     19        20        1        2   

Interest cost

     152        154        3        5   

Actuarial loss (gain)(1)

     (267     555        4        5   

Plan amendments

     (1     2        9        (64

Plan curtailments

     (9     (1              

Plan settlements

     (29     (8              

Change in mortality assumptions(2)

     (46     203        (1     4   

Benefits paid

     (194     (213     (4     (5

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (28     (35              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 3,604      $ 4,007      $ 87      $ 75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of fair value of plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 3,705      $ 2,867      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     9        850                 

Employer contributions(3)

     31        244        4        5   

Benefits paid

     (194     (213     (4     (5

Plan settlements

     (29     (8              

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

     (25     (35              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 3,497      $ 3,705      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded (unfunded) status

   $ (107   $ (302   $ (87   $ (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Amounts primarily reflect impact of year-over-year discount rate fluctuations.

(2)

Amounts represent adoption of new mortality tables published by the Society of Actuaries.

(3)

In December 2014, an elective $200 million contribution was made to the U.S. Qualified Plan primarily to offset the increase in liability due to the plan’s adoption of new mortality tables.

 

LOGO   230    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Summary of Funded Status.

 

     Pension Plans     Other Postretirement
Plans
 
     At
December 31,
2015
    At
December 31,
2014
    At
December 31,
2015
    At
December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition consist of:

        

Assets

   $ 382      $ 224      $      $   

Liabilities

     (489     (526     (87     (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (107   $ (302   $ (87   $ (75
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss consist of:

        

Prior service cost (credit)

   $ (1   $ (1   $ (34   $ (61

Net loss (gain)

     626        866        (2     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss (gain) recognized

   $ 625      $ 865      $ (36   $ (66
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The estimated prior service credit that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit expense over 2016 is approximately $1 million for defined benefit pension plans and $17 million for other postretirement plans. The estimated net loss that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit expense over 2016 is approximately $12 million for defined benefit pension plans.

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was $3,592 million and $3,988 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

 

Pension Plans with Projected Benefit Obligations in Excess of the Fair Value of Plan Assets.

 

     At December 31,
2015
     At December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 543       $ 626   

Fair value of plan assets

     54         100   

 

Pension Plans with Accumulated Benefit Obligations in Excess of the Fair Value of Plan Assets.

 

     At December 31,
2015
     At December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Accumulated benefit obligation

   $ 531       $ 588   

Fair value of plan assets

     54         82   

 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligations.

 

     Pension Plans     Other Postretirement
Plans
 
     At
December 31,
2015
    At
December 31,
2014
    At
December 31,
2015
    At
December 31,
2014
 

Discount rate

     4.27     3.86     4.13     3.69

Rate of future compensation increase

     3.19     2.85     N/A        N/A   

 

N/A—Not Applicable.

 

    231   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligations for the U.S. pension and the U.S. postretirement plans were selected by the Company, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-based Aa rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For all non-U.S. pension plans, the Company set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

 

Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates Used to Determine the U.S. Postretirement Benefit Obligations.

 

     At December 31,
2015
     At December 31,
2014
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

     

Medical

     6.25%         6.88-7.23%   

Prescription

     11.00%         7.87%   

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

     4.50%         4.50%   

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     2038            2029      

 

Assumed health care cost trend rates can have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the Company’s postretirement benefit plan.

 

Effect of Changes in Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates.

 

     One-Percentage
Point Increase
     One-Percentage
Point (Decrease)
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Total 2015 postretirement service and interest cost

     N/M         N/M   

December 31, 2015 postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 3       $ (3

 

N/M—Not Meaningful.

 

No impact of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 has been reflected in the consolidated statements of income as Medicare prescription drug coverage was deemed to have no material effect on the Company’s postretirement benefit plan.

 

Plan Assets.

 

The U.S. Qualified Plan assets represent 89% of the Company’s total pension plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with obligations. The longer duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run.

 

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s investment policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

 

   

Derivatives may be used only if they are deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

 

   

Derivatives may not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

 

   

Derivatives may not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

 

LOGO   232    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Derivatives may be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only when their possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

 

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives are used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

 

Plan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Company’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Note 3. Quoted market prices in active markets are the best evidence of fair value and are used as the basis for the measurement, if available. If a quoted market price is available, the fair value is the product of the number of trading units multiplied by the market price. If a quoted market price is not available, the estimate of fair value is based on the valuation approaches that maximize use of observable inputs and minimize use of unobservable inputs.

 

The fair value of OTC derivative contracts is derived primarily using pricing models, which may require multiple market input parameters. Derivative contracts are presented on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Derivatives consist of investments in interest rate swap contracts and are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds available to institutional clients that are regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S. tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds’ NAV based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The underlying securities of the commingled trust funds consist of mainly long-duration fixed income instruments. Commingled trust funds that are redeemable at the measurement date or in the near future are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Some non-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investments in foreign corporate equity funds, foreign fixed income funds, foreign target cash flow funds and foreign liquidity funds. Foreign corporate equity funds and foreign fixed income funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market. Certain fixed income funds aim to produce returns consistent with certain Financial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Foreign target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows over five or 10 years achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Foreign liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as they are readily redeemable at their NAV. Corporate equity funds actively traded on an exchange are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

Other investments held by non-U.S.-based plans consist of real estate funds, hedge funds and pledged insurance annuity contracts. These real estate and hedge funds are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy to the extent that they are readily redeemable at their NAV; otherwise, they are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit plan that approximates fair value. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

    233   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Net Pension Plan Assets.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets:

           

Investments:

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 28       $ —         $ —         $ 28   

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

     1,398         —           —           1,398   

U.S. agency securities

     —           263         —           263   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     1,398         263         —           1,661   

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

     —           2         —           2   

Collateralized debt obligations

     —           22         —           22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —           24         —           24   

Derivative contracts

     —           224         —           224   

Commingled trust funds(2)

     —           1,298         —           1,298   

Foreign funds(3)

     —           338         —           338   

Other investments

     —           —           35         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     1,426         2,147         35         3,608   

Receivables:

           

Other receivables(1)

     —           54         —           54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

     —           54         —           54   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,426       $ 2,201       $ 35       $ 3,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts

   $ —         $ 65       $ —         $ 65   

Other liabilities(1)

     —           100         —           100   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 165       $ —         $ 165   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pension assets

   $ 1,426       $ 2,036       $ 35       $ 3,497   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   234    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets:

           

Investments:

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 63       $ —         $ —         $ 63   

U.S. government and agency securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

     1,332         —           —           1,332   

U.S. agency securities

     —           265         —           265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

     1,332         265         —           1,597   

Corporate and other debt:

           

State and municipal securities

     —           2         —           2   

Collateralized debt obligations

     —           62         —           62   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total corporate and other debt

     —           64         —           64   

Derivative contracts

     —           292         —           292   

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

     —           2         —           2   

Commingled trust funds(2)

     —           1,432         —           1,432   

Foreign funds(3)

     —           347         —           347   

Other investments

     —           —           36         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments

     1,395         2,402         36         3,833   

Receivables:

           

Other receivables(1)

     —           27         —           27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total receivables

     —           27         —           27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,395       $ 2,429       $ 36       $ 3,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts

   $ —         $ 33       $ —         $ 33   

Derivative-related cash collateral payable

     —           2         —           2   

Other liabilities(1)

     —           120         —           120   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ —         $ 155       $ —         $ 155   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net pension assets

   $ 1,395       $ 2,274       $ 36       $ 3,705   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.

(2)

Commingled trust funds consist of investments in fixed income funds and money market funds of $1,239 million and $59 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $1,280 million and $152 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

(3)

Foreign funds include investments in fixed income funds, liquidity funds and targeted cash flow funds of $149 million, $98 million and $91 million, respectively, at December 31, 2015 and $158 million, $53 million and $136 million, respectively, at December 31, 2014.

 

    235   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

There were no transfers between levels during 2015 and 2014.

 

Changes in Level 3 Pension Assets.

 

       2015         2014    
     (dollars in millions)  

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 36      $ 38   

Actual return on plan assets related to assets held at end of period

     (4     (5

Actual return on plan assets related to assets sold during the year

              

Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net

     3        3   

Net transfer in and/or (out) of Level 3

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

   $ 35      $ 36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows.

 

The Company’s policy is to fund at least the amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2015, the Company expected to contribute approximately $50 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 2016 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2016.

 

Expected Future Benefit Payments.

 

     At December 31, 2015  
     Pension Plans      Other Postretirement
Plans
 
     (dollars in millions)  

2016

   $ 153       $ 5   

2017

     139         6   

2018

     136         6   

2019

     141         6   

2020

     150         7   

2021-2025

     858         32   

 

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan.

 

U.S. employees meeting certain eligibility requirements may participate in the Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan. Eligible U.S. employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions as determined annually by the Company. For 2015 and 2014, the Company made a $1 for $1 Company match up to 4% of eligible pay, up to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) limit. Matching contributions for 2015 and 2014 were invested according to participants’ investment direction. Eligible U.S. employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,000 also received a fixed contribution under the 401(k) Plan that equaled 2% of eligible pay. Transition contributions are allocated to certain eligible employees. The Company match, fixed contribution and transition contribution are included in the Company’s 401(k) expense. The pre-tax 401(k) expense for 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $255 million, $256 million and $242 million, respectively.

 

Defined Contribution Pension Plans.

 

The Company maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover substantially all employees of certain non-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s expense related to these plans was $111 million, $117 million and $111 million, respectively.

 

LOGO   236    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

20.    Income Taxes.

 

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.

 

Components of Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes.

 

     2015     2014     2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Current:

      

U.S. federal

   $ 239      $ (604   $ 229   

U.S. state and local

     144        260        164   

Non-U.S.:

      

U.K.

     247        88        178   

Japan

     19        114        88   

Hong Kong

     24        34        36   

Other(1)

     333        258        301   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,006      $ 150      $ 996   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

U.S. federal

   $ 1,031      $ (207   $ (3

U.S. state and local

     43        (56     1   

Non-U.S.:

      

U.K.

     (56     (31     (75

Japan

     58        56        262   

Hong Kong

     50        9        (14

Other(1)

     68        (11     (265
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,194      $ (240   $ (94
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from continuing operations

   $ 2,200      $ (90   $ 902   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinued operations

   $ (7   $ (5   $ (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

For 2015, Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions of $68 million, $62 million, $58 million, $45 million and $42 million from Mexico, Brazil, Netherlands, India and France, respectively. For 2014, Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions of $44 million, $38 million and $38 million from Brazil, India and Mexico, respectively. For 2013, Non-U.S. other jurisdictions included significant total tax provisions (benefits) of $59 million, $54 million and $(156) million from Brazil, India and Luxembourg, respectively.

 

The Company recorded net income tax provision (benefit) to Additional paid-in capital related to employee stock-based compensation transactions of $(203) million, $(6) million and $121 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

    237   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Effective Income Tax Rate.

 

Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate.

 

     2015     2014     2013  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

     1.4        6.5        2.3   

Domestic tax credits

     (1.5     (5.0     (3.2

Tax exempt income

     (0.2     (3.5     (2.5

Non-U.S. earnings:

      

Foreign tax rate differential

     (8.7     (22.5     (6.0

Change in reinvestment assertion

     0.2        1.4        (1.4

Change in foreign tax rates

                   0.1   

Wealth Management legal entity restructuring

            (38.7       

Non-deductible legal expenses

            25.5        0.9   

Other

     (0.3     (1.2     (5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     25.9     (2.5 )%      19.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Company’s legal entity organization in the U.K. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 would have been 32.5%.

 

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2014 included net discrete tax benefits of $2,226 million. These net discrete tax benefits consisted of: $1,380 million primarily due to the release of a deferred tax liability, previously established as part of the acquisition of Smith Barney in 2009 through a charge to Additional paid-in capital, as a result of the legal entity restructuring that included a change in tax status of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Holdings LLC from a partnership to a corporation; $609 million principally associated with remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination; and $237 million primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2014 would have been 59.5%, which is primarily attributable to approximately $900 million of tax provision from non-deductible expenses for litigation and regulatory matters.

 

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2013 included net discrete tax benefits of $407 million. These net discrete tax benefits consisted of: $161 million related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination; $92 million related to the establishment of a previously unrecognized deferred tax asset from a legal entity reorganization; $73 million attributable to tax planning strategies to optimize foreign tax credit utilization as a result of the anticipated repatriation of earnings from certain non-U.S. subsidiaries; and $81 million due to the enactment of the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which retroactively extended a provision of U.S. tax law that defers the imposition of tax on certain active financial services income of certain foreign subsidiaries earned outside the U.S. until such income is repatriated to the U.S. as a dividend. Excluding these net discrete tax benefits, the effective tax rate from continuing operations in 2013 would have been 28.7%.

 

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.

 

LOGO   238    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Significant Components of the Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities Balance.

 

     At December 31,
2015
     At December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Gross deferred tax assets:

     

Tax credits and loss carryforwards

   $ 1,987       $ 3,833   

Employee compensation and benefit plans

     3,514         3,715   

Valuation and liability allowances

     846         661   

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

     738         586   

Other

     35         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     7,120         8,795   

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

     139         34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

   $ 6,981       $ 8,761   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

     

Non-U.S. operations

   $ 269       $ 925   

Fixed assets

     716         565   

Other

     —           65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   $ 985       $ 1,555   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 5,996       $ 7,206   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

The Company had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $1,647 million and $3,740 million was recorded at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization, with a significant amount scheduled to expire in 2020, if not utilized.

 

The Company believes the recognized net deferred tax asset (after valuation allowance) of $5,996 million at December 31, 2015 is more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

 

The Company had $10,209 million and $7,364 million of cumulative earnings at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, attributable to foreign subsidiaries for which no U.S. provision has been recorded for income tax that could occur upon repatriation. Accordingly, $893 million and $841 million of deferred tax liabilities were not recorded with respect to these earnings at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The increase in indefinitely reinvested earnings is attributable to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions.

 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits.

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $1.8 billion, $2.2 billion and $4.1 billion at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Of this total, approximately $1.1 billion, $1.0 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively (net of federal benefit of state issues, competent authority and foreign tax credit offsets), represent the amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate in future periods.

 

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes. The Company recognized $18 million, $(35) million and $50 million of interest expense (benefit) (net of federal and state income tax benefits) in the consolidated statements of income for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Interest expense accrued at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was approximately $122 million, $258 million and $293 million, respectively, net of federal and state income tax benefits. The decrease as of December 31, 2015 is primarily attributable to a balance sheet reclassification related to certain multi-year tax authority examinations. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits for the years mentioned above were immaterial.

 

    239   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Reconciliation of the Beginning and Ending Amount of Unrecognized Tax Benefits.

 

       Unrecognized Tax Benefits    
     (dollars in millions)  

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $ 4,065    

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

     51    

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

     267    

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

     (141)   

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (146)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2013

   $ 4,096    
  

 

 

 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   $ 135    

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

     100    

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

     (2,080)   

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (19)   

Decrease related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (4)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

   $ 2,228    
  

 

 

 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   $ 230    

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

     114    

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

     (753)   

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (7)   

Decrease related to a lapse of applicable statute of limitations

     (8)   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 1,804    
  

 

 

 

 

Tax Authority Examinations.

 

The Company is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Company is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009-2012 and 2007-2009, respectively. The IRS has substantially completed the field examination for the audit of tax years 2006-2008. The Company believes that the resolution of these tax matters will not have a material effect on the consolidated statements of financial condition, although a resolution could have a material impact on the consolidated statements of income for a particular future period and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

 

During the third quarter of 2015, the IRS completed an Appeals Office review of matters from tax years 1999-2005 and submitted a final report to the Congressional Joint Committee on Taxation for approval. The Company has reserved the right to contest certain items, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate or the consolidated financial statements.

 

During 2016, the Company expects to reach a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on substantially all issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which is not expected to have a material impact on the effective tax rate or the consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Company adjusts unrecognized tax benefits only when more information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

 

LOGO   240    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The Company periodically evaluates the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or new information regarding the status of current and subsequent years’ examinations. As part of the Company’s periodic review, federal and state unrecognized tax benefits were released or remeasured. As a result of this remeasurement, the income tax provision included net discrete tax benefits of $609 million and $161 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. Additionally, due to new information regarding the status of the IRS field examinations referred to above, the 2014 total amount of unrecognized tax benefits decreased by $2.0 billion.

 

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the gross balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months related to certain tax authority examinations referred to above. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Company’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

 

Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Tax Jurisdictions.

 

Jurisdiction

       Tax Year      

U.S.

     1999   

New York State and New York City

     2007   

Hong Kong

     2009   

U.K.

     2010   

Japan

     2013   

 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Tax Expense (Benefit).

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

U.S.

   $ 5,360       $ 1,805       $ 1,738   

Non-U.S.(1)

     3,135         1,786         2,820   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 8,495       $ 3,591       $ 4,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

 

21.    Segment and Geographic Information.

 

Segment Information.

 

The Company structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and its management organization. The Company provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of the business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the business segments, see Note 1.

 

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are allocated based upon the Company’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each business segment’s respective net revenues, non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

 

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties, the Company includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the consolidated results.

 

    241   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Selected Financial Information.

 

     2015  
     Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
     Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues

   $ 17,800      $ 12,144       $ 2,331      $ (213   $ 32,062   

Interest income

     3,190        3,105         2        (462     5,835   

Interest expense

     3,037        149         18        (462     2,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     153        2,956         (16            3,093   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 17,953      $ 15,100       $ 2,315      $ (213   $ 35,155   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 4,671      $ 3,332       $ 492      $      $ 8,495   

Provision for income taxes(1)

     825        1,247         128               2,200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     3,846        2,085         364               6,295   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

           

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (24             1               (23

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (7                           (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (17             1               (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,829        2,085         365               6,279   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     133                19               152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 3,696      $ 2,085       $ 346      $      $ 6,127   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

LOGO   242    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     2014  
     Institutional
Securities(2)
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues(3)(4)

   $ 17,463      $ 12,549      $ 2,728      $ (200   $ 32,540   

Interest income

     3,389        2,516        2        (494     5,413   

Interest expense

     3,981        177        18        (498     3,678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (592     2,339        (16     4        1,735   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 16,871      $ 14,888      $ 2,712      $ (196   $ 34,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ (58   $ 2,985      $ 664      $      $ 3,591   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(5)

     (90     (207     207               (90
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     32        3,192        457               3,681   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

          

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (26            7               (19

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (7            2               (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (19            5               (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     13        3,192        462               3,667   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     109               91               200   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ (96   $ 3,192      $ 371      $      $ 3,467   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2013  
     Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management
    Intersegment
Eliminations
    Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

Total non-interest revenues

   $ 16,620      $ 12,268      $ 3,060      $ (233   $ 31,715   

Interest income

     3,572        2,100        9        (472     5,209   

Interest expense

     4,673        225        10        (477     4,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (1,101     1,875        (1     5        778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 15,519      $ 14,143      $ 3,059      $ (228   $ 32,493   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 946      $ 2,604      $ 1,008      $      $ 4,558   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes(6)

     (315     910        307               902   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

     1,261        1,694        701               3,656   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

          

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (81     (1     9        1        (72

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (29                          (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

     (52     (1     9        1        (43
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     1,209        1,693        710        1        3,613   

Net income applicable to redeemable noncontrolling interests

     1        221                      222   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

     277               182               459   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   $ 931      $ 1,472      $ 528      $ 1      $ 2,932   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    243   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million attributable to the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 20).

(2)

The Institutional Securities business segment Net loss in 2014 was primarily driven by higher legal expenses (see Note 12).

(3)

In September 2014, the Company sold a retail property space resulting in a gain on sale of $141 million (within Institutional Securities $84 million, Wealth Management $40 million and Investment Management $17 million), which was included within Other revenues on the consolidated statements of income.

(4)

On July 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc. The gain on sale, which was included in continuing operations, was approximately $112 million within the Institutional Securities business segment for 2014.

(5)

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2014 included net discrete tax benefits of $1,390 million and $839 million attributable to the Wealth Management and Institutional Securities business segments, respectively (see Note 20).

(6)

The Company’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2013 included net discrete tax benefits of $407 million attributable to the Institutional Securities business segment (see Note 20).

 

Total Assets by Business Segment.

 

    Institutional
Securities
    Wealth
Management
    Investment
Management(1)
    Total(2)  
    (dollars in millions)  

At December 31, 2015

  $ 602,714      $ 179,708      $ 5,043      $ 787,465   

At December 31, 2014

  $ 630,341      $ 165,147      $ 6,022      $ 801,510   

 

(1)

During 2015 and 2014, the Company deconsolidated approximately $244 million and $1.6 billion, respectively, in net assets previously attributable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests that were primarily related to or associated with real estate funds sponsored by the Company (see Note 13).

(2)

Corporate assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

 

Geographic Information.

 

The Company operates in both U.S. and non-U.S. markets. The Company’s non-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through EMEA and Asia-Pacific locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Company’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

 

   

Institutional Securities: advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—revenue recording location, sales and trading—trading desk location.

 

   

Wealth Management: Wealth Management representatives operate in the Americas.

 

   

Investment Management: client location, except for Merchant Banking and Real Estate Investing businesses, which are based on asset location.

 

Net Revenues by Region.

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Americas

   $ 25,080       $ 25,140       $ 23,358   

EMEA

     5,353         4,772         4,542   

Asia-Pacific

     4,722         4,363         4,593   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net revenues

   $ 35,155       $ 34,275       $ 32,493   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Total Assets by Region.

 

     At
December 31, 2015
     At
December 31, 2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Americas

   $ 569,369       $ 622,556   

EMEA

     146,177         104,152   

Asia-Pacific

     71,919         74,802   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 787,465       $ 801,510   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   244    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

22.

Parent Company.

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

(dollars in millions)

 

     2015     2014     2013  

Revenues:

  

   

Dividends from non-bank subsidiaries

   $ 4,942      $ 2,641      $ 1,113   

Trading

     574        601        (635

Investments

     —          (1     —     

Other

     53        10        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest revenues

     5,569        3,251        505   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income

     3,055        2,594        2,783   

Interest expense

     4,073        3,970        4,053   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest

     (1,018     (1,376     (1,270
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

     4,551        1,875        (765

Non-interest expenses:

      

Non-interest expenses

     (195     214        185   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     4,746        1,661        (950

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

     (83     (423     (354
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) before undistributed gain of subsidiaries

     4,829        2,084        (596

Undistributed gain of subsidiaries

     1,298        1,383        3,528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     6,127        3,467        2,932   

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (300     (397     (143

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

     (246     209        (433

Pensions, postretirement and other

     138        33        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 5,719      $ 3,312      $ 2,355   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 6,127      $ 3,467      $ 2,932   

Preferred stock dividends and other

     456        315        277   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $ 5,671      $ 3,152      $ 2,655   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    245   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Financial Condition

(dollars in millions, except share data)

 

     December 31,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Assets

     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 5,169       $ 5,068   

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

     4,311         4,556   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     2,421         1,126   

Trading assets, at fair value

     354         5,014   

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliates

     47,060         41,601   

Advances to subsidiaries:

     

Bank and bank holding company

     18,380         19,982   

Non-bank

     106,192         112,863   

Equity investments in subsidiaries:

     

Bank and bank holding company

     25,787         24,573   

Non-bank

     34,927         34,649   

Other assets

     6,259         7,805   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 250,860       $ 257,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Short-term borrowings

   $ 40       $ 695   

Trading liabilities, at fair value

     138         4,042   

Payables to subsidiaries

     29,220         35,517   

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

     2,189         2,342   

Long-term borrowings

     144,091         143,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     175,678         186,337   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

     

Preferred stock (see Note 15)

     7,520         6,020   

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

     

Shares authorized: 3,500,000,000 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

     

Shares issued: 2,038,893,979 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014;

     

Shares outstanding: 1,920,024,027 and 1,950,980,142 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     20         20   

Additional paid-in capital

     24,153         24,249   

Retained earnings

     49,204         44,625   

Employee stock trusts

     2,409         2,127   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (1,656)         (1,248)   

Common stock held in treasury, at cost, $0.01 par value:

     

Shares outstanding: 118,869,952 and 87,913,837 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     (4,059)         (2,766)   

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

     (2,409)         (2,127)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     75,182         70,900   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $       250,860       $     257,237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   246    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Parent Company Only

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

(dollars in millions)

 

     2015      2014      2013  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

        

Net income

   $ 6,127       $ 3,467       $ 2,932   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

        

Deferred income taxes

     63         98         (303)   

Compensation payable in common stock and options

     1,104         1,260         1,180   

Amortization

     (83)         (182)         (47)   

Undistributed gain of subsidiaries

     (1,298)         (1,383)         (3,528)   

Changes in assets and liabilities:

        

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

     (2,958)         2,307         (7,332)   

Other assets

     1,474         (490)         (165)   

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

     (1,711)         488         (4,192)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

     2,718         5,565         (11,455)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

        

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

     1,364         (7,790)         7,458   

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliates

     (5,459)         (7,853)         14,745   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

     (4,095)         (15,643)         22,203   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

        

Net proceeds from (payments for) short-term borrowings

     (655)         189         279   

Proceeds from:

        

Excess tax benefits associated with stock-based awards

     211         101         10   

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     1,493         2,782         1,696   

Issuance of long-term borrowings

     28,575         33,031         22,944   

Payments for:

        

Long-term borrowings

     (22,803)         (28,917)         (31,928)   

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

     (2,773)         (1,458)         (691)   

Cash dividends

     (1,455)         (904)         (475)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

     2,593         4,824         (8,165)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (65)         (208)         (100)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     1,151         (5,462)         2,483   

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

     10,750         16,212         13,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $ 11,901       $ 10,750       $ 16,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents include:

        

Cash and due from banks

     $5,169       $ 5,068       $ 2,296   

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

     4,311         4,556         7,070   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

     2,421         1,126         6,846   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

   $     11,901       $     10,750       $     16,212   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information.

 

Cash payments for interest were $3,959 million, $3,652 million and $3,733 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were $255 million, $187 million and $268 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

    247   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Transactions with Subsidiaries.

 

The Parent Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations on certain of its consolidated subsidiaries. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior-period amounts to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 

Parent Company’s Long-Term Borrowings.

 

     At
December 31,
2015
     At
December 31,
2014
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Senior debt

   $ 130,817       $ 130,533   

Subordinated debt

     13,274         13,208   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 144,091       $ 143,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Guarantees.

 

In the normal course of its business, the Parent Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations under derivative and other financial arrangements. The Parent Company records Trading assets and Trading liabilities, which include derivative contracts, at fair value on its condensed statements of financial condition.

 

The Parent Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

 

The Parent Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Parent Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements are remote.

 

The Parent Company guarantees certain debt instruments and warrants issued by subsidiaries. The debt instruments and warrants totaled $9.1 billion and $10.0 billion at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. In connection with subsidiary lease obligations, the Parent Company has issued guarantees to various lessors. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Parent Company had $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion of guarantees outstanding, respectively, under subsidiary lease obligations, primarily in the U.K.

 

Finance Subsidiary.

 

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

 

LOGO   248    


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

23.

Quarterly Results (Unaudited).

 

    2015 Quarter     2014 Quarter  
    First(1)     Second     Third     Fourth(2)     First     Second(3)     Third(4)     Fourth(5)  
    (dollars in millions, except per share data)  

Total non-interest revenues

  $   9,311      $   9,045      $   7,005      $   6,701      $   8,688      $   8,341      $   8,350      $   7,161   

Net interest

    596        698        762        1,037        308        267        557        603   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net revenues

    9,907        9,743        7,767        7,738        8,996        8,608        8,907        7,764   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expenses

    7,052        7,016        6,293        6,299        6,626        6,676        6,687        10,695   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    2,855        2,727        1,474        1,439        2,370        1,932        2,220        (2,931)   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    387        894        423        496        785        15        463        (1,353)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    2,468        1,833        1,051        943        1,585        1,917        1,757        (1,578)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

               

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

    (8)        (2)        (4)        (10)        (2)        (1)        (8)        (8)   

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

    (3)               (2)        (3)        (1)        (1)        (3)          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (5)        (2)        (2)        (7)        (1)               (5)        (8)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    2,463        1,831        1,049        936        1,584        1,917        1,752        (1,586)   

Net income applicable to nonredeemable noncontrolling interests

    69        24        31        28        79        18        59        44   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $ 2,394      $ 1,807      $ 1,018      $ 908      $ 1,505      $ 1,899      $ 1,693      $ (1,630)   

Preferred stock dividends and other

    80        142        79        155        56        79        64        119   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $ 2,314      $ 1,665      $ 939      $ 753      $ 1,449      $ 1,820      $ 1,629      $ (1,749)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share(6):

               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 1.21      $ 0.87      $ 0.49      $ 0.40      $ 0.75      $ 0.94      $ 0.85      $ (0.91)   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (0.01)                                                    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

  $ 1.20      $ 0.87      $ 0.49      $ 0.40      $ 0.75      $ 0.94      $ 0.85      $ (0.91)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share(6):

               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

  $ 1.18      $ 0.85      $ 0.48      $ 0.39      $ 0.74      $ 0.92      $ 0.83      $ (0.91)   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

                                                       
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

  $ 1.18      $ 0.85      $ 0.48      $ 0.39      $ 0.74      $ 0.92      $ 0.83      $ (0.91)   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share(7)

  $ 0.10      $ 0.15      $ 0.15      $ 0.15      $ 0.05      $ 0.10      $ 0.10      $ 0.10   

Book value per common share

  $ 33.80      $ 34.52      $ 34.97      $ 35.24      $ 32.38      $ 33.46      $ 34.16      $ 33.25   

 

(1)

The first quarter of 2015 included net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Company’s legal entity organization in the U.K. (see Note 20).

(2)

During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company incurred specific severance costs of approximately $155 million, which is included in Compensation and benefits expenses in the consolidated statements of income, associated with the Company’s restructuring actions, which were recorded in the business segments, approximately, as follows: Institutional Securities: $125 million, Wealth Management: $20 million and Investment Management: $10 million.

(3)

The second quarter of 2014 included net discrete tax benefits of $609 million, principally associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of a multi-year tax authority examination (see Note 20).

(4)

The third quarter of 2014 included net discrete tax benefits of $237 million, primarily associated with the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated (see Note 20). The third quarter of 2014 also included a gain on sale of a retail property space of $141 million, which was included within Other revenues in the consolidated statements of income and a gain on sale of its ownership stake in TransMontaigne Inc.

(5)

The fourth quarter of 2014 included: an increase of legal reserves of approximately $3.1 billion (see Note 12); net discrete tax benefits of $1,380 million, primarily due to the release of a deferred tax liability as a result of a legal entity restructuring, partially offset by approximately $900 million of tax provision from non-deductible expenses for litigation and regulatory matters (see Note 20); compensation expense deferral adjustments of $1.1 billion (see Note 18); and a charge of approximately $468 million related to the implementation of FVA (see Note 2), which was reflected as a reduction of the Institutional Securities business segment Trading revenues.

(6)

Summation of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

(7)

Beginning with the dividend declared on April 20, 2015, the Company increased the quarterly common stock dividend to $0.15 per share from $0.10 per share.

 

    249   LOGO


Table of Contents

MORGAN STANLEY

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

24.

Subsequent Events.

 

The Company has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in its consolidated financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events, not otherwise reported in these consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, except for the following:

 

Common Stock Dividend.

 

On January 19, 2016, the Company announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend per common share of $0.15. The dividend was paid on February 15, 2016 to common shareholders of record on January 29, 2016 (see Note 15).

 

Long-Term Borrowings.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2015 and through February 19, 2016, long-term borrowings increased by approximately $5.2 billion, net of maturities and repayments. This amount includes the issuance of $5.5 billion of senior debt on January 27, 2016 and $400 million of senior debt on February 17, 2016.

 

Legal Settlement.

 

On February 10, 2016 the Company reached agreements to settle its pending investigations with the United States Department of Justice, Civil Division (the “Civil Division”), the New York Attorney General (“NYAG”), and the Illinois Attorney General (“ILAG”). The Company’s agreement in principle to settle with the Department of Justice for $2,600 million was reached on February 25, 2015 and was disclosed in the 2014 Form 10-K. All amounts associated with the Civil Division, NYAG and ILAG settlements had been previously accrued.

 

LOGO   250    


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     2015  
     Average
Daily
Balance
     Interest     Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

       

Interest earning assets:

       

Trading assets(1):

       

U.S.

   $ 100,066       $ 1,874        1.9%   

Non-U.S.

     108,664         388        0.4     

Investment securities:

       

U.S.

     67,993         876        1.3     

Loans:

       

U.S.

     74,868         2,130        2.8     

Non-U.S.

     242         33        13.6     

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

       

U.S.

     25,531         77        0.3     

Non-U.S.

     1,119         31        2.8     

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

       

U.S.

     172,481         (618     (0.4)    

Non-U.S.

     80,490         58        0.1     

Customer receivables and Other(3):

       

U.S.

     53,887         857        1.6     

Non-U.S.

     26,836         129        0.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 712,177       $ 5,835        0.8%   
     

 

 

   

Non-interest earning assets

     119,647        
  

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 831,824        
  

 

 

      

Liabilities and Equity

       

Interest bearing liabilities:

       

Deposits:

       

U.S.

   $ 139,242       $ 65        —%   

Non-U.S.

     2,260         13        0.6     

Short-term borrowings(4):

       

U.S.

     1,162         1        0.1     

Non-U.S.

     1,025         15        1.5     

Long-term borrowings(4):

       

U.S.

     150,005         3,448        2.3     

Non-U.S.

     7,589         33        0.4     

Trading liabilities(1):

       

U.S.

     31,993                —     

Non-U.S.

     52,083                —     

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

       

U.S.

     51,115         437        0.9     

Non-U.S.

     34,306         587        1.7     

Customer payables and Other(6):

       

U.S.

     117,358         (1,529     (1.3)    

Non-U.S.

     63,759         (328     (0.5)    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

   $ 651,897       $ 2,742        0.4     
     

 

 

   

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     179,927        
  

 

 

      

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 831,824        
  

 

 

      

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 3,093        0.4%   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    251   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     2014  
     Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest      Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

        

Interest earning assets:

        

Trading assets(1):

        

U.S.

   $ 104,640        $ 1,643          1.6 

Non-U.S.

     113,580          466          0.4    

Investment securities:

        

U.S.

     62,240          613          1.0    

Loans:

        

U.S.

     53,210          1,639          3.1    

Non-U.S.

     357          51          14.3    

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

        

U.S.

     29,273          73          0.2    

Non-U.S.

     2,953          36          1.2    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

        

U.S.

     177,444          (507)         (0.3)   

Non-U.S.

     77,139          209          0.3    

Customer receivables and Other(3):

        

U.S.

     73,244          655          0.9    

Non-U.S.

     18,635          535          2.9    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 712,715        $ 5,413          0.8 
     

 

 

    

Non-interest earning assets

     114,558          
  

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 827,273          
  

 

 

       

Liabilities and Equity

        

Interest bearing liabilities:

        

Deposits:

        

U.S.

   $ 118,580        $ 94          0.1 

Non-U.S.

     1,239          12          1.0    

Short-term borrowings(4):

        

U.S.

     1,356          —            —      

Non-U.S.

     568                  0.7    

Long-term borrowings(4):

        

U.S.

     143,118          3,572          2.5    

Non-U.S.

     8,771          37          0.4    

Trading liabilities(1):

        

U.S.

     25,587          —            —      

Non-U.S.

     54,112          —            —      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

        

U.S.

     86,063          548          0.6    

Non-U.S.

     50,843          668          1.3    

Customer payables and Other(6):

        

U.S.

     119,153          (1,366)         (1.1)   

Non-U.S.

     49,555          109          0.2    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 658,945        $ 3,678          0.6    
     

 

 

    

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     168,328          
  

 

 

       

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 827,273          
  

 

 

       

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 1,735          0.2 
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   252    


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 

     2013  
     Average
Weekly
Balance
     Interest      Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Assets

        

Interest earning assets:

        

Trading assets(1):

        

U.S.

   $ 119,549        $ 1,948          1.6 

Non-U.S.

     103,774          344          0.3    

Investment securities:

        

U.S.

     44,112          447          1.0    

Loans:

        

U.S.

     33,939          1,052          3.1    

Non-U.S.

     489          69          14.1    

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

        

U.S.

     34,636          86          0.2    

Non-U.S.

     7,609          43          0.6    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed(2):

        

U.S.

     203,742          (217)         (0.1)   

Non-U.S.

     77,713          197          0.3    

Customer receivables and Other(3):

        

U.S.

     62,028          751          1.2    

Non-U.S.

     19,077          489          2.6    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 706,668        $ 5,209          0.7 
     

 

 

    

Non-interest earning assets

     121,793          
  

 

 

       

Total assets

   $ 828,461          
  

 

 

       

Liabilities and Equity

        

Interest bearing liabilities:

        

Deposits:

        

U.S.

   $ 91,713        $ 159          0.2 

Non-U.S.

     260          —            —      

Short-term borrowings(4):

        

U.S.

     964                  0.2    

Non-U.S.

     1,063          18          1.7    

Long-term borrowings(4):

        

U.S.

     152,532          3,696          2.4    

Non-U.S.

     9,857          62          0.6    

Trading liabilities(1):

        

U.S.

     31,861          —            —      

Non-U.S.

     59,200          —            —      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned(5):

        

U.S.

     108,896          681          0.6    

Non-U.S.

     66,697          788          1.2    

Customer payables and Other(6):

        

U.S.

     98,335          (1,117)         (1.1)   

Non-U.S.

     37,679          142          0.4    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total

   $ 659,057        $ 4,431          0.7    
     

 

 

    

Non-interest bearing liabilities and equity

     169,404          
  

 

 

       

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 828,461          
  

 

 

       

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

      $ 778          —   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Interest expense on Trading liabilities is reported as a reduction of Interest income on Trading assets.

(2)

Includes fees paid on securities borrowed.

(3)

Includes interest from customer receivables and other interest earning assets.

(4)

The Company also issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which are recorded within Trading revenues (see Note 3).

(5)

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

(6)

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

    253   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

Effect on Net Interest Income of Volume and Rate Changes.

 

     2015 versus 2014  
     Increase (Decrease) due to Change in:         
     Volume      Rate      Net Change  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest earning assets

        

Trading assets:

        

U.S.

   $ (72)       $ 303        $ 231    

Non-U.S.

     (20)         (58)         (78)   

Investment securities:

        

U.S.

     57          206          263    

Loans:

        

U.S.

     667          (176)         491    

Non-U.S.

     (16)         (2)         (18)   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

        

U.S.

     (9)         13            

Non-U.S.

     (22)         17          (5)   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

        

U.S.

     14          (125)         (111)   

Non-U.S.

             (160)         (151)   

Customer receivables and Other:

        

U.S.

     (173)         375          202    

Non-U.S.

     235          (641)         (406)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in interest income

   $ 670        $ (248)       $ 422    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

        

Deposits:

        

U.S.

   $ 16        $ (45)       $ (29)   

Non-U.S.

     10          (9)           

Short-term borrowings:

        

U.S.

     —                    

Non-U.S.

                     11    

Long-term borrowings:

        

U.S.

     172          (296)         (124)   

Non-U.S.

     (5)                 (4)   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

        

U.S.

     (223)         112          (111)   

Non-U.S.

     (217)         136          (81)   

Customer payables and Other:

        

U.S.

     21          (184)         (163)   

Non-U.S.

     31          (468)         (437)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

   $ (192)       $ (744)       $ (936)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 862        $ 496        $ 1,358    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO   254    


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

     2014 versus 2013  
     Increase (Decrease) due to Change in:         
     Volume      Rate      Net Change  
     (dollars in millions)  

Interest earning assets

        

Trading assets:

        

U.S.

   $ (243)       $ (62)       $ (305)   

Non-U.S.

     33          89          122    

Investment securities:

        

U.S.

     184          (18)         166    

Loans:

        

U.S.

     597          (10)         587    

Non-U.S.

     (19)                 (18)   

Interest bearing deposits with banks:

        

U.S.

     (13)         —          (13)   

Non-U.S.

     (26)         19          (7)   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed:

        

U.S.

     28          (318)         (290)   

Non-U.S.

     (1)         13          12    

Customer receivables and Other:

        

U.S.

     136          (232)         (96)   

Non-U.S.

     (11)         57          46    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in interest income

   $ 665        $ (461)       $ 204    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest bearing liabilities

        

Deposits:

        

U.S.

   $ 47        $ (112)       $ (65)   

Non-U.S.

     —          12          12    

Short-term borrowings:

        

U.S.

             (3)         (2)   

Non-U.S.

     (8)         (6)         (14)   

Long-term borrowings:

        

U.S.

     (228)         104          (124)   

Non-U.S.

     (7)         (18)         (25)   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

        

U.S.

     (143)         10          (133)   

Non-U.S.

     (187)         67          (120)   

Customer payables and Other:

        

U.S.

     (236)         (13)         (249)   

Non-U.S.

     45          (78)         (33)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in interest expense

   $ (716)       $ (37)       $ (753)   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in net interest income

   $ 1,381        $ (424)       $ 957    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    255   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

Deposits.

 

     Average Deposits(1)  
     2015      2014      2013  
     Average
Amount(1)
     Average
Rate
     Average
Amount(1)
     Average
Rate
     Average
Amount(1)
     Average
Rate
 
     (dollars in millions)  

Deposits(2):

                 

Savings deposits

   $ 139,169          0.1%       $ 118,086          0.1%       $ 90,447          0.1%   

Time deposits

     2,333          0.6%         1,733          0.7%         1,526          3.9%   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

   $   141,502          0.6%       $   119,819          0.1%       $     91,973          0.2%   
  

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

(1)

In 2015, the Company calculated its average balances based on daily amounts. In 2014 and 2013, the Company calculated its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances were unavailable, month-end balances were used.

(2)

The Company’s deposits were primarily held in U.S. offices.

 

Ratios.

 

    2015     2014     2013  

Net income to average assets

    0.7%        0.4%        0.4%     

Return on average common equity(1)

    8.5%        4.8%        4.3%     

Return on total equity(2)

    8.3%        4.9%        4.6%     

Dividend payout ratio(3)

    5.2%        21.9%        14.7%     

Total average common equity to average assets

    8.0%        7.9%        7.5%     

Total average equity to average assets

    8.9%        8.5%        7.7%     

 

(1)

Percentage is based on net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity.

(2)

Percentage is based on net income as a percentage of average total equity.

(3)

Percentage is based on dividends declared per common share as a percentage of net income per diluted share.

 

Short-Term Borrowings.

 

     2015      2014      2013  
     (dollars in millions)  

Securities sold under repurchase agreements:

        

Period-end balance

   $ 36,692       $ 69,949       $ 145,676   

Average balance(1)(2)

     61,338         103,640         136,151   

Maximum balance at any month-end

     81,346         129,265         145,676   

Weighted average interest rate during the period(3)

     0.9%         0.8%         0.7%   

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(4)

     0.8%         0.7%         0.4%   

Securities loaned:

        

Period-end balance

   $ 19,358       $ 25,219       $ 32,799   

Average balance(1)(2)

     24,083         33,266         39,442   

Maximum balance at any month-end

     29,674         35,700         44,182   

Weighted average interest rate during the period(3)

     2.1%         1.3%         1.2%   

Weighted average interest rate on period-end balance(4)

     2.4%         1.6%         1.2%   

 

(1)

In 2015, the Company calculated its average balances based upon daily amounts. In 2014 and 2013, the Company calculated its average balances based upon weekly amounts, except where weekly balances were unavailable, month-end balances were used.

(2)

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned period-end balances at December 31, 2015 were lower than the annual average balances during 2015. The balances moved in line with client financing and with general movements in firm inventory.

(3)

The approximated weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition and (b) average balances that were reported on a net basis where certain criteria were met in accordance with applicable offsetting guidance. In addition, securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company was the borrower were not included in the average balances since they were not reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

LOGO   256    


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

(4)

The approximated weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under repurchase agreements and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition and (b) period-end balances that were reported on a net basis where certain criteria were met in accordance with applicable offsetting guidance. In addition, securities-for-securities transactions in which the Company was the borrower were not included in the period-end balances since they were not reported in the consolidated statements of financial condition.

 

Cross-Border Outstandings.

 

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council’s (“FFIEC”) regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk. Claims include cash, customer and other receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash trading instruments, but exclude commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held. For information regarding the Company’s country risk exposure, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure” in Part II, Item 7A.

 

The following tables set forth cross-border outstandings for each country in which cross-border outstandings exceed 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets or 20% of the Company’s total capital, whichever is less, at December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively, in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines:

 

     At December 31, 2015  

Country

   Banks      Governments      Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
     Other      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

United Kingdom

   $ 9,556       $ 36       $ 53,039       $ 11,273       $ 73,904   

Japan

     6,784         9,903         18,432         9,076         44,195   

France

     15,321         18         7,217         6,087         28,643   

Cayman Islands

     349                 19,582         4,848         24,779   

Germany

     5,089         6,516         4,240         6,158         22,003   

Ireland

     411         3         7,058         5,387         12,859   

Switzerland

     1,430         501         719         7,794         10,444   

Canada

     2,667         2,328         3,068         2,354         10,417   

India

     2,514         355         770         5,620         9,259   

Singapore

     2,185         5,980         36         770         8,971   

Netherlands

     669                 4,244         3,542         8,455   

China

     1,999         1,134         914         4,431         8,478   

 

     At December 31, 2014  

Country

   Banks      Governments      Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
     Other      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

United Kingdom

   $ 8,514       $ 948       $ 50,855       $ 9,170       $ 69,487   

Cayman Islands

     144                 38,223         5,249         43,616   

Japan

     14,860         5,645         15,814         7,162         43,481   

France

     18,838         218         2,349         5,591         26,996   

Germany

     6,650         6,679         3,991         3,304         20,624   

Singapore

     2,117         7,761         18         788         10,684   

China

     1,738         3,259         64         5,546         10,607   

Canada

     2,741         286         4,261         2,694         9,982   

South Korea

     149         6,081         721         3,012         9,963   

Ireland

     304         20         5,793         3,203         9,320   

Netherlands

     910                 3,509         3,890         8,309   

 

    257   LOGO


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL DATA SUPPLEMENT (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 

     At December 31, 2013  

Country

   Banks      Governments      Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
     Other      Total  
     (dollars in millions)  

United Kingdom

   $ 11,874       $ 911       $ 45,787       $ 11,807       $ 70,379   

Japan

     27,251         3,622         12,285         14,141         57,299   

Cayman Islands

     1                 38,476         6,565         45,042   

Germany

     8,844         10,312         4,985         5,628         29,769   

France

     22,408         264         2,194         4,053         28,919   

Canada

     2,988         2,012         4,878         2,230         12,108   

Netherlands

     1,474                 6,111         3,904         11,489   

South Korea

     65         4,307         368         3,008         7,748   

 

For cross-border exposure including derivative contracts that exceeds 0.75% but does not exceed 1% of the Company’s consolidated assets, South Korea, Spain and Australia had a total cross-border exposure of $20,527 million at December 31, 2015, Saudi Arabia, Switzerland, Luxembourg and Australia had a total cross-border exposure of $28,637 million at December 31, 2014; and Ireland, Italy and Luxembourg had a total cross-border exposure of $21,026 million at December 31, 2013.

 

LOGO   258    


Table of Contents
Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

 

None.

 

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

 

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

 

    259   LOGO


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Morgan Stanley:

 

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

 

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 2015, and for the year then ended, and our report dated February 23, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 23, 2016

 

260


Table of Contents

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

No change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B.

Other Information.

 

Not applicable.

 

    261   LOGO


Table of Contents

Part III

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

 

Information relating to the Company’s directors and nominees in the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2016 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Information relating to the Company’s executive officers is contained in Part I, Item 1 of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”

 

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our internet site, www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance/ethics.html. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange, on our internet site.

 

Item 11.

Executive Compensation.

 

Information relating to director and executive officer compensation in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

 

Information relating to equity compensation plans and security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

 

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Information regarding director independence in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

 

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

 

LOGO   262    


Table of Contents

Part IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

 

Documents filed as part of this report.

 

   

The consolidated financial statements required to be filed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included in Part II, Item 8 hereof.

 

   

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this report beginning on page E-1 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

    263   LOGO


Table of Contents

Signatures

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 23, 2016.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

(REGISTRANT)

By:

 

/s/    JAMES P. GORMAN

 

(James P. Gorman)

  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Jonathan Pruzan, Eric F. Grossman and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 23rd day of February, 2016.

 

Signature

  

Title

/S/    JAMES P. GORMAN

(James P. Gorman)

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/S/    JONATHAN PRUZAN

(Jonathan Pruzan)

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/S/    PAUL C. WIRTH

(Paul C. Wirth)

  

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/S/    ERSKINE B. BOWLES

(Erskine B. Bowles)

   Director

/S/    ALISTAIR DARLING

(Alistair Darling)

   Director

/S/    THOMAS H. GLOCER

(Thomas H. Glocer)

   Director

/S/    ROBERT H. HERZ

(Robert H. Herz)

   Director

/S/    NOBUYUKI HIRANO

(Nobuyuki Hirano)

   Director

/S/    KLAUS KLEINFELD

(Klaus Kleinfeld)

   Director

 

  S-1   LOGO


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

/S/    JAMI MISCIK

(Jami Miscik)

   Director

/S/    DONALD T. NICOLAISEN

(Donald T. Nicolaisen)

   Director

/S/    HUTHAM S. OLAYAN

(Hutham S. Olayan)

   Director

/S/    JAMES W. OWENS

(James W. Owens)

   Director

/S/    RYOSUKE TAMAKOSHI

(Ryosuke Tamakoshi)

   Director

/S/    PERRY M. TRAQUINA

(Perry M. Traquina)

   Director

/S/    LAURA D’ANDREA TYSON

(Laura D’Andrea Tyson)

   Director

/S/    RAYFORD WILKINS, JR.

(Rayford Wilkins, Jr.)

   Director

 

LOGO   S-2  


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

EXHIBITS TO FORM 10-K

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015

Commission File No. 1-11758

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is 1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was 1-9085.1

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Description

  2.1   

Integration and Investment Agreement dated as of March 30, 2010 by and between Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. and Morgan Stanley (Exhibit 2.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011).

  3.1*   

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date.

  3.2   

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 29, 2015).

  4.1   

Indenture dated as of February 24, 1993 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-57202)).

  4.2   

Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289) as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October 8, 2007 (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

  4.3   

Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752), as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 4, 2007 (Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 4, 2008), Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December 1, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 1, 2008), Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Sixth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 16, 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), Seventh Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of November 21, 2011 (Exhibit 4.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011), Eighth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May 4, 2012 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012), and Ninth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of March 10, 2014 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014).

  4.4   

The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 29, 2008).

 

(1)

For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

 

  E-1   LOGO


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

  4.5   

Amended and Restated Subordinated Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-75289)).

  4.6   

Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).

  4.7   

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of March 1, 1998 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 1998).

  4.8   

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-ww to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (No. 333-117752)).

  4.9   

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 12, 2006).

  4.10   

Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).

  4.11   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series A Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated July 5, 2006).

  4.12   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (included in Exhibit 4.11 hereto).

  4.13   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series E Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 27, 2013).

  4.14   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (included in Exhibit 4.13 hereto).

  4.15   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series F Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated December 9, 2013).

  4.16   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (included in Exhibit 4.15 hereto).

  4.17   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series G Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated April 28, 2014).

  4.18   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing 6.625% Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (included in Exhibit 4.17 hereto).

  4.19   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series H Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 4.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 29, 2014).

 

LOGO   E-2  


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

  4.20   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H (included in Exhibit 4.19 hereto).

  4.21   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series I Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated September 17, 2014).

  4.22   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I (included in Exhibit 4.21 hereto).

  4.23   

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series J Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 18, 2015).

  4.24   

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (included in Exhibit 4.23 hereto).

  4.25   

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust III dated as of February 27, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee, and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2003).

  4.26   

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust IV dated as of April 21, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware Trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2003).

  4.27   

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust V dated as of July 16, 2003 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2003).

  4.28   

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of Morgan Stanley Capital Trust VIII dated as of April 26, 2007 among Morgan Stanley, as depositor, The Bank of New York, as property trustee, The Bank of New York (Delaware), as Delaware trustee and the administrators named therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2007).

  4.29   

Instruments defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures—Except as set forth in Exhibits 4.1 through 4.18 above, the instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.

10.1   

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October 18, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

10.2   

Transaction Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 21, 2011).

10.3   

Amended and Restated Investor Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 30, 2011), as amended by Third Amendment, dated October 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013).

 

  E-3   LOGO


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

10.4†   

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, amended and restated as of January 1, 2013 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

10.5†*   

Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of December 22, 2015.

10.6†   

Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.7†   

Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of March 22, 2012 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 15, 2012).

10.8†   

Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.9†   

Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of February 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

10.10†   

Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, amended and restated effective December 31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

10.11†   

1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006), Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.12†   

Form of Management Committee Equity Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Award of Stock Units and Stock Options (Exhibit 10.30 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006).

10.13†   

Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under the Pre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).

10.14†   

Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).

10.15†   

Morgan Stanley Financial Advisor and Investment Representative Compensation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.16†   

Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-146954)).

 

LOGO   E-4  


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
    

Description

  10.17†      

Supplementary Deed of Participation for the Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan, dated as of November 5, 2009 (Exhibit 10.36 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).

  10.18†      

Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).

  10.19†      

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment dated December 17, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.25 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

  10.20†      

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 22, 2005).

  10.21†      

Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 14, 2013).

  10.22†      

2007 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of March 26, 2015 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 19, 2015).

  10.23†      

Morgan Stanley 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008 (Exhibit 10.47 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

  10.24†      

Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

  10.25†      

Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan, amended as of June 4, 2009 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).

  10.26†      

Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional Leveraged Co-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

  10.27†      

Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.54 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

  10.28†      

Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (Exhibit 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-159504)).

  10.29†      

Form of Award Certificate for Special Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).

  10.30†      

Morgan Stanley Schedule of Non-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of August 1, 2014 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

  10.31†      

Memorandum to Colm Kelleher Regarding Repatriation to London (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

  10.32†      

Morgan Stanley U.S. Tax Equalization Program (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

 

  E-5   LOGO


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
    

Description

  10.33†      

Morgan Stanley UK Limited Alternative Retirement Plan, dated as of October 8, 2009 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

  10.34†      

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

  10.35†      

Form of Award Certificate for Long-Term Incentive Program Awards (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

  10.36†      

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Colm Kelleher, dated January 5, 2015 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).

  10.37†      

Description of Operating Committee Medical Coverage (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).

  10.38†   

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units.

  10.39†   

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan.

  10.40†   

Form of Award Certificate for Long-Term Incentive Program Awards.

  10.41†   

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Gregory J. Fleming, dated January 22, 2016.

  12   

Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

  21   

Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley.

  23.1   

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

    24      

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

  31.1   

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

  31.2   

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

  32.1 **    

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

  32.2 **    

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

    101      

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition—December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

 

LOGO   E-6